PJ#049, SILENT BLOOD SUCKERS OF THE TANGLED WEBS, VOL. VI

PJ 49

SILENT BLOOD SUCKERS

OF THE

TANGLED WEBS

VOL. VI

Things and men have always a certain sense, a certain side by which they must be gotten hold of if one wants to obtain a solid grasp and a perfect command. Nothing can be loved or hated unless it is first KNOWN. It takes longer for man to find out man than any other creature that is made. And may GOD grant you to contend with those that already understand YOU.

BY

GYEORGOS CERES HATONN/ATON

"dharma"

A PHOENIX JOURNAL

COPYRIGHT POSITION STATEMENT AND DISCLAIMER

The Phoenix Journals are intended as a "real time" commentary on current events, how current events relate to past events and the relationships of both to the physical and spiritual destinies of mankind.

All of history, as we now know it, has been revised, rewritten, twisted and tweaked by selfishly motivated men to achieve and maintain control over other men. When one can understand that everything is comprised of "energy" and that even physical matter is "coalesced" energy, and that all energy emanates from God's thought, one can accept the idea that the successful focusing of millions of minds on one expected happening will cause it to happen.

If the many prophecies made over thousands of years are accepted, these are the "end times" (specifically the year 2000, the second millennium, etc.). That would put us in the "sorting" period and only a few short years from the finish line. God has said that in the end-times would come the WORD--to the four corners of the world--so that each could decide his/her own course toward, or away from, divinity--based upon TRUTH.

So, God sends His Hosts--Messengers--to present that TRUTH. This is the way in which He chooses to present it, through the Phoenix Journals. Thus, these journals are Truth, which cannot be copyrighted; they are compilations of information already available on Earth, researched and compiled by others (some, no doubt, for this purpose) which should not be copyrighted. Therefore, these journals are not copyrighted (except SJPAPU ODYSSEY which is "fiction").

The first sixty or so journals were published by America West Publishing which elected to indicate that a copyright had been applied for on the theory that the ISBN number (so necessary for booksellers) was dependent upon the copyright. Commander Hatonn, the primary author and compiler, insisted that no copyrights be applied for and, to our knowledge, none were.

If the Truth is to reach the four corners of the world, it must be freely passed on. It is hoped that each reader will feel free to do that, keeping it in context, of course.








TANGLED WEBS-VOL.VI


The Phoenix Journals includes bibliographical references and indexes.
Contents: [Tangled Webs] -- [Crucifixion of the Phoenix -- [etc.] -- Pleiades Connection (8 vol's).
1. Spirit writings. I. Hatonn, Gyeorgos C. (Gyeorgos Ceres) II. Dharma, Computer person. III. Phoenix Journals.

91-36626

ISBN 0-922356-69-6

First Edition Printed by America West Publishers, May 1992

PHOENIX SOURCE DISTRIBUTORS, INC
P. O. BOX 27353
LAS VEGAS, NV 89126

Printed in the United States of America
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER PAGE


DEDICATION.......................................................................................... ...................
INTRODUCTION........................................................................................ ...............
SUNDAY, MAY 10, 1992.................................................................................
SECRET PRESIDENTIAL ORDER ALLOWS CIA
TO SPY ON YOU...........................................................................................
FULL BLOOM............................................................................................... .....
ORDER LEAKED BY FBI.................................................................................
MORE ORDERS MORE SECRECY.................................................................
A LOOK BACK AT THE PHILIPPINES..........................................................
CHAPTER 1................................................................................................... ..............
THURSDAY, APRIL 9, 1992............................................................................
RESPONSE TO "WHO ARE YOU?"................................................................
TRUTH OF "RULES".........................................................................................
BACK TO THE ILLUSION OF "IMPORTANT" ............................................
IF YOU "MUST" BANK, USE B OF A.............................................................
BANKING, AMERICAN-STYLE.....................................................................
CHAPTER 2................................................................................................... ..............
THE BOTTOM LINE..........................................................................................
GRIM TRUTH: U.S. IS BANKRUPT................................................................
SOME DARE CALL IT TREASON..................................................................
RE: SENATE REPORT NO. 93-549.................................................................
CONGRESS SHALL HAVE THE POWER.................................................
NIXON DECLARES EMERGENCY............................................................
EVERY JUDGE FOR HIMSELF..................................................................
EMERGENCY!!...??.................................................................................... ..
INTERNATIONAL CONTROL....................................................................
FOREIGN AGENTS?.....................................................................................
IRS: FOREIGN AGENT?...............................................................................
NEWSTATES OF AMERICA.......................................................................
ENEMIES, FOREIGN and DOMESTIC.......................................................
A PRESENTMENT OF TREASON AND SEDITION................................
REFERENCES.......................................................................................... ......
CHAPTER 3................................................................................................... ..............
EASTER??............................................................................................ ...............
CONTROLLING THE CIA................................................................................
CIA FUNCTIONS ENLARGED........................................................................
THE 40 COMMITTEE........................................................................................
THE SHORT-FUSE TACTIC.............................................................................
PRESIDENTIAL APPROVAL: NEVER ON PAPER .....................................
SPIES STILL SACROSANCT............................................................................
CHAPTER 4................................................................................................... ..............
SUNDAY, APRIL 19, 1992...............................................................................
EASTER MESSAGE...........................................................................................
DISASTER TRAINING......................................................................................
THE "PFIAB" AND THE "OMB"......................................................................
BILDERGERG INTENT EVIL...........................................................................
MANAGING THE BUDGETEERS...................................................................
THE AMBASSADOR'S ROLE..........................................................................
POWER OF THE "GOLDEN RULE"................................................................
HOW DO WE GET OUT THIS INFORMATION?..........................................
CHAPTER 5................................................................................................... ..............
MONDAY, APRIL 20, 1992..............................................................................
CONTROLLING THE CIA: CONGRESS.........................................................
NO WATCHDOGS ALLOWED........................................................................
KEEPING IT SECRET........................................................................................
DISTRACTION SPECIALISTS..........................................................................
WARMUP YIELDS $100 MILLION................................................................
FLOOD OF CHANGE: WATERGATE............................................................
BUSH/CIA ANSWERS TO NO GOV'T AGENTS
EGO INTENT ALWAYS WEARS A "SIGN" .................................................
ROSS PEROT............................................................................................... .......
CHAPTER 6................................................................................................... ..............
THURSDAY, APRIL 23, 1992..........................................................................
CONTROLLING THE CIA................................................................................
CIA AND THE PRESS........................................................................................
BRITISH SECRECY ENVIED...........................................................................
REPORTERS ARE UNOFFICIAL SPIES.........................................................
U-2 DOWNING STARTS "CREDIBILITY GAP"...........................................
CHAPTER 7................................................................................................... ..............
FRIDAY, APRIL 24, 1992.................................................................................
HOPI PROPHECIES.......................................................................................... ..
METHODS OF HEALING.................................................................................
TO YOU WHO CAN'T BELIEVE IN REPLICAS
CIA AND CONTROL OF PRESS, CONTINUATION.....................................
HELMS AND THE PRESS.................................................................................
CHAPTER 8................................................................................................... ..............
MONDAY, APRIL 27, 1992..............................................................................
CIA--CONTINUED, "LEAKS"..........................................................................
PRE-PUBLICATION CENSORING..................................................................
U.N. RIDDLED WITH KGB..............................................................................
CERTAIN REPORTERS FAVORED................................................................
CONCLUSIONS......................................................................................... .........
SECRECY: DISEASED WAY OF LIFE...........................................................
THIRD WORLD INTRUSIONS.........................................................................
CONGRESSIONAL NON-CONTROL.............................................................
CONSTITUTION UNDERMINED....................................................................
CHAPTER 9................................................................................................... ..............
WEDNESDAY, APRIL 29, 1992......................................................................
MALFUNCTIONS........................................................................................ ......
NOTATIONS OF THE DAY..............................................................................
"COMMUNISTS" WILL TAKE YOUR NATION FOR
THEY ARE ANTI-GOD BY PRONOUNCEMENT
AND ARE THE NEW WORLD ORDER.......................................................
OWN WORST ENEMIES..................................................................................
SCIENTISTS ALARMED...................................................................................
TERRIFYING FORECAST................................................................................
TREASON IN HIGH PLACES...........................................................................
INDICTMENT FOR ESPIONAGE....................................................................
CHAPTER 10.................................................................................................. ............
THURSDAY, APRIL 30, 1992..........................................................................
TODAY'S WATCH.............................................................................................
LOS ANGELES............................................................................................. ......
JURY................................................................................................ ....................
CIA COVERS OWN SCANDAL.......................................................................
KAMPILES TREASON......................................................................................
CIA DEEPLY SPLIT...........................................................................................
ANGLETON ACCUSES COLBY......................................................................
ANOTHER COVER-UP.....................................................................................
HOLOCAUST AGAIN?.....................................................................................
UPSET THE PUBLICISTS.................................................................................
WELL REMEMBERS EVENT..........................................................................
CHAPTER 11.................................................................................................. ............
SUNDAY, MAY 3, 1992...................................................................................
LEGAL UPDATE.............................................................................................. ..
GLIMMER OF HOPE.........................................................................................
U.N. TREATY BRINGS "THOUGHT POLICE"..............................................
TREATIES LINKED TO KILL FREEDOM......................................................
GENOCIDE TREATY?......................................................................................
DIFFERENT STORY..........................................................................................
TREATY: BLUEPRINT TO SLAVERY...........................................................
SURRENDERING YOUR RIGHTS..................................................................
FOREIGN AID SET BY ELITE.........................................................................
RAGGED EDGE................................................................................................ .
AMERICA WILL PAY!......................................................................................
RETURN TO: SILENT WEAPONS FOR QUIET
WARS, TOP SECRET--CONFIDENTIAL...................................................
OPERATIONS RESEARCH TECHNICAL MANUAL
TM-SW 7905.1, SECURITY.........................................................................
WELCOME ABOARD.......................................................................................
HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION......................................................................
POLITICAL INTRODUCTION..........................................................................
ENERGY.............................................................................................. ................
DESCRIPTIVE INTRODUCTION OF THE SILENT WEAPON....................
THEORETICAL INTRODUCTION..................................................................
GENERAL ENERGY CONCEPTS....................................................................
MR. ROTHSCHILD'S ENERGY DISCOVERY...............................................
CHAPTER 12.................................................................................................. ............
MONDAY, MAY 4, 1992..................................................................................
SILENT WEAPONS/SILENT WAR, CONTINUED .......................................
DIAGRAMS AND SCHEMATICS....................................................................
APPARENT CAPITAL AS "PAPER" INDUCTOR ........................................
BREAKTHROUGH........................................................................................ ....
APPLICATION IN ECONOMICS.....................................................................
SUMMARY............................................................................................. ............
THE ECONOMIC MODEL................................................................................
INDUSTRY............................................................................................ ..............
THREE INDUSTRIAL CLASSES.....................................................................
AGGREGATION......................................................................................... ........
THE E-MODEL............................................................................................... ....
ECONOMIC INDUCTANCE.............................................................................
INDUCTIVE FACTORS TO CONSIDER.........................................................
TRANSLATION......................................................................................... .........
TIME-FLOW RELATIONSHIPS AND
SELF-DESTRUCTIVE OSCILLATIONS.....................................................
CHAPTER 13.................................................................................................. ............
MONDAY, MAY 4, 1992..................................................................................
SILENT WEAPONS/SILENT WAR, CONTINUED
HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY................................................................................
ECONOMIC SHOCK TESTING........................................................................
INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMIC AMPLIFIERS.........................................
SHORT LIST OF INPUTS..................................................................................
THE PERSONAL PAPER TRAIL......................................................................
HABIT PATTERNS--PROGRAMMING..........................................................
NATIONAL INPUT INFORMATION...............................................................
SHORT LIST OF OUTPUTS..............................................................................
STRATEGIES.......................................................................................... ............
DIVERSION, THE PRIMARY STRATEGY....................................................
DIVERSION SUMMARY..................................................................................
CONSENT, THE PRIMARY VICTORY...........................................................
AMPLIFICATION ENERGY SOURCES..........................................................
LOGISTICS........................................................................................... ...............
THE ARTIFICIAL WOMB.................................................................................
THE POLITICAL STRUCTURE OF A NATION:
DEPENDENCY.......................................................................................... ....
ACTION/OFFENSE............................................................................................
RESPONSIBILITY...................................................................................... ........
SUMMARY............................................................................................. ............
SYSTEM ANALYSIS.........................................................................................
THE DRAFT............................................................................................... .........
CHAPTER 14.................................................................................................. ............
THURSDAY, MAY 7, 1992..............................................................................
KILLER WHALES?............................................................................................
VICTORY MARCH............................................................................................
HENRY KISSPEROTINGER.............................................................................
WHAT OF GRITZ?.............................................................................................
ELECTION SYSTEM.........................................................................................
REGARDING BOOKS.......................................................................................
GOD vs. DOOM, GLOOM AND WHAT'S
GOING ON.................................................................................................. ....
WORST YEAR FOR CHINESE.........................................................................
NEVADA CORPORATION DISCUSSION......................................................
BACK TO BASICS.............................................................................................
WHAT IS A CORPORATION?.........................................................................
TYPES OF CORPORATIONS...........................................................................
THE BIRTH OF A NEVADA CORPORATION
(CORPORATIONS ARE PEOPLE, TOO)....................................................
MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL..................................................................
RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS........................................................................
MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS............................................................
CHAPTER 15.................................................................................................. ............
SATURDAY, MAY 9, 1992..............................................................................
RADIO INTERVIEW: NEVADA......................................................................
TODAY'S DRIVEL.............................................................................................
GONZALES HEARINGS ON IRAQ ARMS SALES ......................................
TODAY'S WATCH-IT,.......................................................................................
J.Z. KNIGHT/RAMTHA....................................................................................
JUSTICE/INJUSTICE.........................................................................................
SECRET COURT TREADS ON CONSTITUTION
SEVEN SECRET JUDGES.................................................................................
THREE CASES............................................................................................... .....
EXECUTIVE ORDER/OPEN SEASON ON ALL............................................
END................................................................................................. ..............................

DEDICATION

TO YOU WHO WOULD

SURVIVE!

INTRODUCTION

REC #1 HATONN

SUN., MAY 10, 1992 9:05 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 268

SUNDAY, MAY 10, 1992
(Mother's Day)

Ah yes, the CIA and other sly and cunning deceivers of the darkness, I end the book on this subject so I shall begin this JOURNAL with the same subject.

I cannot stop writing about the CIA and other Intelligence net­works for they ARE the schemers, activators and enforcers of the downfall of the planet. They are the "army" which places into action and accomplishes the horrendous ends of the Con­spirators' take-over of your Globe. The "mother" organization was begun as the British Intelligence and has become ever more evil since birthing of all the children of the beast.

I ended this JOURNAL on the subject of Executive Order 12333, stated what it was and is and now shall give you a writ­ing by Victor Marchetti, whom I respect greatly, having served for years now in efforts to awaken you citizens to your plight at the hands of the SECRET forces.

QUOTE:

SECRET PRESIDENTIAL ORDER ALLOWS CIA TO
SPY ON YOU
Published Oct. 6, 1986

The CIA is back in the domestic spying business--and, once again, with the blessing of the White House. The agency has been authorized to resume "intrusive" methods, such as surrep­titious entry, bugging, wiretapping and reading the mail of American citizens.

The agency also has been permitted to conduct covert action operations, i.e., secret activities planned and executed so that the role of the U.S. government is not apparent or acknowl­edged publicly. Furthermore, the power of the attorney general to restrict such controversial methods and activities has been sharply reduced.

This ominous development is the result of a top-secret direc­tive, Executive Order 12333, that was approved by President Ronald Reagan in December, 1981. According to sources who have seen the order, it expands the CIA's mission in the United States "to roughly the equivalent of that in foreign countries".

One of the more disturbing aspects of the order is that it al­lows the CIA to infiltrate domestic organizations. Moreover, this now can be done simply when the CIA deems it "necessary". In the past, such infiltration proposals had to be reviewed by the attorney general and judged "essential".

Thus, any lobbyng group or historical society or, for that matter, any outspoken newspaper or new political party that dis­pleases the CIA can be legally targeted for penetration, manipu­lation or destruction. Ironically, one of the agency's clandestine units involved in the expansion of spying on Americans is the Domestic Operations Division--where E. Howard Hunt, William F. Buckley Jr.'s mentor in the CIA, used to do his "dirty work".

FULL BLOOM

The origins of EO 12333 are of particular interest now that its provisions are coming into full bloom.

The idea for expanding the CIA's domestic operations first surfaced less than two months after the Reagan Administration took office. It was the brainchild of Edwin Meese III, then the president's chief of staff, who justified the agency's return to spying on Americans by citing the twin threat of terrorism and increased espionage activity by foreign governments. [H: You must understand, however, that for years the borders of your nation have been open wide to foreign "spy" activity.

In fact, the Israeli spy network was in full operation prior to the pleading guilty to charges of Jay Pollard in 1986. It be­came evident that the allowances could no longer be hidden so about mid-1986 the Establishment media began hinting at an entrenched Israeli spy network in the U.S.--aided and abetted by America. It has long been a fact that there are more Soviets (KGB operatives) in the CIA than Americans. You, this day, are starting to put into place two massive atomic powered launchers which you "assume" you "purchased" from the Soviets as "advanced technology". No, you are working with deliberate and intentional integra­tion WITH THE SOVIETS and therefor, the Soviets (by whatever name they now label themselves) have another fully operational facility right in your U.S.A., specifically New Mexico. THE ENEMY HAS MOVED RIGHT INTO YOUR BED AND YOU WELCOME HIM AS THE PROS­TITUTE YOU HAVE BECOME AS A NATION. YOU EVEN PAY THIS BASTARD EVIL BEING FOR YOUR WHORE SERVICES. So be it--for the Piper WILL BE PAID AS THAT WHICH GOES FORTH--RETURNS UNTO YOU.]

The CIA, with Meese's encouragement, immediately began drafting the new order. The agency's general counsel, Daniel B. Silver, headed the working group that was to come up with ideas on how the CIA could get back into the domestic spying business.

He worked closely with Director William J. Casey and Casey's longtime political ally, Max Hugel, whom Casey had put in charge of the agency's clandestine services. But neither the CIA nor the White House bothered to inform the congres­sional intelligence oversight committees of what they were do­ing. [H: By the way, readers, if you are under the delusion that William died from a brain tumor just before he could testify in the Iran/Contra mess, rest at ease. His sudden "brain tumor" covered a multitude of sins--one of which is that Casey continues to live quite nicely with new identity and lots of CIA/TAXPAYER financed comfort. I hope at this point of reading--you have ceased believing ANYTHING they tell you!]

ORDER LEAKED BY FBI

Information on the proposed order soon leaked to the news media--apparently from the FBI, which felt it was being "indirectly embarrassed and unfairly criticized". Sen. Barry Goldwater, then chairman of the Senate committee, immediately demanded to see a copy of the draft order.

A few days later, Sen. Daniel P. Moynihan (D-N.Y.) re­ferred to some of the CIA's proposals as being "off the wall". [H: I believe "out of the sewer" would better qualify the proposals.]

At this point, the CIA's deputy director, Adm. Bobby Inman, was thrown into the breach. His assignment was to assuage the rapidly growing concern of Congress and the public over the spy agency's return to domestic operations. Inman was chosen for the delicate public relations task because he was highly re­spected by both the Congress and the news media. Also, as a longtime intelligence specialist, he was known to be dubious of the value of clandestine activities.

Inman's first job was to brief the congressional committees and to say that he did not "favor the sweeping changes" advo­cated by the new executive order. Then he called an un­precedented on-the-record press conference to inform the news media on his views.

The executive order was signed by Reagan in December, 1981 and remains in force.

MORE ORDERS MORE SECRECY

Since the issuing of EO 12333, because of the flap it caused at the time, all efforts have been thrust forth to prevent public knowledge of government policies and activities. New rules have allowed the bureaucracy to classify more and more information, declassify less and even reclassify documents that have already been publicly released and, of course, censor all docu­ments released.

Some of its more brazen attempts to prevent Americans from learning about government operations--such as the National Se­curity Decision Directive 84, which would have required all government officials to agree never in their lifetimes to write or speak publicly about their government experience--were, thankfully, so vehemently protested by officials and Congress alike that the administration had to suspend them. [H: The facts are, however, that the agreements for suspen­sion were in "name only" and actions continued through en­forcement as if they were law.]

END OF COPY

A topic on the agenda of "barrage Hatonn" inquirers is regard­ing the Filipino elections due this week. I don't know what you want or why you ask but the sham seems quite clear to me. In the Philippines rest the most incredible "dirty politics" games of all with buyoffs, buyups, poverty vs. wealth and corruption of any place on the globe--yet it remains one of the most IM­PORTANT places on your globe.

What happened? Well, I don't want to go back beyond the memory-span experience of you-the-people to cover more than the political intrigues of, say, Marcos, etc. To tell you the story of Lemuria, Atmospherians and such connections would not seem suitable herein--so let us look back a bit and perhaps "today" will become more obvious to you within the political arena. The whole scenario revolves around MASSIVE amounts of gold, stashes, stores and treasures, but it is the political scene that needs addressing right now.

A LOOK BACK AT THE PHILIPPINES

Among the thinning and wobbly ranks of America's worldwide allies, Philippine then President Ferdinand E. Marcos, who ruled his nation with a firm hand for more than two decades, proved the single most steadfast, stable and sagacious supporter of that nation's strategic interests.

From 1965 through the end of 1985, Marcos maintained a pro­ductive, democratic order at home while he took the lead in structuring a regional system that skillfully reconciled the pri­macy of U.S. concerns with the need for peaceful solution of lo­cal conflicts. I do not "grade" the news nor have opinion of "goodness" or "badness"--I am just giving response as objec­tively as I can do so in brief space allowed.

It can be no wonder that, in early 1986, the Reagan Administra­tion, known for its erratic policies and self-defeating foreign entanglements, decided to turn against Marcos. U.S. support was "decoupled" from the Philippine government and thrown to a rabble-rousing revolutionary movement fueled by an oppor­tunistic alliance between left-radical and reactionary opponents of the aging president.

The American mass media joined in the attack on the embattled Asian leader. In what sounded like unanimous repudiation, news reports accused Marcos of having been a dictatorial and dishonest ruler who enriched himself while his people were bur­dened with debt and poverty.

The very unanimity of the anti-Marcos "Anvil Chorus" was bound to arouse the suspicions of anyone familiar with the pro­paganda practices of the U.S. Establishment press. What was the truth--the reality--behind the long, impressive rise and startling fall of Marcos?

Let us look at the circumstances and see if we can dissect some reasonable answers for what happened "then" bears still on what is going on or "coming down" now.

It has currently become public knowledge that the wealth of Marcos was his own and not that of the Philippines and yet the entire action was aimed at taking the wealth and pulling it within the assets of the Elite Global Conspirators. I can promise that whatever happens in the Philippines this day or any other--you will NEVER cease to have a focus in the Philippines. I can only suggest that ones who have purpose and intent of survival and actually doing good works for that tiny nation--get out, get out with security, and get assets working in good business ventures against the day when your services can bear fruit--which WILL COME TO PASS. Yes, indeed, we are sent to assist but there will be no violence, no interference--only evolvement of Higher Knowledge when the time is right.

Marcos was forcibly removed from office as President of the Philippines and it triggered a crisis that threatened to destabilize much of the Pacific and Southeast Asia. If the term "balance of power" is realistically used, it must mean some sort of equilib­rium between the two superpowers (and don't con yourself into the belief that the Soviets have ceased to be a major, major su­perpower). This is why, from the earliest moment, Marcos knew that the U.S. military presence and the opportunity for the projection of American naval and air power should be en­couraged in the region.

One of the teachings of recent decades, since discovered by all the major powers but originated by the Soviet Union, is the im­pact of so-called exported war, more effective and cheaper by far than a conventional declaration of hostilities. To monitor the approach of this new mode of warfare, you have to learn to be watchful about the signs, the indicators, of mounting insur­gency, because those indicators signal the beginning of an "exported war established by, run by and continued by" Intelli­gence Operations utilizing local (or mercenary) forces and proxies.

This is what happened in the Philippines. The Philippines is the most strategically situated nation in its part of the world. It straddles what are referred to as "chokepoints" at sea and air. These are narrow passages connecting the Pacific, the South China Sea, the Indian Ocean and the Formosa Strait.

Given concessions, Vietnam granted the Soviet Union at Camranh Bay and Danang--bases from which the routes from the North Pacific to the South China Sea and the Indian Ocean can be blocked by the Soviet navy--there is now the geostrategic necessity, if only to maintain the normal flow of trade, that the Philippines remain free, and that the U.S. bases there--or rather the "facilities", as they are called--be held safe and available for the deployment of American forces. Is it any wonder in your currently more insightful knowledge that the Pinatubo Volcano would be a man-made disaster which would damage both of these major "facilities"? Your war is just getting under way and it is a new type of Silent Weapons--Silent War type of action--here in the onset.

To protect that region it was necessary to curb and ultimately to eliminate the Communist-led indigenous insurgency in the Philippines. But the insurgency continued spreading and the Communist irregulars were increasing rapidly.

How could the Communists gain as rapidly as projected? It was known that in six months, Jan. through June of 1986, some seven thousand members were added to the already present 16,000 according to official figures--which always indicates in­correct counting--this time on the understatement side. They were gaining in numbers rapidly because of the admitted policy of the Corazon Aquino Administration to establish a partnership with the Communists. It was a strange partnership because the insurgents were not theoretical Marxists; they were oppor­tunistic terrorists who adopted the Ho Chi Minh dimension of guerrilla warfare.

To Lenin's tactics of urban revolution and Mao's strategy of ru­ral warfare Ho Chi Minh added the doctrine of terrorism against the chosen leaders of the constitutional government. Without bothering to understand or adopt any of the revolutionary ideals implicit in the early programs of Lenin and Mao, some of which, such as the demand for health services and political participation for the workers, had already been gradually assim­ilated into the democratic system, the Philippine insurgents had concentrated on a single dictum, attributed to Mao: "Political power comes from the barrel of a gun."

What was the impact of this revolutionary strategy? The Philip­pine insurgents, known as the New People's Army or NPA, were conducting a campaign of terrorist and scorched-earth tac­tics, which is harsh even by Communist standards. They abol­ished private property, the freedom to own anything, wherever they set foot, and they destroyed the general atmosphere of rep­resentative government throughout the Philippines.

The constitutional and democratic safeguards maintained pretty well through the Marcos years in power were being abolished. What the American public was not being told was that the Con­stitution itself was abrogated by Mrs. Aquino when she and her allies seized power. Funny thing, when this happened in Peru the entire world wanted to go to war and your nation led the pack. All the procedures and rights embodied in the constitution were lost to the Philippine people. This was followed by the elimination of the representation of the people in the legislative assemblies; you could be elected to Congress or the Senate, but if the Aquino Administration didn't like your politics, it simply fired (fires) you, and abolishes your elective mandate.

The entire fabric of Philippine society became totally endan­gered by the turmoil along with public order and long-held "rights".

It is up for question as to which was more dangerous to society and national survival: the greed and looting by Mrs. Aquino's followers, or their violent push for dictatorial power.

There was the systematic plunder of all assets owned by former government figures or political leaders who were not supporters of Mrs. Aquino. But equally or even more menacing was the violent repression of what is called "the parliament of the streets"--the cherished right of the people to peaceful assembly for voicing their grievances and addressing them directly to their rulers.

This was always the accepted essence of democracy, and this the new regime had completely erased. Rallies were attacked and dispersed by armed government strong-arm squads, who were encouraged to be brutal. People were being beaten into submission by the thousands; women who participated in public demonstrations suffered degrading abuse and more than 200 protestors were killed right off at the start of the take-over.

The police were left no option but to collaborate in this atrocious repression by helping to conceal the cadavers of the victims who were killed for attempting to protest.
Mrs. Aquino's associates were projecting that her "revolution" would be stabilized by bringing the Communists into the gov­ernment and forming a coalition regime with them.

Conditions were worse than most people ever realized; what you could consider imminent was actually already present in fact. The Communists were already in the Philippine government. Social scientists (gross contradiction of terms) estimated that 40 percent of the positions in the new Aquino Administration had been taken over by Communists or Communist sympathizers. Many of them were key offices. Here are just a few examples:

The National Intelligence Coordinating Agency, which directs and supervises all espionage and security operations, was now run by a "Mr. Yumul", who is a notorious collaborator of the Communists.

Agusto Sanchez, appointed by Mrs. Aquino as Minister of Labor, is an avowed, longtime Communist.

Mrs. Aquino's executive secretary, Joker Arroya, had never made much of a secret of his long-standing sympathy for the Communist cause.

Rene Saguisag, her official spokesman, once assumed leadership of regional revolt by the Communists and hoisted the Commu­nist flag over Laguna province, declaring it Communist terri­tory.

The minister of local government, Aquilino Pimentel, and the director of the Bureau of Customs, Raul Tanada, were also known as associates and supporters of the Communist Party.

These newly appointed officials, and a number of others like them, proclaimed themselves fanatical followers of Mrs. Aquino. But their long records of radical Marxist militancy contain no suggestion that they had ever severed or modified their hidden or public links to the Communist Party.

American newspapers and broadcast reports have a very wide audience in the Philippines but during the turmoil and riots there was almost NO reality about the Philippine national crisis find­ing its way into the mass media--and never has the truth been presented to this day.

Leading U.S. news organizations ran accounts that were totally biased, seldom having any factual foundation and were strangely repetitive and the reporters were required to follow not actual events but the direction of invisible chorus masters who told them what to think and write--all information was censored. Does this not seem identical to the non-news presentations of Bush's Elite war in the Gulf?

I can only offer you information--I cannot MAKE YOU SEE AND/OR HEAR. What appears to be--simply is not what IS. I can offer and hope that you awaken in time to salvage a remnant of viable humanity. If, however, you fail to remove the shrouds from truth--you shall perish in the lie.

PJ 49

CHAPTER 1

REC #2 HATONN

THU., APRIL 9, 1992 9:15 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 237

THURSDAY, APRIL 9, 1992

RESPONSE TO "WHO ARE YOU?"

Who am I? What difference does it make if I bring you TRUTH? If I sort lies from Truth and uncover the secrets set to destroy you as nations and people--what difference does it make? If I were the Tooth Fairy and I bring Truth which allows you to see beyond the shroud of lies, does it matter? I will never give you ANYTHING which cannot be borne up in Truth by confirmation if you but look and find. Further, as a "journalist" and "record keeper" I know my resources and sources and I shall not divulge them for the benefit of their be­ing set upon. I suggest that none of you confuse me with any­thing "mystical" or "out there somewhere"; I am neither. I am very "real", very "near" and there are many, many who come with me.

TRUTH OF "RULES"

You are a follower of, say, Zoroastrianism and therefore you cannot "believe" in my reality? Then I concern over your un­derstanding of Zoroaster. The same goes for Judaism, Brahmanism and thus and so. Christian? Oh, I see--but do you? Who and what is a Christ? Jesus? No, this being in point was born Esu Emmanuel and later called Jesus by one Saul of Tarsus aka Paul--in Greece after the passing on of Jesus. CHRIST is a state of being attained by most of the speakers of the Christ way of Truth unto and within the teachings of the Laws of God and the unchanging Laws of the Creation. We are simply come forth as the forerunner to that return unto your place of the Greater Teacher as you have awaited lo, these many eons.

What of the Laws? Let us consider the "similarities" of the dif­ferent Masters for it is interesting for you, perhaps, to discover the many versions of that most basic natural Law of all rational human conduct, that Law referred to in the Western world as the "Golden Rule".

Major religions of the world teach this "rule" so let us look at it closely as to its various presentations.

Christianity: All things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do you even so to them: for His is the Law and the prophets.

Judaism: What is hateful to you, do not to your fellowmen. This is the entire Law; all the rest is commentary. See, no "eye for eye" or "tooth for tooth" written for and by MAN. Simply put: What is hateful to you, do not to your fellow­men.

Brahmanism: This is the sum of duty: Do naught unto other which would cause you pain if done to you.

Buddhism: Hurt not others in ways you would find hurtful.

Confucianism: Surely it is the maxim of loving-kindness: Do
not unto others that you would not have them do unto you.

Taoism: Regard your neighbor's gain as your own gain, and your neighbor's loss as your own loss.

Zoroastrianism: That nature alone is good which refrains from doing unto another whatsoever is not good for itself.

Islam: No one of you is a believer until he desires for his brother that which he desires for himself.

Considering the fact that this Law has been known and understood by some for thousands of years, in the name of common sense why is this natural Law not being taught as such in every school and every grade, in every cult, church and temple--in ev­ery country of the world?

Why did I not include the aboriginal belief in the above listings? Because I listed "religions" of the world in major categories. The aboriginal presentation of the ancient wisdomkeepers had no "religion"--they WERE BROUGHT FORTH IN TRUTH BEFORE THE "RELIGIONS" WERE SET FORTH BY MAN. Ponder it for it may mean a great deal in your journey into Truth.

You are coming upon the season of Easter time. Check closely and HONESTLY as to exactly WHAT IT MEANS TO YOU! Is that perception of physical or spiritual? Check closely for if you said the crucifixion and blood spillage of Jesus--you have just separated a physical being from a Christ being for one is of physical and the other only of SPIRITUAL.

If any thought came before "Spiritual infinite LIFE" then you had best get on with your studies. Blood is simply a physical substance which flows through physical body and has no spir­itual existence at all. What else do you place between YOU and GOD? It is time to consider it most carefully.

BACK TO THE ILLUSION OF "IMPORTANT"

With the turmoil and collapse of the Japanese market and Banks just as I laid forth for you--I hope I have some new listeners at hand. In that hope fulfilled, I want to share some repetition but clarifications of that which I have been giving unto you.

You have only a couple of "shelters" left in your nation if you abide in the U.S. for the curtain of Executive Order through Emergency Regulations is going to be laid on you soon. Never mind elections for the Elite will not allow anything to stand in their way--especially nothing like democracy for and by the people. You must be learning to read the signs and clues in­stantly and you are a long way behind. I just encountered total lack of full understanding in my own crew.

I have told ones here to please watch news morning and evening and lo and behold, some of my own workers have recently un­plugged the television sets so they wouldn't be upset by the vio­lence and lies. I am continually annoyed and exasperated that my own immediate students and workers fail to hear my warn­ings and lessons. You do not "win" something by "withdrawing" and you do not "fight" something with bigger guns and get killed. You take responsibility and make changes in the midst of the rules and regulations given for your re­strictions--go where they have set their shelters, those who would bind you. The point is not to get "dead" but to have a "remnant" survive to have a Constitutional foundation upon which to build when the Elite Conspirators devour themselves and enslave the multitudes and eliminate some 6 billion people. You do not stay alive by bringing great notice unto selves and brothers and you do not do it by ASSUMING you are not on the beast's listings. YOU ARE ON THE LIST AND HAVE BEEN SINCE BIRTH.

The Master Guide told you to live within the Laws of God and The Creation AND within the laws of the land. If the laws of the land do not break the Commandments of God or the Laws of Creation, then work within the laws of the land. Everything you need do can be done within the limits of legality. Remember that everything the government or military does to you is "legal" because they have the big gun--even if it be "unlawful" as to the Constitution. Taking up arms and "fighting" as in war will only get you killed by the thugs with the bigger guns. You MUST win through changing the minds of men. You can only do this through the realization of the TRUTH and uncovering of the LIES as thrust upon you. YOU MUST KNOW YOUR EN­EMY AND HOW HE WORKS AND HOW YOU HAVE COME TO BE IN THIS PLIGHT OF HELPLESSNESS. IN KNOWING IS THE POWER TO RECLAIM AND REDEEM--ONLY THROUGH KNOWING TRUTH CAN YOU FIND FREEDOM AGAIN UPON YOUR PLACE IN HUMAN EX­PERIENCE.

IF YOU "MUST" BANK. USE B OF A

Why? Because, even through "illegal" methods according to your Constitution, the power has been shifted to allow illegal proceedings to take place. Bank of America is a direct organization in the U.S. to service the Committee of 300. Then why, if it is corrupt, would I recommend you use it? Because all banks are corrupt and all the rest are destined to come under the control of Bank of America. The banks of the nations will come into only FIVE. Bank of America is due to survive while the Elite glean all the assets and wealth of the people and na­tions. Stay small and unpretentious and they will leave you alone and cooperate with you nicely because they will already hold your assets without stealing them from you. There is a "silent" agreement which means "highest top secret by order of the Committee of 300 One World Order" that as banks and S & L's fail, B of A will be allowed to publicly take over the good assets of these failures in toto and leave the bad notes and debts to you-the-people.

Let me give you the background of the recent "rebuilding" of the Bank of America and its mighty financial role under the planned direction of one Richard Rosenberg and you will see a bit of the formation of the octopus in action.

One year ago, Bank America Corp. Chairman Richard M. Rosenberg picked up his telephone to place a call that would change California banking.

Following reports early last year that merger talks failed be­tween two of his rivals, Security Pacific Corp. and Wells Fargo & Co., Rosenberg called Security Pacific Chief Executive Robert H. Smith to suggest combining with BankAmerica. The result, announced last August, is banking's biggest marriage ever. Now don't go off half informed or misled as to the roles of these named individuals--the plan is at the top of the Elite ladder. I simply present it as presented in your news releases, i.e., this particular rendition is by the Los Angeles Times, Feb. 16, 1992. The completion of the Plan is finished now and the beast is already in the slaying and capture phase feeding frenzy.

It is time you hear what these Elite tell you, however, so we shall present it to you.

Since taking over the parent (BankAmerica) of Bank of America in 1990, Rosenberg, 61, has launched on an unprecedented buying binge. Once the nation's quintessential international bank, BankAmerica's main push the past few years has been to expand its operations in the West through what Rosenberg and other BankAmerica executives believe are unprecedented acqui­sition opportunities stemming from the financial problems of the thrift and banking industries.

Rosenberg is also outspoken in his belief that there are too many banks in the United States and that reducing their numbers through mergers will help restore the industry's health. The merger binge isn't without pain for a lot of workers--some ex­perts estimate as many as 100,000 banking jobs will be lost in 1992, more than 10,000 in the BankAmerica-Security Pacific merger alone.

A former Wells Fargo executive, Rosenberg is considered one of the country's leading marketing experts (one of his ideas be­came the scenic checks that banks issue). He earned the right to succeed BankAmerica chief A.W. (Tom) Clausen through his role in banking industry's biggest turnaround ever. [H: Don't get carried away, readers, this is a bunch of you-know ­what.]

I shall just quote the next few paragraphs and you try not to get sick to your tummies at the incredible song and dance.

In the mid-1980's, BankAmerica nearly failed, dragged down by bad foreign loans and other problems. Rosenberg and a group of other former Wells Fargo executives working under Clausen not only stemmed the losses, but turned the bank into one of the nation's healthiest institutions, poised to be one of the country's most aggressive acquirers in the 1990's. Early last year, BankAmerica came within a shade of buying the failed Bank of New England from federal regulators, a move that would have given it branches on both coasts and brought BankAmerica a step closer to becoming a nationwide bank.

From his 40th-floor office, Rosenberg can look out at the sweeping 180-degree view, from the Golden Gate bridge to the left and the East Bay hills on the right. Unlike the serious statesman-like Clausen, Rosenberg is an affable executive whose comments are often marked with self-depreciating humor. During a recent speech in Los Angeles on banking, Rosenberg expressed shock that 750 people had showed up "because this is about the least exciting subject I can think of".

* * *

Least exciting? This is the very thing that is stealing the entire wealth and all monetary assets, taxes and all of value in a mate­rial way--from you-the-people. Only 750 showed up? Where are the other 6 billion who are going to lose every shred of per­sonal property? It is because of this very projection that the banking industry has been left to flourish in the hands of total criminals bleeding you-the-citizens.

I don't want to speak on BankAmerica longer at this point for I only wanted to point out the nuances in play. First--note a slight variation in Bank of America into BankAmerica. Note this and act accordingly. You will, however, see that the name will ul­timately merge but for now, it remains openly different to de­lude you. The most safety for deposits and day to day banking will be found under the shelter of the serpent's venom. The in­tent is to pull you in through deceit and not force which will alert you sleeping rabbits intended for dinner. Stay alert and move as the need arises. Keep those investments out of the in­dustry and keep your banking to minimum for there is no FDIC insurance to cover anything--the system is bankrupt. Be wise and you will be fine--act in greed and you will be devoured for they wait coiled and ready to eat you.

Now, what else can you do? You can incorporate (small, tiny corporations without your name attached) in Nevada. We are going to start presenting "how-tos" in the LIBERATOR of general nature. Ours is to help you protect your small estates. If you are a big business and only interested in greed and gain--I suggest that our people can incorporate you but that is all the intermediary responsibility we wish to share. God provides in­structions for ALL, but we do not intend to aid and abet total greed.

This method of protection may not be long-lived or, it may go on as long as there is business availability. I would guess, how­ever, if there is a massive change in rules with disclosure of ownership of corporations in Nevada, then there will be a grandfather arrangement which will cover already established corporations. NEVADA IS THE ONLY STATE IN THE UNION WITH THE LEGAL COVER TO DO THIS, CHELAS, REGARDLESS OF WHAT LAWYERS AND AC­COUNTANTS WILL TELL YOU OTHERWISE.

THINK: If you incorporate in Nevada and learn to use this new "sovereign Nevada helper" you have no further need for ac­countants or lawyers. Do you actually think that either is going to advise you to sever their Mercedes payments? How about "trust salesmen" who will cease to get your money for simply tying up your funds and STILL the government can claim them. When Emergency Regulations and Executive Orders come down you will turn over those trusts--instantly. A Nevada corporation is a child (sovereign and separate) of Nevada. Old corporations never even die--they just get a new President. The "family" corporation set up in Nevada, for instance, does not ever go into probate just because the owner or current President (you) dies or retires--it just moves right on in business in the hands of your appointed directors (kids, donations--whatever) and its bank ac­counts stay useable and no probate. Indeed, lawyers hate the idea for they don't get any of YOUR ASSETS, neither does the government get any TAXES ripped out of your blood.

I have asked E.J. and Cort to write regularly in the LIBERATOR so that you can have access to assistance and always you can call for further education as to management, set-up, etc. Chelas, I can do no more than point the way--I CANNOT DO IT FOR YOU. So far, the Nevada Corporation (within the U.S.) is the only protective state of sovereignty which has not been violated. It must however, be run in such manner as per­fection of records is done. If handled properly the corporate veil cannot be pierced nor will it be. If your intent is to do it properly then it is exceptional in value--if your intent is to evade laws and taxes then you shall eventually get caught in your own trap and our people want NO PART OF IT. So be it. If you have interest and have not acted, the way to contact these ones who can help will be listed herein.

These workers are working as rapidly as possible to set up a way to provide more and better coverage and assistance through Nevada at on-site location while still servicing you out-of-state persons through out-of-state management assistance. We only "offer" a way, we certainly do not require that you follow it.

BANKING, AMERICAN-STYLE

I am going to utilize information compiled and briefed down in AntiShyster, March, 1992. I do this because I know that the majority of you readers do not have even an idea what I am talking about and yet you need input from Earthside hard-copy. I have given you all of this, yes--but you MUST know it and you are in overload of information. Please allow me to serve to my best ability as "teacher" for simply hearing a thing once--does not bring KNOWING.

You will note, as before, I honor one Henry B. Gonzalez who is a representative from Texas. He has been a representative since 1960 and has spent most of that time on the House Committee for Banking, Finance, and Urban Affairs and is now Chairman.

Rep. Gonzalez recently delivered a speech to the House of Rep­resentatives that included some extraordinary comments on your banking system. Given his credentials, it's impossible to dis­miss his comments as uninformed or misguided. I will note, however, as I have before, that when this great man spoke to enter his speech into the Record, the House was empty save one or two clerks. THIS is why you are in serious and irreversible trouble. I am going to write this but recognize the guidelines and outline of the writer before me. It is past time to thrust forward with all the power and pressure possible--the Truth in any manner possible and as quickly as is humanly possible.

Although some people swear the world is assaulted, perhaps even ruled, by a conspiracy of bankers, it matters not if you do not consider this a viable theory--for in the uncovering of facts that theory will be proved or put down--consider what IS. You will note that many of Rep. Gonzalez' remarks underscore the enormous, unseen influence bankers have on your lives and point to the probability of some type of a conspiracy if nothing more and must be considered most carefully re­gardless of what you now believe.

We would be here reading all day and night if we do not simply take excerpts and juxtapositions from the "Congressional Record--House February 3, 1992". We will effort to bring all pertinent factual information and leave you to read the document in entirety for full input. Journalistically, we must conserve time and space herein in order to present more topics for con­sideration--for you "cannot live by bread alone" lest you be poi­soned by the unsuspecting dish slipped onto thine table.

For a complete, accurate text of the speech, call Rep. Gonzalez' office at 202-225-3236 in Washington, DC, or 512-229-6195 in San Antonio. Ask for a copy of his February 3rd, 1992 speech regarding the Banca Nazionale del Lavoro. Yes, readers, I have written much on the subject but you must hear it again for--pause a moment and see if you can repeat what it was I told you about it. I thought not. Let us continue.

After a year and a half's investigation into the transfer of American weapons programs to the Iraqis, Rep. Gonzalez wrote to Secretary of State, James Baker III (Nov. 13th, 1991):

"The Committee on Banking, Finance, and Urban Affairs is conducting an investigation of Banca Nazionale del Lavoro (BNL) which provided Iraq with over $4 billion in loans during the latter half of the 1980's. The Committee respectfully asks for your cooperation with this investigation to discover...how BNL loans were used to provide Iraq with the technology and know-how necessary to produce weapons of mass destruction.

"The International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) and the U.N. Special Commission have both informed the Committee that they have compiled a list of companies, including numerous U.S. firms, that may have supplied Iraq with technology and know-how necessary to develop conventional and non-conven­tional weapons. Both have stated that they are not authorized to provide the Committee with the names of the companies.

"While the IAEA and the U.N. commission did state that the 'lists' are available to U.N. member countries, they informed the Committee that the United States Mission to the U.N. has not formally requested copies of the lists.

"Why has the State Department failed to formally request a copy of the IAEA and U.N. special Commission lists of the U.S. companies that may have provided Iraq with the tech­nology to develop weapons of mass destruction?"

The letter closed, asking Secretary Baker to "please request the IAEA and the U.N. Special Commission lists and forward a copy of them to the Banking Committee."

But The State Department "Stonewalled" ...the Secretary of State has not responded--has not made the request to the U.N. agencies and has not explained why there has been no action on the part of the administration. [H: This is all into the record, friends, so I suggest you get off your "buts" and go check it out.]

In fact, even "the Justice Department under Attorney General Thornburgh stonewalled us and I put the letter in the Congres­sional 'Record' some time ago in which he defied the committee to continue any kind of hearings" and said, "You should not have any hearings, and we are shocked and disappointed that you insisted on having hearings."

So on January 31, 1991, Rep. Gonzalez wrote to President Bush, saying:

"The Banking Committee has evidence that U.S. firms were in­volved in ... Iraqi missile programs ... and in the production of modified Scud missiles. These are the same Scud missiles used during the Gulf War to attack both American troops stationed in Saudi Arabia and civilians living in Israel."

The letter noted the curious willingness of the Departments of Commerce and State to approve export licenses necessary to ship American technology to Iraq and also Secretary Baker's re­fusal to cooperate in the Banking Committee's investigation. Rep. Gonzalez closed by requesting the President "instruct the appropriate agencies to be forth-coming in assisting the Com­mittee with its investigation."

Receiving no reply from the President (surprise, surprise--since many of those companies were his), Rep. Gonzalez delivered his speech to the House of Representatives on February 3, 1992. Excerpts are as follows:

(At this point Dharma's computer stopped recording her typing and several pages later "locked up", causing the loss of hours of work. She re-typed the work in the following chapter.

PJ 49

CHAPTER 2

REC #3 HATONN

THU., APRIL 9, 1992 2:21 P.M. YEAR 5, DAY 237

PERSONAL: Dharma, I know you are unnerved and upset over the loss of the writing of this morning. It happened before I re­alized the invasion and now there is nothing to do but repeat the work for I believe you realize the importance of the information. We must both be alert and pay attention and not allow assump­tion that the document is being saved automatically. I want this in this current LIBERATOR and today is the cut-off time so, please, we simply have to do it again. I also want it noted that a tape or two will be available by the week's end covering the subject of Semites, Gog, Magog, who is who in Judaism vs. Zionism, etc. I want it listed so that we do not bog down Da­lene with the tapes and yet I DO ASK that it be announced in this issue of the paper--along with the tapes from Sunday evening's meeting at "Spiritwind". So, for you, E.J. and the meeting notifiers--we will be having the Spiritwind program at the general purpose area of the Community church at 6:00 p.m. Sunday evening. Please come prepared with some questions as I hope to keep the issues to spiritual discussion as much as possi­ble. All out of town people are encouraged to attend please and we will effort to keep the hour within reason for return journeys home. A community will only welcome us to the extent we welcome them within our experience so that they might see that we come from God and have no separation in that wondrous connection. We simply hold no "Manmade" doctrines. Truth becomes OBVIOUS as the political system becomes chaos in this time nearing reformation or translation. When ones realize we are but brothers in Truth and no threat or other than our proclamation of Hosts--so shall they be gathered in and we can expect no more if we are not willing to first trust them. So be it. I would appreciate there being so many present that the room cannot hold all.

Now let us take up this writing exactly where the computer de­stroyed the document, at "Excerpts are as follow":

"The Iraq Sanctions Act contained a provision requiring you to conduct a study and report on the sale, export, and third party transfer or development of nuclear, biological, chemical, and ballistic missile technology to or with Iraq. Pursuant to that Act, the President issued a report to Congress in the Fall of 1991 concluding that U.S. firms did not contribute directly to Iraq's conventional and nonconventional weapons capabilities. The report to Congress is clearly inaccurate. In fact, nu­merous U.S. companies provided critical support to Iraqi weapons programs, including missiles."

Further, "The report submitted to the Congress is classed as secret. .. . But if something is so good, why do you keep it secret? If the report shows a diligent job by those in power, why, you want to publish it; you do not want to hold it secret."

In fact, "There is little information in the report that is not al­ready published and in the public realm as always. ... I read the foreign press, and I have read articles about things that were in great detail outlined that we were told were sensitive, secret, here. ... The American people, with all the secrecy, are the ONLY ONES THAT DO NOT KNOW. Everybody outside of the U.S.A. long ago has known."

"To date, the American people know little about how Iraq operated in this country to attain its illicit goals. ... But some of the essential facts of the transfer of American materials and technology to Iraq's military buildup are these:

"Iraq developed a carefully controlled system to build chemi­cal and nuclear weapons, and missiles capable of delivering those weapons;

"Iraq used a clandestine procurement network which con­trolled American companies that supplied important support to the weapons program;

"The U.S. Commerce Department, with the acquiescence of other agencies, readily licensed the export of militarily useful goods to Iraq, even though it clearly knew... what their real pur­pose was... because not only the CIA but the military intelligence and the Defense Department advised them that these had poten­tial military use;

"The President submitted an inaccurate report to the Congress concerning these matters; and,

"The State Department has thus far refused to obtain relevant information from the United Nations on the Iraqi weapons pro­gram....

"What about the CIA? We thought this was our vaunted in­telligence gathering agency for which we appropriate untold and still publicly undetermined billions of dollars. [H: Please note that this is still a portion of the CIA "Tangled Webs" but I cannot wait for the appropriate spot in the JOURNAL in progress for I must finish the explanation regarding Cuba and Castro and the book is growing too lengthy. You must have this information NOW.] Here is the pathetic thing: the CIA knew all about this. But whatever it brought forth was ei­ther ignored or canceled by the State Department or the De­partment of Commerce and by other individuals...of commer­cial and financial backgrounds, including highly placed indi­viduals in the administration today, very high, specifically the National Security Advisor, and the present Deputy Secretary of State. He was even on a Yugoslavian bank board."

THE BOTTOM LINE

"At the bottom of almost every event in human history... is fi­nances."

"For example, the day the hostages held in Iran were re­leased (1/20/81), they were released AFTER A FEDERAL RESERVE official in New York pressed a button and re­leased several billion dollars from London to the folks in Iran. ... The cause and effect there is obvious.

"Our folks in the United States have never gotten a full and complete report of all those financial dilemmas that led to the taking of the hostages. It involved about 10 billion dollar's worth of banking investments from the United States.

"It is sad to think that we now have somewhere around $800 billion in this country in foreign money, and nobody really knows how to keep track of it. Not all of the $800 billion is le­gitimate, but just a chunk of it is highly leverageable. It can be leveraged in a matter of minutes electronically to such things as drug money laundering.

"I have been saying for over 20 years that the kind of crime, particularly drugs and all that goes with it, would not be possi­ble in our country unless there was a tie-in between the criminal element, political (officials), and the financial or business sec­tor.

"Today over 25 percent of our total financial or banking as­sets are owned by foreign entities. The difficulty is to try to convey even to our regulators how different it is when any of these international banks headquartered in the United States charter agencies in several of the other States. What is not re­alized is that every one of those foreign banks are State-owned.

"One of those banks is the Banca Nazionale del Lavoro (BNL). [H: To you readers: yes, I have spoken at length about this banking operation and its connection and owner­ship jointly by the Mafia and the Elite Bankers Cartel. I MUST write of it again, however, for you ones don't seem to fully understand the Plan. This is not the BCCI but you will find the same high officials (such as Bush and Saddam Hus­sein) utilizing the same bank and the very same accounts in BOTH. In BCCI, for instance, resided over $250 million dollars split personally between Saddam and George Bush.] BNL is owned by the Italian Government; BNL provided over $4 BILLION in what appears to be illicit loans to the Gov­ernment of Iraq ... about half was used to finance Iraq's war ef­forts to build a self-sufficient military industry.

"The government of Iraq, operating with BNL financing and using a secret procurement network, was able to obtain assis­tance through the Export-Import Bank. This network obtained $2.15 billion in loans from BNL alone for militarily useful products. ... In addition, BNL financed $2 billion worth of agricultural goods through the Commodity Credit Cor­poration Program. Taxpayers are going to have to pick up that tab, and it amounts to somewhere around $2 billion, and that does not include over $200 million from the Export-Import Bank guarantees.

"Today we are in imminent danger of the dollar being re­placed as the international reserve currency. This means that, for the first time in our history, the U.S.A. is about to lose the great privilege of being able to pay its debts in our own cur­rency. It means that this huge, monstrous debt we have piled up on the governmental level, on the corporate level (which is as great as the governmental level), and the private level, will have to be paid back in somebody else's currency. Forget about eco­nomic freedom, forget about our vaunted standard of living. Yes, we are beginning to worry now. We are beginning to see the intractability of the so-called recession which I said over a year ago would be intractable.

"Few people recognize the gravity, the extent, the depth, the spread of the complicated problem that faces us just in the finan­cial world.

GRIM TRUTH: U.S, IS BANKRUPT

"The unique American deposit insurance system ... the need for reform there is long overdue ... the congressional intent has long ago been corrupted. You cannot have $3 trillion of insured funds in the commercial banking system and have an insolvent insurance fund without saying that it would be quite difficult to tell the people the truth.

"In these difficult times, I do not know how much political mileage there is in being constantly having to do what seems to be absolutely necessary--to provide the necessary funds to ensure the at least temporary actuarial soundness of the banking and insurance fund.

"We are now facing . . . huge ... deeply rooted problems that affect the continuing solvency of our country, our system of Government, our economic and financial independence. It is under great threat, and it pains me to be a person who has raised his voice every one of these 30 years to a silent chamber, but it is on the record." [H: Remember that I said at onset of the writing that the speech was given to an empty House. Also do not lose top note that this is the Chairman of the House Banking, Finance, and Urban Affairs Committee. There is no man higher in your Congress to know these things than is this particular Representative of you-the-people. I will note, further, that Dharma turned to C-SPAN and watched and wept as the last of the "audience" slipped out of the chamber while this lone Patriot continued to speak to that empty room as if nothing of value or note was being considered. I have little hope for your survival, little ones--indeed, little hope.]

"Today we are on the edge of a precipice. What troubles my mind and my soul more than anything else since 1979 is the fact that the United States has an almost debauched currency--the value of our dollar [Federal Reserve Notes, actually] has de­clined 60 percent in 6 years. How can we continue that?

"When Congressmen ask me what is the single thing that I feel is most direly needed in this country, I answer with one word, 'solvency', 'solvency' . We are bankrupt.

"The whole course since World War II could have been charted on a graph. It was obvious from the statistics that show that, as late as 1956, our country was producing over 80 percent of the world's goods. Today it is not even 16 percent.

"That was foreseeable. Certainly we should know that the day would come when there would be a recuperation and resurgence of Europe and Japan. As Shakespeare so aptly said, when a nation becomes arrogant in its folly it becomes a laughing stock.

"What do you think for so many years folks outside the U.S.A. called us? Do you think they called us Uncle Sam? They did the same thing they did after World War I. We are Uncle Sap; we are patsy."

* * *

You can breathe again now for I see some of you turning pur­ple. In March this beloved Patriot, in an effort to awaken you, made at least three more speeches which provide even more evidence of incompetence and corruption in your government and banking system so that you can confirm that which I have given to you. We'll back them up with hard-copy when we can do so without scrubbing new information.

OK, are you all set to go on now? If you think that one was good (or bad) wait until you chew up this next one. Let me quote one Editor's comments on the upcoming information:

This information will come at you like machine gun bul­lets. In fact, without Rep. Gonzalez' remarks to validate the foreign influence in our nation's banking mess, I wouldn't run the following essay because, by itself, it's almost impossible to believe. So if you haven't read the previous article, don't even bother trying to read this one. However, if you've already read Rep. Gonzalez' remarks, go ahead and try this one, too. It is challenging reading.

This Editor in point has reorganized the original work in order to effort at clarification of the original author's intent. The Ed­itor admits his guessing may be incorrect so we will look at it closely and see if it can go as is. It MUST be shared and it came anonymously and therefore was impossible to clear the content's intent with the author first hand.

Because conspiracy theories run the whole spectrum from incredible in false projection to the other extreme of blaming segments and groups such as Jews, Blacks, Japanese, and even space aliens, for the intended overthrow of the government, we shall look at facts herein.

I find it rather fun because I have already printed this informa­tion for you as it comes directly from information and is based directly on an extraordinary, 607-page document--Senate Report No. 93-549. I suggest you effort to get a copy for yourself for it will convince you of the Truth of that which we write and have priorly written. I will be utilizing some 70-odd references so that you can go check it all out. I do not intend to spoon-feed you more than that for I must cover the situation in South Africa and the incredible dangerous activities in Red China. Further­more, my scribe must be in court in trial for most of at least the next two weeks--Happy Easter! I can only remind you precious lambs that in the ending--GOD WINS--and you were never promised a "rose garden filled with thornless thatch". The Elite are bringing the noose about your necks as was projected unto you within all prophecies and you must attend your actions well if you are to be among the remnant. God shall sustain in the best way for your overall good if you will but do your portion.

Please remember as we go along that this is an essay type of document and therefore is the reason for all the references.

SOME DARE CALL IT TREASON
RE; SENATE REPORT NO, 93-549

(For reference No.'s see end of chapter.)

Now that you have retrieved your breath and calmed your soul (but not gone back to sleep, please,) let us continue:

The United States went "bankrupt" in 1933 and was declared so by President Roosevelt by Executive Orders 6073, 6102, 6111, and 6260,¹ under the "Trading With The Enemy Act" of the Sixty-Fifth Congress.²

The several states of the Union then pledged the faith and credit thereof to the aid of the National Government, and formed numerous socialist committees, such as the "Council of State Governments"³ and "Social Security Administration" to purportedly deal with the economic "emergency".

These organizations operated under the "Declaration of IN­TERdependence" (emph. added) of January 22, 1937, published in the 1937 edition of The Book of the States. This book openly declared that the people engaged in such activities as Farm­ing/Husbandry Industry had been reduced to mere feudal "Tenants" on their land.⁴This was compounded by such activi­ties as price fixing of wheat and grains (7 U.S.C.A. 1332), quota regulations (7 U.S.C.A. 1371), and livestock production controls (7 U.S.C.A. 1903), which have held agriculture prices consistently below the costs of production, interest on loans, and inflation of paper "Bills of Credit". These acts have left the food producers in a state of peonage and involuntary servitude, and constitute the taking of private property for the benefit and use of the public, without just compensation.

During the Second World War the "League of Nations" was reinstituted under the pretense of the "United Nations" and the "Bretton Woods Agreement" .⁵ The United States came out of World War II as a corporate body politic (a fiction) and in such bad economic condition that in 1950 it declared Bankruptcy [again] and "Reorganization". That "Reorganization" is de­scribed in Title 5 of the United States Codes Annotated (U.S.C.A.). The "explanation" at the beginning of 5 U.S.C.A. notes that the "Secretary of Treasury" was appointed as "Receiver" in the Bankruptcy.⁶

CONGRESS SHALL HAVE THE POWER

Congress alone was given the Power and Authority to coin money and to regulate and maintain the true and inherent "value" of the Coin by the ordained U.S. Constitution,⁷and is likewise obligated to maintain said gold and silver Coin and for­eign Coin according to the "equal weights and measure" clause.⁸ Nevertheless, the government ignored the Constitution and the warnings in the Federalist Papers,⁹ and passed the "Coinage Act of 1965" which completely debased the Constitutional Coin (gold and silver, i.e., the true "Dollar").¹⁰

At the signing of the Coinage Act, Lyndon B. Johnson stated in his Press release that:
"When I have signed this bill before me, we will have made the first fundamental change in our coinage in 173 years. The Coinage Act of 1965 supersedes the Act of 1792. And that Act had the title: An Act Establishing a Mint and Regulating the Coinage of the United States...."

"Now I will sign this bill to make the first change in our coinage system since the 18th Century. To those members of Congress, who are here on this historic occasion, I want to as­sure you that in making this change from the 18th Century we have no idea of returning to it."

Note that NO constitutional Amendment was obtained to change, amend, abridge, or abolish the Constitutional mandates concerning the coinage of money. However, due to the internal and external diversions surrounding the Viet Nam War, the usurpation and breach went basically unchallenged and unno­ticed by the general public, who were thereby reduced to "a wealthy man's cannon fodder or cheap source of slave labor". ¹¹

Those exercising the Offices of the several States, knew "De Facto Transitions" like the "Coinage Act of 1965" were unlaw­ful and unconstitutional, but nevertheless sanctioned, im­plemented, and enforced the complete debauchment of the money and the consequent "governmental, social, industrial economic change" in the "De Jure" States and in the United States of America.^12,13

Congress then passed the "Federal Tax Lien Act of 1966", which placed the entire taxing and monetary system (the "Essential Engine" of our government)¹⁴ under the Uniform Commercial Code (U.C.C.)' ¹⁵ The U.C.C. was promulgated by the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws in collusion with the American Law Institute for the "banking and business interests" .¹⁶

Over the years, the United States engaged in numerous con­flicts (Korea, Viet Nam) under the direction of the United Na­tions ¹⁷ and agreed to foot the bill for these U.N. conflicts. However, the Federal government was unable to honor its obli­gations and rehypothecated debt credit, and therefore openly and publicly dishonored and disavowed its "Notes" and "obligations" ,¹⁸ (i.e., "Federal Reserve Notes") through Section 2 of Public Law 90-269, 82 Stat.50 (1968), which reads:

"The first sentence of Section 15 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 391) is amended by striking 'and the funds provided in this Act for the redemption of Federal Reserve notes' ."

NIXON DECLARES EMERGENCY

Things grew worse and on March 28, 1970, President Nixon issued Proclamation No. 3972, declaring an "Emergency" be­cause the Postal Employees struck against the de facto govern­ment for higher pay, due to inflation of the paper "Bills of Credit" .19 (Nixon also placed the U.S. Postal Department under control of the Department of Defense)²⁰

The system faltered for a decade, but the bench mark date of the collapse is August 15, 1971. On this day, President Nixon reversed U.S. international monetary policy by officially declaring the non-convertibility of the U.S. dollar (Federal Re­serve Note) into gold.²¹

On September 21, 1973, Congress passed Public Law 93­110, amending the Bretton Woods "Par Value Modification Act" (82 Stat. 116, 31 U.S.C.A. 449), and reiterated the "Emergency" in 12 United States Code annotated 95a.²²

On January 19, 1976, Rep. Marjorie S. Holt noted for the record, a second "Declaration of INTERdependence" and clearly identified the United Nations as a "Communist" organi­zation that was seeking both production and monetary control over the United States through International Organizations that promoted the "One World Order" .²³[H: Is everybody still with me or do you continue to think this is just Satanic hogwash? Your very survival and existence depends on your coming into KNOWING of this Truth so I suggest you not take it lightly in your jesting and game-playing and yellow-ribbon wagging--YOU ARE IN DEEP TROUBLE!]

EVERY JUDGE FOR HIMSELF

On February 11, 1976, forty-four Federal Judges filed the Complaint/Petition, Atkins et al. vs. U.S. in the U.S. Court of Claims, Docket No. 41-76. This suit noted our socio-economic decline and complained that:

"As a result of inflation, the compensation of federal judges has been substantially diminished each year since 1969, causing direct and continuing monetary harm to plaintiffs .... the real value of the dollar decreased by approximately 34.5 percent from March 15, 1969 to October 1, 1975 .... As a result, plain­tiffs have suffered an unconstitutional deprivation of earnings." In their prayer for relief, they claimed "damages for the Con­stitutional violations enumerated above, measured as the diminution of their earnings for the entire period since March 9, 1969."

These federal judges held and enjoyed Offices of Public Trust, Honor and Profit and obviously knew of the emergency financial problem of the nation. However, they sought protec­tion for themselves only. They intentionally ignored the mone­tary damage and injury to the People and Children of this Na­tion, and classified them as "a club that has many other mem­bers" who "have no remedy".

Worse, knowing that "heinous" acts had been committed, these "honorable" federal judges stated that they would not apply the Law nor any substantive remedy "until all of us (judges) are dead".

This promise violates Cohen vs. Virginia (1821), which de­clared that the Courts, "have no more right to decline the exer­cise of jurisdiction which is given, than to usurp that which is not given. The one or the other would be Treason to the Con­stitution. ^"24

Despite their Oath to uphold, defend, and preserve the sovereignty of the Nation and the several Republican States of the Union, those Federal judges breached their Duty to protect the People/Citizens and their Posterity from fraud, imposition, avarice, and stealthy encroachment.²⁵

The destruction of our financial system continued with Public Law 94-564 which states: "Moving to a floating exchange rate for international commerce means private enterprise and not central governments bear the risk of currency fluctuations.^"26

EMERGENCY!!...??

The government's contrived "Emergency" created numerous abuses, usurpations, and abridgments of delegated Powers and Authority. As stated in Senate Report 93-549:

"These proclamations give force to 470 provisions of Federal law. These hundreds of statutes delegate to the President ex­traordinary powers, ordinarily exercised by the Congress, which affect the lives of American citizens in a host of all-encompass­ing manners. This vast range of powers, taken together, confer enough authority to rule the country without reference to normal constitutional process. "

"Under the powers delegated by these statutes, the President may: seize property; organize and control the means of pro­duction; seize commodities; assign military forces abroad; institute martial law; seize and control all transportation and communication; regulate the operation of private enterprise; restrict travel; and in a plethora of particular ways, control the lives of all American citizens."⁴⁰

In Federal and State Tribunals, we sometimes hear statements that Constitutional arguments are "immaterial", or "frivolous". These statements are based on the concealment, furtherance, and compounding of the Frauds and "Emergency" created and sustained by the "Expatriated"⁴³ ALIENS of the United Nations and its various associated organizations."⁴⁴

Recognizing the "Supremacy Clause" and "Separation of Powers", Senate Report No. 93-549 concedes that abridgment of our Constitutional rights and freedoms has occurred: "A ma­jority of the people of the United States have lived all of their lives under emergency rule. For 40 years, freedoms and gov­ernmental procedures guaranteed by the Constitution have in varying degrees been abridged by laws brought into force by states of national emergency..." ⁴¹

Acts committed under fraud, force, and seizures are many times done under "Letter of Marque and Reprisal" (i.e., "recapture").³⁷ However, according to 16 American Jurispru­dence⁴² no "emergency" justifies a violation of any Constitu­tional provision. [IMPORTANT!!]

Honor is earned by honesty and integrity, not under false and fraudulent pretenses. Such principles as "Fraud and Justice never dwell together"³⁸ and "A right of action cannot arise out of fraud,"³⁹ are borne out in U.S. vs Throckmorton, 98 US 61, pg 65, which reads, "Fraud vitiates the most solemn contracts, documents and even judgments."

INTERNATIONAL CONTROL

Congress held numerous debates concerning the International Financial Institutions and their operations. For example, Rep. Ron Paul (former Chairman of the House Banking Committee), made repeated references to the true practices of "International" financial institutions, including the conversion of 27,000,000 in gold [H:(27 million what? Dollars? Ounces?) Do you see a bit of subterfuge herein?], contributed by the United States as part of its "quota obligations" [H: From here on in you will find this very type of implicitness registered over and over and over again so that "they" interpret the laws ANY WAY THEY PLEASE AND YOU ARE STUCK WITH IT AS THERE WILL BE NO DEFENSE FOR ONLY THEY CAN INTERPRET THE LAWS NOW COME FORTH.], which the Governor-Secretary of Treasury of the International Mone­tary Fund (IMF) sold under some very questionable terms and concessions ²⁷

On October 28, 1977, the passage of Public Law 95-147, 91 Stat. 1227, declared most banking institutions, including State banks, to be under direction and control of the corporate "Governor" of the International Monetary Fund.²⁸ This Act further declared that:
"(2) Section 10(a) of the Gold Reserve Act of 1934 (31 U.S.C. 822a(b) is amended by striking out the phrase 'stabilizing the exchange value of the dollar' ..."

"(c) The joint resolution entitled 'Joint resolution to assure uniform value to the coins and currencies of the United States', approved June 5, 1933 (31 U.S.C. 463) SHALL NOT APPLY TO OBLIGATIONS ISSUED ON OR AFTER THE DATE OF ENACTMENT OF THIS SECTION" (Emph. added.)

Thus, the United States as "Corporator"²⁹ and "State"³⁰ had declared "Insolvency" .³¹ A permanent state of "Emergency" was instituted within the Union through the contrivances, fraud and avarice of the International Financial Institutions, Organiza­tions, Corporations, and Associations, including their "fiscal and depository agent", the Federal Reserve.³² This led to "Emergency" legislation like the "Public Debt Limit-Balanced Budget And Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985".³³

By becoming a "corporator", the government lays down its sovereignty and takes on that of a private citizen.³⁴It can exer­cise no power which is not derived from the corporate charter.³⁵ The real party in interest is not the de jure United States of America, but "The Bank" and "the Fund".³⁶ [H: This, of course, refers to the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund which we refer to as the IMF and where, says Bush, will come all the guaranteed loans (by you-the-­people) to the Soviets, etc. Everyone can get some of that money except you-the-people and you just continue to pay and pay on the debt of interest created from those delightful "humanitarian" notes. Do you see how simple it is to come up with money if you are among the Elite and can use a little blackmail?]

FOREIGN AGENTS?

The Internal Revenue Service entered into a "service agree­ment" with the U.S. Treasury Department⁴⁵ and the Agency For International Development (AID).⁴⁶ AID is an International paramilitary operation⁴⁵ [H: I just wrote all about that within the past few days so I won't extend that here.] which is responsible for such activities as "Assumption of full or partial executive, legislative, and judicial authority over a country or area" .⁴⁸ [H: I suggest you get the current writing regarding the CIA because this is ALL ENTANGLED.]

The 1985 Edition of the Department of Army Field Manual FM 41-10 describes the International "Civil Affairs" operations. At page 3-6, it is admitted that the AID is under direction of the International Development Cooperation Agency, and at page 3-8 that the operation is "paramilitary". According to the Senate Report No. 93-549 (pg 186), the International Organization's intents and purposes are to promote, implement, and enforce a "dictatorship over finance in the United States". (Emph. added.)

The intents, purposes, and activities of the International Or­ganization include complete control of "Public Finance", i.e., the "control, supervision, and audit of indigenous fiscal re­sources; budget practices, taxation, expenditures of public funds, currency issues, and banking agencies and affiliates" .⁵⁰This complies with "Silent Weapons For Quiet War"⁵¹ which discloses a declaration of war upon the American people, mon­etary control by the Internationalists through information so­licited and collected by the Internal Revenue Service,⁵² and identifies who is operating and enforcing the seditious Interna­tional program.⁵³

Treasury Delegation Order No. 92 states that the IRS is trained under direction of the U.N.'s Division of "Human Re­sources" and the Commissioner (International), trained by the obscure "Office of Personnel Management". However, Execu­tive Order No. 10422 states that the "Office of Personnel Man­agement" is under the direction of the Secretary General of the United Nations.⁷⁰

IRS: FOREIGN AGENT?

The IRS is also an agency of the International Criminal Po­lice Organization, and solicits and collects information for 150 Foreign Powers.⁷¹ Further, the "Memorandum & Agreement" between the Secretary of the Treasury/Corporate Governor of "The [International Monetary] Fund" and "The [World] Bank" and the Office of the U.S. Attorney General indicates that the Attorney General and his associates are also soliciting and col­lecting information for Foreign Principals.⁷²

Note that an Attorney or Representative is required to file a "Foreign Agents Registration Statement" if he represents the interests of a Foreign Principal or Power.⁵⁴ Documentary evi­dence suggests that IRS Agents are "Agents of a Foreign Princi­pal" within the meaning and intent of the "Foreign Agents Reg­istration Act of 1938". They are directed and controlled by the corporate "Governor" of "The [International Monetary] Fund" (aka "Secretary of Treasury"),⁵⁵ and the corporate "Governor" of "The [World] Bank"⁵⁶. Further, they act as "information-service employees",⁵⁷ who "solicit, collect, disburse or dispense contributions (Tax: a pecuniary contribution, Blacks Law Dictionary, 5th Edition), loans, money, or other things of value for or in interest of such foreign principal ⁵⁸, and they entered into agreements with a Foreign Principal (the "Agency for In­ternational Development") pursuant to Treasury Delegation Or­der NO. 91.⁵⁹

Congress has also acted as foreign agents in that it has appro­priated, transferred, and converted vast sums to Foreign Pow­ers⁶¹, and has entered into numerous Foreign Taxing Treaties (conventions)⁶¹ and other Agreements, which are solicited and collected pursuant to 26 Internal Revenue Code 1603(k)(4). Massive appropriations of rehypothecated debt credit were also made for the general welfare and common defense of other Foreign Powers, including Communist countries and satellites, and to support the International control of natural and human re­sources.⁶² (A "Resource" is a claim of "property" and when related to people constitutes "slavery".) Such restrictions as "For the general welfare and common defense of the United States"⁶³ are ignored, and thereby contribute to the insolvent nature of the continual "emergency", with socio-economic repercussions laid upon present and future generations.

In theory, military force cannot be legally imposed in civil af­fairs without authority to act. That authority can be missing for several reasons, such as the absence of a Foreign Agents Regis­tration Statement," or Article 2, Section 7 of the United Nations Charter which prohibits the U.N. from "intervening in matters which are essentially within the domestic jurisdiction of any state..." However, Korea, Viet Nam, Kuwait, etc., are ample evidence of the United Nations' willingness to violate its own rules and invade foreign nations. Such is the "Rule of Law" as practiced by the United Nations; such is Communist terrorism, despotism, and tyranny. All were and are outlawed here by our ordained and established Constitution (1787).

NEWSTATES OF AMERICA

Ok, here we go again--so pay attention as it is run past you once more! I can only salute this Patriot who daringly got this infor­mation to me. I can do no more than print it--but know that I understand AND I HAVE IT AND NO ONE IN MY SERVICE KNOWS SO YOU ARE SECURE and blessings be unto you until Truth can find safety for its servants.

On January 17, 1980, the President and Senate confirmed another "Constitution", namely, the "Constitution Of The United Nations Industrial Development Organization" found at Senate Treaty Document No. 97-19, 97th Congress, 1st Session. A perusal of this Foreign Constitution exposes the Internation­alist's intents. The Preamble, Article 1 ("Objectives"), and Ar­ticle 2 ("functions"), clearly show their intent to direct, control finance and subsidize all "natural and human resources" and "agro-related as well as basic industries", through "dynamic social and economic changes...... with a view to assisting in the establishment of a new international economic order." In the Preamble, an unelected, unrepresentative, unaccountable oli­garchy of expatriates and aliens, fraudulently claim that they intend to establish "rational and equitable international economic relations". However, this is pure misrepresentation, deceit, and fraud since they also openly declared that they no longer "stabilize the value of the dollar" nor "assure the value of the coin and currency of the United States" .⁷³

According to THE EMERGING CONSTITUTION by Rex­ford G. Tugwell, the Constitution For The Newstates Of Amer­ica was accomplished under the auspices of the Rockefeller tax-exempt foundation called the "Center for the Study of Demo­cratic Institutions" .⁷⁴ [H: Ah, they do like to use labels which delude you into believing they are "saviors" come to bring you home safely! The Evil Adversary King of Deceit also comes calling himself the Prince of Light and the Bright Morning Star. BEWARE!]

Don't be fooled by labels like "Democratic". The people and Citizens of this Nation were forewarned that "Democracies have ever been the spectacles of turbulence and contention; have ever been found incompatible with personal security or the rights of property, and have in general been as short in their lives as they have been violent in their deaths. "⁷⁵

In any case, this alien "newstates constitution" has little to do with "democracy"--it is merely the foundation for a despotic, tyrannical oligarchy. For example, in Article I ("rights and Re­sponsibilities") of the "newstates constitution", Sections 1 and 15 evidence the authors' knowledge of the "emergency". The Rights of expression, communication, movement, assembly, pe­tition, and Habeas Corpus ARE ALL ELIMINATED DURING A "DECLARED EMERGENCY". [H: Ready? For they are aimed and firing--NOW!]

The "newstates constitution" openly declares among other seditious acts that "Until each indicated change in the govern­ment shall have been completed the provisions of the existing Constitution and the organs of government shall be in effect,"⁷⁶ and, "All operations of the national government shall cease as they are replaced by those authorized under this Constitution. "⁷⁷

The "newstates constitution" includes no mention of trial by jury, "Just" compensation, or the right to being informed of the "Nature & Cause of this Accusation". In sum, this "newstates constitution" is but a reiteration of the Communist Doctrines, intents and purposes, and clearly establishes a Police Power State, under direction and control of a self-appointed oligarchy.

ENEMIES, FOREIGN and DOMESTIC

It appears that the "Treasonous" and "Seditious" elements of our government are brewing up a storm of untold magnitude. As support, consider President Bush's public address of Sept. 11, 1991⁶⁵ where he admitted "Interdependence".⁶⁶ Other authorities have admitted (along with him) "One World Or­der",⁶⁷ affiliation and collusion with the Soviet Union Oli­garchy,⁶⁸ and direction by the United Nations.⁶⁹

It is now necessary to ask which "Constitution" our govern­ment is operating under. There is evidence of the fact that the taxing and monetary system--the "essential engine" of our gov­ernment as established by the U.S. Constitution (1787) and un­der the "Bill of Rights" (1791)--HAS BEEN OVERTHROWN! It is apparent that the present operation of our de facto gov­ernment is under Foreign/Alien Constitutions, Laws, Rules, and Regulations.

Our patience and tolerance for those who pervert the neces­sary and basic foundations of our society have been misguided and detrimental to our nation. While we have watched pa­tiently, they have fundamentally changed the form and substance of our Republican form of Government and exhibited a willful and wanton disregard for the Rights, Safety, and Property of others. While we have merely watched, they have evinced a despotic design to reduce my people to slavery, peonage, and involuntary servitude, under a fraudulent, tyrannical, seditious foreign oligarchy, with intent and purpose to institute, erect, and form a "Dictatorship" over the Citizens and our Posterity.

While we stood by, they have destroyed the Livelihood and Lives of thousands; aided and abetted our enemies; declared War on us and our Posterity; destroyed untold families; afflicted widows and orphans; turned Sodomites loose amongst our young; implemented foreign laws, rules, regulations, and proce­dures within the body of the country; incited insurrections, rebellion, sedition, and anarchy within the de jure society; ille­gally entered our Land; taken false Oaths; entered into Seditious Foreign Constitutions, Agreements, Pactions, Confederations, and Alliances; arbitrarily dismissed and held mock trials for those who trespassed upon our Lives, Liberties, Properties, and Families; endangered our Peace, Safety, Welfare, and Dignity; and under the pretense of an "emergency" (which they them­selves created), promoted, furthered, and brought forth swarms of bureaucrats, foreign agents, double agents, frauds, cheats, and swindlers to eat out the substance of the good and produc­tive people of our society. The damage, injury and cost have been higher than mere money can repay. They have done what they were commanded by law NOT to do. The time for just correction is NOW! [H: OR NEVER!!]

A PRESENTMENT OF TREASON AND SEDITION

Fortunately, in our Land it is necessary to seek, obtain, and present EVIDENCE to sustain a conviction and/or judgment. Unfortunately, the covert procedures used to implement and en­force these Foreign Constitutions, Laws, Procedures, Rules, Regulations, etc., have not, to my knowledge, been collected and assimilated, nor presented as evidence to establish seditious collusion.
Information on the de facto Federal and International char­tered "institutions", their Officers, Employees, Servants, Agents, and Representatives, must be gathered, verified, and turned over to a Court of Law for prosecution, trial, and judg­ment according to Law. (See: Pope Mfg. Co. vs Gormully, 144 U.S. 414, PG 419; ALSO, 22 u.s.c.a. 286G.) [H: And good luck--for the courts no longer recognize Constitutional Law and, depending on the presiding judge, you are apt to sim­ply be denied any type of hearing on the matter and if so, it will NOT BE ACCORDING TO CONSTITUTIONAL RULES OF JUSTICE.]

Sincere consideration of a "Presentment" of Treason and Sedi­tion to a Grand Jury under the Constitution for the United States of America (1787), Amendment V, is in order. [H: In order, indeed, but allowable?, I doubt it! They have passed every other dastardly deed upon you including all-out war under no declaration of war and you only bowed and waved your yellow ribbons and desecrated the very symbol of freedom in your FLAG of holy meaning. You actually passed United Nations flags out to your school children and thereby de­nounced your own nation under God and handed it in total unto the Foreign Aliens. Aliens from Space your problem? Oh, I do suggest you look again!] Numerous High Crimes and Misdemeanors have been committed under the Constitution For the United States of America, and Laws made in Pursuance thereof, and under the Constitution for the State of ALL STATES, and the Laws made in Pursuance thereof, and against the Peace and Dignity of the People, including but not limited to C.R.S. 18-11-203 (which defines and prescribes punishment for "Seditious Associations" and is also applicable to the other constitutions, and the intents and professed purposes of their Organizations, Corporations, and Associations).

I could go on but the story is long! I hope this information and research is of assistance to you. Much remains to be un­covered and disclosed, as it is necessary and imperative to se­cure the Lives, Liberties, Property, Peace, and Dignity of the People and our Posterity. Good hunting, and the Good Lord be with you in all your endeavors.
GOD BLESS!

REFERENCES

¹ Senate Report 93-549, pgs 187, 594]
² 65th Congress, Sess. I Chs. 105, 106, Oct. 6, 1917; as codified at 12 United States Codes Annotated 95a.
³ Note: The Council of State Governments has been absorbed into other organizations such as the "National Conference of Commissioner on Uniform State Laws", headquartered at 676 N. St. Clair St, Ste 1700, Chicago, Ill., 60611. The members of this Conference are also members of the bar, and have lobbied for, passed, adjudicated, and order the implementation and execution of their purported statutory provision, to "help implement international treaties of the United States or where world uniformity would be desirable." See 1990/91 Reference Book, National Council of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws, pg. 2) This is apparently what Robert Bork meant when he wrote "we care governed not by law and elected representatives by an unelected, unrepresentative, unaccountable committee of lawyers applying no will but their own." (The Tempting of America, Robert Bork, pg. 130)
⁴ Book Of The States, 1937, pg. 155]
⁵ 60 Stat. 1401
⁶ Reorganization Plan No. 26, 5 U.S.C.A. 903, Public Law 94­564, legislative History, pg. 5967
⁷ U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clauses 5 & 6, and Article I, Section 10, Clause 1,
⁸ See also: Bible, Deuteronomy, Ch. 25, verses 13-16; Public Law 97-289, 96 Stat. 1211
⁹ "Madison's Notes", Constitutional Convention, Aug 16, 1787, Federalist Papers No. 44
¹⁰ 18 U.S.C.A. 331 & 332, U.S. vs. Marigold, 50 U.S. 560, 13 L.Ed. 257]
¹¹ Silent Weapons for Quite Wars", TMSW7905.1,pgs 6-9, 12- 13, & 56
¹² Public Law 94-564, Legislative History, pg 5936, 5945; 31 U.S.C.A. 314; 31 U.S.C.A. 321; 31 U.S.C.A 5112; C.R.S. 11-61-101; and C.R.S. 18-11-203]
¹³ See also, Federalist Papers No. 44; Craig vs. Missouri, 4 Peters 903
¹⁴ Federalist Papers No. 31
¹⁵ Public Law 89-719, Legislative History, pg 3722
¹⁶ Handbook of the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws, (1966) Ed. pgs. 152-153
¹⁷ 22 U.S.C.A. 287d.
¹⁸ 12 U.S.C.A. 411
¹⁹ Senate Report No. 93-549, pg. 596
²⁰ Dept. of Army Field Manual, FM 41-10 (1969 ed.)
²¹ See: Public Law 94-564, Legislative History, pg 5937; Senate Report No. 93-549, Foreword, pg III; Proclamation No. 4074, pg 597; 31 U.S.C.A 314; and 12 U.S.C.A. 5112]
²² See: 22 U.S.C.A. 286f; (Section 8 of the Bretton Woods Agreements Act of 1945, 22 included "reports on foreign currency transactions," (Executive Order No. 10033); and also declared in Section 2(b) that: "No provision of any law in effect on the date of enactment of this Act, and no rule, regulation, or order under authority of any such law, may be construed to prohibit any person from purchasing, holding, selling, or otherwise dealing with gold.")
²³ 8 U.S.C.A. 1101 (40); and 50 U.S.C.A. 781 & 783]
²⁴ Cohen vs. Virginia, 6 Wheat 264, 5 L.Ed. 257 (1821); see also, U.S. vs. Will, 449 Us 200, 66 L.Ed. 2d 392, at pg. 406.
²⁵ Atkins et al. vs. U.S., 556 F. 2d 1028, pg. 1072, 1074; The Tempting of America, Robert Bork, pgs 155-159; 5 U.S.C.A. 5305 & 5335; and Senate Report No. 93-549, pgs 69-71
²⁶ Public Law 94-564, Legislative History, pg. 5944
²⁷ Public Law 94-564, Legislative History, pg 5945-5946; The Ron Paul Money Book, (1991), by Ron Paul, Plantation Publishing, 837 W. Plantation, Clute, Texas 77531)
²⁸ See Public Law 94-564, Legislative History, pg. 5942; United States Government Manual 1990/91 ed., pgs. 480-481
²⁹ 22 U.S.C.A 286e, et seq.
³⁰ C C.R.S. 24-60-1301(h)
³¹ See: 26 I.R.C. 165 (g)(1); U.C.C. 1-201(23); C.R.S. 39-22­103.5, Westfall vs. Braley, 10 Ohio 188, 75 Am. Dec. 509, Adams vs. Richardson, 337 S.W.2d 911
³² 22 U.S.C.A. 286d
³³ Public Law 99-177.
³⁴ See: 22 U.S.C.A. 286e
³⁵ The Bank of the United States vs. Planters Bank of Georgia,
6 L. Ed. (9 Wheat) 244; U.S. vs. Burr, U.S.C.A. 286, et seq.
³⁶ 22 U.S.C.A. 286, et seq
³⁷ 31 U.S.C.A. 5323
³⁸ Wingate's Maxims 680]
³⁹ Broom's Maxims 297, 729; Cowper's Reports 343; 5 Scott's New Reports 558; 10 Mass. 276; 38 Fed. 800]
⁴⁰ Senate Report 93-549, Foreward, pg III
⁴¹ Senate Report 93-549, Introduction, pg 1.
⁴² 16 American Jurisprudence, 2nd Ed., Sections 71-72,
⁴³ The controlling statutes on "expatriation" include: 8 U.S.C.A. 1481, 22 U.S.C.A. 611, 612, & 613; and 50 U.S.C.A. 781.
⁴⁴ "Letters", Insight Magazine, 2/18/91, pg 7, Lowel L. Flanders, President, U.N. Staff Union, New York.
⁴⁵ Public Law 94-564, Legislative History, pg 5967,
Reorganization Plan No. 26
⁴⁶ Treasury Delegation Order No. 91
⁴⁷ Department of The Army Field Manual, (1969) FM 41-10, pgs 1-4, Sect. 1-7(b) & 1-6, Sect. 1-10(7)(c)(1); and 22 U.S.C.A. 284
⁴⁸ FM 41-10 pg 1-7, Sect. 110(7)(c)(4); and, Agreement Be­tween the United Nation and the United States of America Regarding the Headquarters of the United Nations, Sect. 7(d) & (8); 22 U.S.C.A. 287 (1979 ed.) pg 241
⁴⁹ Congressional Record - Senate, Mr. Thurmond, December 13, 1967)
⁵⁰ FM 41-10, pgs 2-30 through 2-31, Sect 251. Public Finance
⁵¹ "Silent Weapons For Quiet Wars" Research Technical Manual TM-SW7905.1, pg 3 & 7
⁵² TM-SW7905.1, pg 48; 22 U.S.C.A. 286f; Executive Order No. 10033; and 26 U.S.C.A 6103(k)(4).
⁵³ TM--SW7905.1, pg 52
⁵⁴ 22 U.S.C.A. 611(c)(1)(iv), 612, & 613; Rabinowitz vs. Kennedy, 376 U.S. 605, 11 L. Ed. 2d 940; 18 U.S.C.A. 219
& 951
⁵⁵ See Public Law 94-564, supra pg 5942; U.S. Government Manual 1990/91, pgs 480-481; 26 U.S.C.A 7701(a)(11); and Treasury Delegation Order No. 150-10
⁵⁶ 22 U.S.C.A. 286 & 286a
⁵⁷ 22 U.S.C.A. 611(c)(ii)
⁵⁸ 22 U.S.C.A. 611(c)(iii)
⁵⁹ 22 U.S.C.A. 611(c)(2)
⁶⁰ 22 U.S.C.A 263a
⁶¹ 22 U.S.C.A 285g; 22 U.S.C.A. 287j
⁶² Public Law 101-167, 103 Stat. 1195
⁶³ U.S. Constitution, Art I, Sect 8, Clause 1
⁶⁴ 22 U.S.C.A. 612; 18 U.S.C.A. 219 & 951. Department of the Army Pamphlet 27100-70, Military Law Review, Vol 70
⁶⁵ Weekly Compilation of Presidential Documents
⁶⁶ Public Law 94-564, Legislative History, pg 5950
⁶⁷ Extension of Remarks, Jan 19, 1976, Marjorie S. Holt, 8 U.S.C.A. 1101(40)
⁶⁸ 50 U.S.C.A. 781
⁶⁹ 22 U.S.C.A. 611
⁷⁰ 22 U.S.C.A, 287, (1979 Ed.) at page 248
⁷¹ 22 U.S.C.A. 263a
⁷² The United States Government Manual 1990/91, pg 385; The Ron Paul Money Book, supra, pgs 250-251
⁷³ Public Law 95-147, 91 Stat. 1227, at pg 1229
⁷⁴ Located at Liberty Lobby, 300 Independence Ave SE, Washington DC 20003
⁷⁵ Federalist Papers No. 10; The Law, by Fredrick Bastiat
⁷⁶ Constitution For The Newstates Of America, Article XII, Sect 3
⁷⁷ Constitution For The Newstates Of America, Article XII, Sect. 4.

PJ 49

CHAPTER 3

REC #1 HATONN

SAT., APRIL 18, 1992 11:04 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 246

EASTER??

May the Grace of God be your shield through this time of trial and sorting. May you be given into understanding of Truth as the seasons unfold one into another that you may see God in EVERY day and every experience. What meaning does "Easter" hold for you? It has as many "meanings" as there are individual souls to experience, so, would it not be wondrous if it could simply mean love for one another that your days may be long and your journey "home" be in glory? Let us each be thankful for each gifted moment in experience that our knowing grow and our understanding become full and worthy of the gift. When you crucify one man you crucify all and when you realize this Truth you shall have come a far distance. Are you worthy to "claim" forgiveness? Is there question? What "right" have you to claim forgiveness? Who told you as much? Do you dump on more burden in false perception or do you begin to see Truth and Light in your actions? It becomes a good time for thinking on these things of spirit and physical that you might blend the two in correct perception.

"Easter" was a holiday celebrated long before the one named Emmanuel came into the world. It was a special celebration time in Jerusalem and that is WHY the time of "trial" was cho­sen to coincide. There was not even a word "Christian" at the time. I dictated a tape yesterday on the subject which I hope all who can will avail themselves for we are not ready to use the writing in this current sequence--but you need the information. I feel great camraderie as we share the WORD in this more per­sonal manner. You as a people have returned to celebrating the "original" meaning of the holiday and God is all but forgotten. Ah, may you be given into seeing the wondrous beauty and promise of the rainbow but also the hidden dangers for the enemy is the master of deceit and the Prince of Lies. If the focus is not on the promise of eternal LIFE at this time of season--then you have missed the point entirely. As the wondrous beauty of creator is reflected back unto the Earth as the flowers of renewal blossom--may you, too, reflect the glory and radiance of our beloved Source. Amen.

I remind you again at this season of beauty as the flowers come forth in promise of another cycle--or rather, that another cycle has ended--take your glass and look into the heart of even the most tiny speck of a flower and see its life. Take that "Easter" lily and look deep within its blossom and you will see a world of perfection which surpasses all spoken messages. These are gifts from your INVISIBLE CREATOR who gives unto you, His re­flection, the wonders of the universe and offers the wisdom of all the ages if you will but accept. May you walk in beauty that glory may be found in your company.

* * *

CONTROLLING THE CIA

I submit that there is no federal agency of our gov­ernment whose activities receive closer scrutiny and "control" than the CIA.
Lyman Kirkpatrick
former Executive Director, CIA
October 11, 1971

The reverse of that statement is true in my opinion, and it is shameful for the American people to be so misled. There is no federal agency of our govern­ment whose activities receive less scrutiny and con­trol than the CIA.
Senator Stuart Symingon
Member, Joint Senate
Committee for CIA Oversight
November 23, 1971

Although Harry Truman wrote in 1963 that "I never had any thought when I set up the CIA that it would be injected into peacetime cloak-and-dagger operations," he--and each President after him--willingly employed the agency to carry out clandes­tine espionage and covert intervention in the internal affairs of other countries--those activities, in short, subsumed under the "such other functions and duties" language in the enabling leg­islation. In that phrase lies the authority, according to Richard Helms, for overthrowing foreign governments, subverting elec­tions, bribing officials and waging "secret wars". As Helms told the American Society of Newspaper Editors in 1971, this "language was designed to enable us to conduct such foreign ac­tivities as the national government may find it convenient to as­sign to what can best be described as a 'secret service' ."

From its beginning, the CIA's actual functions were couched in deception and secrecy. Richard Bissell's notorious Council on Foreign Relations speech in 1968 stressed that the original legislation was "necessarily vague". He continued:

CIA's full "charter" has been frequently revised, but it has been, and must remain, secret. The absence of a public charter leads people to search for the charter and to question the Agency's authority to undertake various activities. The problem of a se­cret "charter" remains as a curse, but the need for secrecy would appear to preclude a solution.

"SECRET CHARTER" NSCID's

There was never any doubt in the minds of men like Bissell that the CIA's functions should not be a matter of public record. In fact, the National Security Act of 1947 and the supporting Central Intelligence Act of 1949 are little more than legal covers which provide for the existence of the CIA and authorize it to operate outside the rules affecting other government agencies. The CIA's actual role is spelled out in Bissell's "secret charter"--that series of classified executive orders called National Secu­rity Intelligence Directives (NSCID's or "en-skids"). These di­rectives were "codified" in 1959, but remain unavailable to all but a few key government officials. Not until July 1973 did the CIA offer the congressional subcommittees which supposedly oversee its activities a glimpse at the "secret charter". And the public still has no way of knowing if the agency is exceeding its mandate because it has no way of knowing what that mandate is.

During the 1947 congressional debate concerning the agency's formation, Representative Fred Busby asked, "I won­der if there is any foundation for the rumors that have come to me to the effect that through this CIA they are contemplating operational activities." These rumors were indeed accurate, and the following year President Truman approved NSC directive 10/2 which authorized first the semi-independent Office of Pol­icy Coordination and then, in 1951, the CIA itself, to carry out "dirty tricks" overseas, with the two stipulations that the opera­tions be secret and "plausibly deniable". A whole series of NSCID's expanding the CIA's activities were issued in the years that followed. One, NSCID 7, gave the CIA powers inside the United States to question Americans about their foreign travels, and to enter into contractual arrangements with American universities, even though the National Security Act of 1947 forbade the agency to exercise any "police, subpoena, law enforcement powers, or internal security functions". An­other NSCID was apparently shown to the judge in the 1966 court case in which one Estonian-American slandered a fellow refugee and then claimed "absolute privilege" to have done so because he was acting under the CIA's orders. Having seen the secret directive, the judge ruled that the agency had the power to operate among emigre groups in the United States, and he dis­missed the suit. Yet another, NSCID 6, apparently spells out the functions of the National Security Agency (which itself was created by executive order), since in the Nixon Administra­tion's 1970 secret plan for domestic espionage there is a recom­mendation that this directive be revised to allow NSA "coverage of the communications of U.S. citizens using interna­tional facilities".

CIA FUNCTIONS ENLARGED

The essential point is that successive Presidents have regu­larly enlarged the functions of the CIA by executive fiat. No new laws have been passed, and only a handful of Congressmen have been informed of what was happening. And sometimes Presidents have acted without informing even these normally in­dulgent congressional "watchdogs", as was the case when Presi­dent Nixon approved the domestic spying program and received the CIA's cooperation. The CIA, if nothing else, has always considered that anything a President told it to do was permissi­ble--indeed, necessary--for the defense of the country.

"Out of the crisis of World War II and the ensuing cold war," Senator Jacob Javits said on July 18, 1973, "lawyers for the President had spun a spurious doctrine of 'inherent' commander-in-chief powers broad enough to cover virtually ev­ery 'national security' contingency." Top CIA officials heartily endorse the broad interpretation of presidential powers, even though they understand that the agency's activities often are of doubtful legality. Senator Symington asked Director-designate William Colby on July 2, 1973, "Do not large-scale operations, such as the war in Laos, go considerably beyond what Congress intended when it provided (in the 1947 act) for other functions and duties related to intelligence?" Colby replied, "I think it un­doubtedly did." But Colby justified the Laotian operation on the grounds it was carried out with "proper review, instructions, and direction of the National Security Council" and--most im­portant--the President. The legality of the matter, in Colby's apparent view, stemmed from the chief executive's authoriza­tion, not the law. Senator Harold Hughes later asked Colby, "Do you believe it is proper under our Constitution for such military operations to be conducted without the knowledge or approval of the Congress?" Colby's written response is an in­teresting commentary on the modern meaning of congressional approval:

The appropriate committees of the Congress and a number of individual senators and congressmen were briefed on CIA's activities in Laos during the period
covered. In addition, CIA's programs were de­scribed to the Appropriations Committees in our an­nual budget hearings.

Colby's claim that these committees were informed conflicts directly with the 1971 statements of the late Senate Appropria­tions Committee Chairman, Allen Ellender (quoted later), that he knew nothing about the CIA's 36,000-man "secret" army in Laos.

Colby's explanation reflects the general belief in the CIA that legislative and judicial restraints simply do not apply to the agency--as long as it is acting under presidential order. The CIA sees itself, in Senator Symington's words, as "the King's men or the President's army". Nevertheless, Congress must take some responsibility for contributing to the agency view of being "above the law", since it specifically exempted the CIA from all budgetary limitations which apply to other government departments. The 1949 statute reads: "Notwithstanding any other provision of law, sums made available to the Agency by appropriation otherwise may be expended for purposes neces­sary to carry out its functions..." This law, which also gives the DCI the right to spend unvouchered funds, does not say, how­ever, that the CIA should not be accountable to Congress; but that, essentially, has been the experience of the past twenty-five years (written, 1974).

These provisions, along with Congress' practice of hiding the CIA's budget in appropriations to other government depart­ments, may well violate the constitutional requirement that "No money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in Consequences of Appropriations made by law; and a regular Statement and Account of the Receipts and Expenditures of all Public Money shall be published from time to time." A legal challenge (Higgs, et al. v. Helms et al.) to the CIA's secrecy in budgetary matters, based on these constitutional grounds, is currently pending in the federal court system.

THE 40 COMMITTEE

The executive branch has its own mechanisms to control the CIA. While these procedures are slanted greatly to favor the agency's position, they do require high-level--usually presiden­tial--approval of all major covert operations except the CIA's classical espionage activities.

By the 1947 law, the CIA falls under the National Security Council, reports to the President through it, and takes its orders from it. But the NSC has, in fact, become a moribund body during the Nixon Administration, and the agency reports some­times to the President but more often to the NSC staff headed by Henry Kissinger. By levying intelligence-collection priority re­quirements and requesting analytical contributions to policy studies, the Kissinger staff plays a large part in directing the CIA's information-gathering effort. As far as the agency is concerned, however, the NSC itself is little more than a conduit from the President and Kissinger to the CIA, a legal fiction which is preserved because the 1947 law gives it authority over the agency.

Every major CIA proposal for covert action--including subsi­dies for foreign political leaders, political parties, or publica­tions, interference in elections, major propaganda activities, and paramilitary operations--still must be approved by the President or the 40 Committee. Over the last twenty-five years (written 1974) this body has also been called the Special Group, the 54­12 Group, and the 303 Committee. Its name has changed with new administrations or whenever its existence has become pub­licly known.

Allen Dulles described the 40 Committee's role in THE CRAFT OF INTELLIGENCE: "The facts are that the CIA has never carried out any action of a political nature, given any sup­port of any nature to any persons, potentates or movements, po­litical or otherwise, without appropriate approval at a high po­litical level in our government outside the CIA." Dulles' state­ment was and is correct, but he carefully omitted any mention of the CIA's espionage activities. He also did not mention that the 40 Committee functions in such a way that it rarely turns down CIA requests for covert action.

THE SHORT-FUSE TACTIC

The committee is supposed to meet once a week, but the busy schedule of the members causes relatively frequent cancella­tions. In addition to Kissinger, they are currently the Under Secretary of State for Political Affairs, the Deputy Director of Defense, the Director of Central Intelligence, and the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff. When it does meet--roughly once or twice a month in the Nixon Administration--intentionally incom­plete minutes are kept by its one permanent staff member, who is always a CIA officer. All the proposals for American inter­vention overseas that come before the committee are drafted by the CIA's Clandestine Services and thus are likely to maximize the benefits to be gained by agency action and to minimize the disadvantages and risks. More often than not, these proposals are put into final form only a few days before the 40 Committee meets. Thus, the non-CIA members often have little time to in­vestigate the issues adequately. And even when sufficient prior notice is given, the staff work that can be done is extremely limited by the supersecrecy surrounding the 40 Committee's de­liberations and the fact that only a handful of people outside the agency are cleared to know about its activities. Even within the CIA the short deadlines and the excessive secrecy allow for little independent review of the projects by the Director's own staff.

The 40 Committee's members have so many responsibilities in their own departments that they usually have only a general knowledge about most countries of the world. On specific problems, they generally rely on advice from their agency's re­gional experts, but these officials are often denied access to 40 Committee proposals and never are allowed to accompany their bosses to committee sessions. Only the DCI is permitted to bring with him an area specialist, and the other high officials, deprived of their own spear carriers, are at a marked dis­advantage. Moreover, the 40 Committee members are men who have been admitted into the very private and exclusive world of covert operations, and they have an overwhelming tendency to agree with whatever is proposed, once they are let in on the se­cret. The non-CIA members of the committee have had little or no experience in covert operations, and they tend to defer to the views of the "experts". Columnist Stewart Alsop, himself an OSS veteran, described in the May 25, 1973, Washington Post how the brightest men in the Kennedy Administration could have approved an adventure with so small a chance of success as the Bay of Pigs invasion, and his explanation applies just as well to other CIA activities. Alsop stated, "The answer lies some­where in the mystique of the secret-service professional vis-a-vie the amateur. Somehow, in such a confrontation, the amateur tends to put a childish faith in the confident assertions of the professional." Similarly, Marilyn Berger in the May 26, 1973, Washington Post quoted a veteran intelligence official about his experiences in dealing with the 40 Committee: They were like a bunch of schoolboys. They would listen and their eyes would bug out. I always used to say that I could get $5 million out of the 40 Committee for a covert operation faster than I could get money for a typewriter out of the ordinary bureaucracy."

The 40 Committee process is further loaded in favor of the CIA because the agency prepares the proposals, and discussion is thereby within the CIA's terms of reference. The non-CIA members have no way of verifying that many of the agency's assertions and assumptions are correct, for example

6 LINES DELETED

The non-CIA members had to accept the agency's word that this program would have a chance of success. For security reasons, the specific people and methods that the CIA intends to use in a secret operation of this type are never included in the proposal. 40 Committee members can ask about the details at the actual meetings, but they have no way of knowing, without their own regional experts present, whether or not the CIA is providing them with self-serving answers.

In fact, much of the intelligence upon which the recom­mended intervention is based comes from the Clandestine Ser­vices' own sources, and this mixing of the CIA's informational and operational functions can cause disastrous results, as oc­curred when the agency led the Kennedy administration to be­lieve in 1961 that a landing of an exile military force would lead to a general uprising of the Cuban people. A more recent if less cataclysmic case occurred in 1970 when intervention in the Chilean elections was under government consideration. At

9 LINES DELETED

the content of the report provided a strong argument for U.S. intervention to forestall Soviet gains. This report may or may not have been genuine. In either case, it was disseminated by the people in the Clandestine Services who favored intervention and they were well aware of the effect it would have on the 40 Committee members. If, in this instance, the covert operators were not actually misleading the committee, they certainly could have been, and there was no way that any independent check could be made on them.

PRESIDENTIAL APPROVAL: NEVER ON PAPER

Until the 1967 disclosure of secret CIA funding of the National Student Association and scores of other ostensibly private orga­nizations, the 40 Committee was called on only to give initial approval to covert-action programs. Final approval for a covert-action program is normally given by the 40 Committee chairman--still Henry Kissinger, even since he has become Secretary of State. He, in turn, notifies the President of what has been decided, and if there is a matter on which the commit­tee was in disagreement, the chief executive makes the final decision. Although the President either reviews or personally authorizes all these secret interventions in other countries' inter­nal affairs, he never signs any documents to that effect. Instead, the onus is placed on the 40 Committee, and if he chooses, the President can "plausibly deny" he has been involved in any ille­gal activities overseas. Thus, most CIA-penetrated and subsi­dized organizations went on receiving agency funds and other support year after year without any outside review whatever of the continuing worthiness of the project. But the 1967 scandal caused the 40 Committee to revise its procedures so that all ongoing non-espionage operations were regularly reviewed. In these reviews, however, the committee is perhaps even more de­pendent on the CIA for information and guidance than with new programs. For, unless there has been a public controversy, only the Clandestine Services usually know whether their efforts to subsidize a particular organization or undermine a certain gov­ernment have been successful. And the Clandestine Services would be unlikely to admit that their own operation was going badly, even if that were the case.

3 LINES DELETED

American officials hoped that through this "democratic front" Thieu could widen his political base by rallying various non­communist opposition elements to his camp. The effort was a resounding failure from the American point of view, since Thieu showed no interest in broadening his support--as long as the Vietnamese army and the U.S. government still supported him. Even though this was one of the few instances where the State Department, through its diplomatic reporting from Saigon

5 LINES DELETED

Even Richard Bissell in his 1968 Council on Foreign Rela­tions talk admitted that the 40 Committee "is of limited effec­tiveness". Bissell stated that if the committee were the only control instrument, he would "view it as inadequate", but he be­lieved that prior discussions on covert projects at working levels in the bureaucracy compensated for the failings of the "interdepartmental committee composed of busy officials who meet only once a week". To some extent what Bissell says is true, but he omits the fact that the most important projects, such as Bay of Pigs, are considered so sensitive that the working lev­els outside the CIA are forbidden all knowledge of them. And he does not state that even when a few outside officials at the Assistant Secretary level or just below are briefed on covert op­erations, they are told the programs are so secret that they can­not talk to any of their colleagues about them, which prevents them from calling into play the bureaucratic forces usually needed to block another agency's projects. Furthermore, these officials having been let in on the U.S. governments's dirtiest and darkest activities, are often reluctant to do anything in oppo­sition that will jeopardize their right to be told more secrets at a later time. Nevertheless, the bureaucracy in State and, to a much lesser extent, in Defense does have some effect in limiting the CIA's covert operations, although not nearly so much as Bissell claimed.

SPIES STILL SACROSANCT

As previously mentioned, there is one CIA activity, classical espionage, over which there is no outside control--not from the 40 Committee, from the bureaucratic working level, nor from Congress. The Director of Central Intelligence has a statutory responsibility to protect intelligence sources and methods from unauthorized disclosure, and every DCI since Allen Dulles has taken this to mean that the CIA cannot inform any other gov­ernment agencies of the identity of its foreign agents--the agency's most closely guarded secrets. While this secrecy, in order not to jeopardize the lives of foreigners (or Americans) who spy for the CIA is understandable, the use of a particular agent can sometimes have a political effect as large as, or larger than, a covert-action program. For example, if the CIA recruits a foreign official who is or becomes his country's Minister of Interior (e.g., Antonio Arguedas in Bolivia), then discovery of his connection to the agency can cause an international incident (as occurred in 1968 when Arguedas publicly admitted that he had worked for the CIA). In other instances, there have been Foreign Ministers and even Prime Ministers who were CIA agents, but the 40 Committee never was permitted to rule on whether or not the agency should continue its contact with them. Sometimes the CIA station chief in a particular country will ad­vise the American ambassador that one of his agents is in a very high place in the local government or that he intends to recruit such a man, but the station chief does so at his own discretion.

The recruitment of lower-level foreigners can also have an important effect, especially if something goes wrong. This was the case in Singapore in 1960 when a CIA lie-detector expert blew a fuse, wound up in jail, caused the U.S. government to be subjected to blackmail, and damaged America's reputation over­seas. The point to be noted is that since the CIA lie-detector man was putting a potential spy through the "black box", his mission was part of an espionage operation and hence not sub­ject to control outside the agency. Similarly, during the mid-1960's

9 LINES DELETED

Prepared by the Pentagon's National Reconnaissance Of­fice, the Joint Reconnaissance Schedule is always several inches thick and filled with hundreds of pages of highly tech­nical data and maps. To a non-scientist, it is a truly incom­prehensible collection of papers, and the staffs of the various 40 Committee members usually have only a day or two to look it over before the meetings. Under these conditions, the 40 Committee usually passes the schedule with little or no discussion. From time to time, the State Department will object to a particularly dangerous flight, such as sending an Air Force drone over South China subsequent to the American invasion of Cambodia, but nearly always missions--including the cruise of the Liberty (attacked by the Israelis during the 1967 Six Day War), the voyage of the spy ship Pueblo (captured by the North Koreans in 1968), and the flight of the EC-121 (shot down by the North Koreans in 1969)--are routinely approved.

18 LINES DELETED

Even as the 40 Committee fails to keep a close watch on secret reconnaissance activities, is relatively ineffective in mon­itoring the CIA's covert operations, and is totally in the dark on espionage operations, President Nixon and especially Henry Kissinger are unquestionably aware of its shortcomings and have done little to change things. Institutionally, the Committee could easily provide better control over American intelligence if its internal procedures were altered, if it were provided with an adequate staff, and if it could develop its own sources for infor­mation and evaluation independent of the agency's Clandestine Services. But it is the President and Kissinger who ultimately determine how the CIA operates, and if they do not want to impose closer control, then the form of the control mechanism is meaningless. The fact remains that both men believe in the need for the United States to use clandestine methods and "dirty tricks" in dealing with other countries, and the current level and types of such operations obviously coincide with their views of how America's secret foreign policy should be carried out.

Therefore, as long as the CIA remains the President's loyal and personal tool to be used around the world at his and his top advisor's discretion, no President is likely, barring strong, unforeseen pressure, to insist that the agency's opera­tions be brought under closer outside scrutiny.

* * *

This appears to be a good stopping point so allow us to please do so. I believe it a wondrous day to go forth and take a break and see some of the beauty about you in this Springtime which has arrived in full-color glory. It is also a time to spend a bit of time with family and friends so that balance can be gained in this day to day assault upon your senses.

You who ask about the uncovering of the AURORA spy-craft as to the cause of the sonic "booms"--forget it. Those are far more serious than a little spy-plane which is actually a part of the "Blackbird" project. It now becomes a lesser of two evils as to what to tell you about these incidents. I find it most interesting indeed and hope you ones will stay alert for they are handing you a plate of poison tea-cakes.

By the way--I believe you have already forgotten about the ex­plosions over at Northrop last Friday. I don't believe you ever got any information via airwaves?? How interesting!

Hatonn to stand-by.

PJ 49

CHAPTER 4

REC #1 HATONN

SUN., APRIL 19, 1992 9:53 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 247

SUNDAY, APRIL 19, 1992

EASTER MESSAGE

Christ is quite alive and doing well OFF planet Earth. Ye of the planet cannot say the same. We are at your door awaiting the invitation to enter in. God stands at your threshold--will ye ask Him in? Or, will you take up arms against your brother, the Hosts, come in peace--because your speakers and controllers tell you that we are of evil intent and hostile? HOW did YOU be­lieve God would come to join with you? He is not out-there­-somewhere; He dwells within each and we of the Hosts are come to reclaim that which is Creator's. Who shall come and walk with me? We shall see.

I have no further message more important than that which we are unfolding as to the culprits in the game of life on planet Earth. If you cannot know your enemy you cannot stand against him. There is nothing more important to your journey than to understand the workings of the force which binds you and con­trols the interactions of your governments and politics which in turn enslave YOU. I know my mission and Dharma knows hers--therefore, we will get right into it.

I do have another tid-bit of information about which it would bode you well to listen-up.

DISASTER TRAINING

In this little California community the major work resource, other than military, is a large State Correctional Institute. You may find it interesting to note that there are organized and spe­cial training programs underway at that prison for establishment of emergency measures. The word is that a MAJOR earthquake is scheduled to be precipitated by September of this year, fol­lowing which there will be no services, a devastated aqueduct system with no irrigation facilities to the garden basket of your nation, and precautions are now under way for self-tending when it happens. This is not even told about the community so where does that leave YOU--in any community? When the en­forcement people know and you do not--does this not speak louder than do words?

You will also be wise to note that now, in the Utility Depart­ment of Los Angeles, there are issued instructions to close off all facilities to the public and all members thereof, the minute disaster strikes. All hands will turn to restore what "life-lines" can be repaired but all people will be shut out from all facilities.

Is it more meaningful if you hear these things from source in­stead of from me? Will you take action either way? Will you simply continue to bury your head and blame God? So be it.

Now back to the CIA, please.

THE "PFIAB" AND THE "OMB".

In addition to the 40 Committee, the President has two other bodies in the executive branch which could conceivably assist him in controlling the CIA. One of these is the President's For­eign Intelligence Advisory Board (PFIAB), a group of eleven presidentially appointed private citizens who meet several times a year to evaluate the activities of the intelligence community and to make recommendations for needed change. President Eisenhower originally set up the PFIAB in 1956 under the chairmanship of Dr. James Killain of MIT, and its other heads have been General John Hull, Clark Clifford [surprise!?! surely he wouldn't have been tangled up in BCCI!??], Gen­eral Maxwell Taylor, and currently (1974), retired Admiral George Anderson. The majority of its members have always been people with close ties to the Pentagon and defense con­tractors, and it has consistently pushed for bigger (and more ex­pensive) intelligence-collection systems.

IN FEBRUARY 1974, THE PFIAB'S MEMBERS, IN AD­DITION TO ADMIRAL ANDERSON, WERE DR. WILLIAM BAKER, BELL TELEPHONE LABORATORIES' VICE PRESIDENT FOR RESEARCH: JOHN CONNALLY, FOR­MER GOVERNOR OF TEXAS AND SECRETARY OF THE NAVY AND THE TREASURY; LEO CHERNE, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR OF THE RESEARCH INSTITUTE OF AMER­ICA; DR. JOHN FOSTER, FORMER DIRECTOR OF DE­FENSE DEPARTMENT RESEARCH AND ENGINEERING; ROBERT GALVIN, PRESIDENT OF MOTOROLA; GORDON GRAY, FORMER ASSISTANT TO THE PRESIDENT FOR NATIONAL SECURITY AFFAIRS; DR. EDWIN LAND, PRESIDENT OF POLAROID; CLARE BOOTHE LUCE, FORMER CONGRESSWOMAN AND AMBASSADOR; NEL­SON ROCKEFELLER, FORMER GOVERNOR OF NEW YORK; AND DR. EDWARD TELLER, NUCLEAR PHYSI­CIST AND "FATHER" OF THE HYDROGEN BOMB.

The PFIAB meets approximately once a month in Washing­ton, and is thus of limited value as a permanent watchdog com­mittee. It is further handicapped by its status as an advisory group, with the resulting lack of bureaucratic authority. In gen­eral, the various members of the intelligence community look on the board as more of a nuisance than a true control mechanism. Periodically, when PFIAB is in session, CIA officials brief the members on current intelligence collection and the latest national estimates. The Clandestine Services' activities--particularly covert-action operations--are almost never considered unless an operation has already been publicly disclosed.

BILDERGERG INTENT EVIL

[H: In speaking of meetings of high-level importance in overall decision making, I am asked constantly about the Bilderberg meeting which always takes place in April and the outcome of that meeting? This year it is postponed until the latter part of May (currently at least) to await more in­formation and direction-trends in the political campaigns. Remember, Clinton is hand-picked as the Bilderberg candi­date and future actions hinge on what is happening in the American (U.S.) Presidential campaign. The intent, of course, is that Clinton ultimately fill the lesser spot of U.S. President while Bush takes higher control within the United Nations. This requires a lot of manipulation of the people and ultimately will require Executive Order Regulations and Military force.]

Over the years, Presidents have tended to use the PFIAB as a prestigious but relatively safe "in-house" investigative unit, usu­ally at times when the chief executive was displeased with the quality of intelligence he was receiving. Whenever an intelli­gence failure is suspected in connection with a foreign-policy setback, the board is usually convened to look into the matter. President Kennedy called on it to recommend ways to reorga­nize the intelligence community after the 1961 Bay of Pigs de­bacle, but virtually no changes resulted from the PFIAB's ef­forts. The following year Kennedy asked the PFIAB to find out why the CIA had not discovered sooner that there were Soviet offensive missiles in Cuba, and the PFIAB found the two accu­rate agent accounts of the Soviet build-up buried among the thousands of misleading or irrelevant reports which had piled up at the agency in the month before the crisis. With perfect hind­sight the PFIAB declared that the CIA should have recognized the truth of these reports and rejected all the others. Similarly, in 1968 President Johnson had the board investigate why the CIA had not determined the precise timing of the Soviet inva­sion of Czechoslovakia in advance.

These PFIAB post-mortems can be of great value to the in­telligence community in pinpointing specific weaknesses and recommending solutions; they could be even more useful in making clear that certain events simply cannot be predicted in advance, even by the most efficient intelligence system. How­ever, the PFIAB has tended to operate with the assumption that all information is "knowable" and that the intelligence commu­nity's problems would be solved if only more data were col­lected by more-advanced systems. This emphasis on quantity over quality has served to accentuate the management problems that plague American intelligence and, in recent years at least, has often been counterproductive.

Probably the PFIAB 's most notable contribution to the na­tion's intelligence effort occurred in the 1950's and early 1960's when one of its subcommittees, headed by Polaroid's Dr. Edwin Land, conceived several new technical collection programs. Land's subcommittee was instrumental in advancing the devel­opment of the U-2 spy plane, which, with the exception of the ill-fated Powers flight over the Soviet Union, may be considered one of the CIA's greatest successes.

7 LINES DELETED

The new systems are technologically feasible, but they are fantastically expensive, costing billions of dollars, and the in­telligence benefits to be gained are marginal.

The President's last potential regulatory body of intelligence affairs is the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). Known as the Bureau of Budget until 1969, the OMB is the White House agency which closely scrutinizes the spending of all gov­ernment departments and determines fiscal priorities for the ad­ministration. It has the power to cut the spending of federal agencies and even eliminate entire programs. Cabinet secre­taries can sometimes appeal the OMB's decisions to the Presi­dent but he is understandably reluctant to overrule his own bud­getary watchdog. For the CIA, however, the OMB (and the BOB before it) has never been more than a minor irritant. Its International Affairs Division's intelligence branch, which in theory monitors the finances of the intelligence community, has a staff of only five men: a branch chief and one examiner each for the CIA, the NSA, the National Reconnaissance Office, and the DIA (including the rest of military intelligence). These five men could not possibly do a complete job in keeping track of the $6 BILLION spent annually for government spying, even if they received full cooperation from the agencies involved--which they do not.

MANAGING THE BUDGETEERS

The theology of national security, with its emphasis on se­crecy and deception, greatly limits the effectiveness of the President's budget examiners, who are generally treated as en­emies by the intelligence agencies. In this regard, the CIA has been particularly guilty. When the OMB started monitoring the agency in the 1950's, the budget man was refused a permanent pass to visit headquarters. He was regularly forced to wait at the building entrance while a CIA official upstairs was tele­phoned and asked to verify the auditor's credentials. The situa­tion improved somewhat in 1962 after Robert Armory, former CIA Deputy Director for Intelligence, became head of the OMB's International Division, and the examiner received his own badge. (The former examiner was meanwhile recruited by the CIA and assigned to deal with the OMB, and the new ex­aminer turned out to be himself a former agency employee, who eventually returned also to handle relations with the OMB.)

In the mid-1960's President Johnson gave the OMB expanded power to scrutinize agency spending, but even this presidential mandate did not appreciably improve the bureau's access. For example, after the

4 LINES DELETED

the OMB examiner wanted to look into how the money was be­ing spent. At one point, he came to the agency with the inten­tion of speaking to the knowledgeable personnel in the Clan­destine Services, after first stopping off to see one of the CIA's Planning, Programming, and Budgeting (PPB) officers. The PPB man was told not to let the OMB representative leave his office while Director Helms was being informed of what the OMB was trying to investigate. Helms promptly called a high White House official to complain that the OMB was interfering with a program already approved by the 40 Committee. The White House, in turn, ordered the OMB to drop its inquiry.

4 LINES DELETED

The significance of this incident is not so much that the CIA makes life difficult for the OMB and gets away with it. Rather, what happened reflects the agency's attitude that its operations are above normal bureaucratic restraints and that when the President has given his approval, not even the technicalities can be questioned.

The CIA has also resorted to the use of outright lies and de­ceit to prevent the OMB from being informed about its activi­ties. In 1968 an examiner made a fact-finding tour of CIA in­stallations in Europe and the Middle East. He was accompanied by an agency officer from headquarters and his escort was specifically told by the Clandestine Services' European Division chief that the budget man should not be allowed to see anything "which might later cause us difficulty or embarrassment." The examiner was to be entertained, given cursory briefings, but not educated.

12 LINES DELETED AND 6 LINES (ALL FOOTNOTE)
DELETED

CIA headquarters knew that the OMB man was extremely interested in guns and police work, and the field stations were so informed.

2 LINES DELETED

he was asked if he would first like to visit Scotland Yard. With his interest in police work, he was unable to resist such an offer and, by prearrangement, the British police snowed him under with extensive briefings and tours of the facilities. This diver­sion, which had nothing to do with the purpose of his trip, cost him a whole day out of his tight schedule. The next day he was slated to drive to another CIA installation about a hundred miles from London. But the agency did not want him to have much time to ask questions or to look around. Thus, his route was planned to pass through Banbury, the picturesque old English town whose cross is of nursery-rhyme fame. As the agency's operators had suspected, he could not forgo the pleasure of stopping in a typical English pub for lunch and then doing some sightseeing. The better part of another day was killed in this fashion, and he never had time to dig deeply into matters the agency did not want him to know about. Soon after, he left England without ever closely inspecting the agency's extensive activities there (aimed principally at Third World countries). To be sure, he had hardly been assiduous in his effort to penetrate the CIA smoke screen.

In the Near East, things worked out better for the man from OMB. The head of that division, unlike the European Division clandestine chief, saw the tour as an opportunity to impress the OMB examiner with the agency's activities. Thus, the escort officer was instructed to give the visitor "the full treatment", and the clandestine operators in the field were told to confide in him in order to win him over to the CIA side.

This examiner's experience was not exceptional. Many sim­ilar instances point up the OMB's--and, earlier, the BOB's--fail­ure to exercise any degree of meaningful control over the CIA. As Director, Richard Helms was fully aware and indeed encour­aging of the agency's efforts to escape OMB scrutiny. Still, he could apparently in good conscience tell the American Society of Newspaper Editors in 1971, "Our budget is gone over line for line by the Office of Management and Budget."

[H: Is it becoming more understandable how it worked with visiting dignitaries in the Gulf War? Only that which was desired that you be shown was shown and all things staged to the point of putting Hollywood to shame--in fact, Holly­wood directors were utilized to set and stage the encounters and examinations. In addition, all material and pictures were thoroughly edited and censored--and now, the govern­ment tells you it was necessary that you be lied to and the media controlled and used as a "set-up". Is anybody out there a bit angry yet??]

THE AMBASSADOR'S ROLE

The American ambassador in each country where the United States maintains diplomatic relations is, in theory, the head of the "country team", which is made up of the chiefs of all the U.S. government agencies operating in that country, including the CIA. The Eisenhower Administration originated this ex­panded role for the ambassador, but also issued a secret direc­tive exempting the CIA from his supervision. President Kennedy, shortly after taking office, reiterated that the ambas­sador should supervise all the agencies and then sent out a secret letter which said the CIA was not be to be excluded. The Kennedy letter remains in effect today, but its application varies from country to country.

In nearly every case, the personalities of the ambassador and the CIA station chief determine the degree to which the ambas­sador exercises control over the CIA. Strongwilled diplomats like G. McMurtrie Godley, first in the Congo and then in Laos (where he became known as the "field marshal"), and Ellsworth Bunker in Vietnam have kept the agency under close supervi­sion, but they are also staunch advocates of extensive clandes­tine operations. Some ambassadors insist, as did Chester Bowles in India, that they be informed of the CIA activities but usually do not try to exert any control over the operations. Still others, because of a lack of forcefulness or a lack of interest, give the CIA a free hand and do not even want to be informed of what the agency is up to.

Again quoting the Bissell doctrine:

Generally the Ambassador had a right to know of any covert operations in his jurisdiction, although in special cases (as a result of requests from the local Chief of State or the Secretary of State) the (CIA) chief of station was instructed to withhold informa­tion from the Ambassador. Indeed, in one case the restriction was imposed upon the specific exhortation of the Ambassador in question, who preferred to remain ignorant of certain activities.

One ambassador, John C. Pritzlaff, Jr., refused to play such a passive role and, in a fashion highly uncharacteristic of American envoys, stood up to the CIA. In the process, Prit­zlaff, a political appointee, became something of a hero to the few State Department officers familiar with the way he virtually banned CIA covert activities from his country of assignment, Malta. The problem started early in 1970 when retired Admiral George Anderson took a trip through the Mediterranean coun­tries and became alarmed that leftist Dom Mintoff might win the Maltese elections scheduled for the end of the year. As a Navy man, Anderson was a strong sea-power advocate, and he feared Malta might be lost to N.A.T.O. forces and become a base for the Soviet fleet. Although he was not yet head of PFIAB, he used his White House connections to urge the Clandestine Ser­vices to intervene in the Maltese elections. The agency was not enthusiastic about the project, partly because of its lack of "assets" on the island, but it agreed to send a clandestine opera­tive to make a study of how the election could be fixed. Ambas­sador Pritzlaff, in telegram after telegram, resisted even this temporary assignment of an agency operative to his country. In the end, the Clandestine Services did not intervene and Mintoff was elected. N.A.T.O. retained access to the island through British bases.

Anderson's fears seemed partially justified, however, in 1971, when Mintoff precipitated a mini-crisis by expelling the N.A.T.O. commander from the island and by greatly increasing the cost to Britain of keeping its facilities there. In an incident reminiscent of Cyprus President Makarios' blackmail of U.S. intelligence several years before, the U.S. government was forced to contribute several million dollars to help the British pay the higher rent for the Maltese bases.

* * *

POWER OF THE "GOLDEN RULE"

As we bring these practices into your attention, I can only hope that you are seeing the correlation with what "has" happened and what "is" happening. Any time you have your President, as with Bush yesterday, answering "No" to a question which is OBVIOUSLY correct and his answer a lie, you have this CIA doctrine of "plausible denial" in play. The President knows ex­actly what he is doing and, when caught in the lie--HE NEVER HAS TO OWN UP TO HAVING LIED BECAUSE ULTI­MATELY YOU HAVE TO REALIZE THAT "PLAUSIBLE DENIAL" IS A PART OF THE GAME--EXACTLY AS THE KOL NEDRE (VOW OF ALL VOWS) IS A FUNCTIONING PART OF THE TALMUD FOLLOWERS--ZIONISTS. "Even if caught in the lie, it simply does not count!" and can be at­tached to "National Security" and you-the-people can't do a blamed thing about it. President George Bush knows exactly what he is doing and when he tells you he KNOWS his Power--HE DOES!! IF YOU WRITE THE RULES YOU HAVE A MASSIVE ADVANTAGE. It is the old "Power of the Golden Rule"--HE WHO HAS THE POWER AND THE GOLD--RULES!

Mr. Bush may well go and stare at the sunrise on Easter Sunday and go get attention in church and might well pray to some god or another--BUT IT SURE AIN'T MINE! GOD BLESSES NOT EVIL. While you and your babies hunt little chicken and chocolate eggs--he is putting all of your eggs into his basket and you end up with none.

HOW DO WE GET OUT THIS INFORMATION?

Some information it is almost impossible to bring unto you. The time, however, has come on your globe when the power brokers are ready to bring in all the chips. Two things take place--THEY WANT YOU TO KNOW OF THEIR POWER AND WHO TO ATTEND, and the proven "assumption" is that you are already brain-dead and will not listen, see or hear.

"They" also know that we will NEVER tell you to take up arms against them for it is obvious that you will be the ones killed and you are of God's remnant. This battle will not be won by bul­lets, chelas, for it is a spiritual confrontation at its higher level of experience. IN OTHER WORDS, THEY ACTUALLY WANT YOU TO KNOW WHILE THEY PRETEND TO BE AGAINST YOU GETTING THE WORD. They know it is dangerous for them but the information has already been pre­sented--it is a matter of you finding it and accepting it. The fur­ther assumption is that you are not going to entertain some "space" person or invisible "higher" Source.

How then, can Dr. Coleman, for example, present his "stuff"? Because he has been allowed to come within our shield--as long as he serves them also. The "enemy" has full surveillance of all this equipment and the LIMITATIONS ARE KNOWN BY THE HIGHER AUTHORITIES. Accidents occur because sometimes there are brave and daring young officers who actually still think they are serving goodness. Coleman writes nothing which has not already been presented. This is a time of compiling and pulling into your attention that which IS--with ability to CON­FIRM.

Do not misunderstand my relationship with one, John Coleman. I keep him within my protection as long as he asks same. His actions bespeak very human attributes with which I take great exception--but this, in itself, must be confirmation for you as readers. I honor TRUTH and each being has opportunity and freedom to act within his own guidelines. Indiscretions become between him and God and is none of my business except as it impacts my work and my people. This is why total separation is kept sacrosanct. Further, to utilize his "presently accepted" la­bel (name) on documents of this type of unfoldment is either in­tended or foolish indeed--so you must be the judge of such. If, however, one does all "else" to cover identity and then insists on having his NAME and obvious location advertised to the world--there is something amiss??

Am I showing lack of care by printing this little dissertation? I certainly hope you can see that I am NOT. I care greatly but I honor all choices--however, NO MAN shall set the standards for THE HOSTS and human EGO shall not be rewarded for its own disservice which endangers others who are set into jeopardy be­cause of the errors of the one. Or, perhaps it is no error of dis­cernment--perhaps more is known and realized than meets the outward eye. However, just as I have honored other writers who have gifted you with insight and great information--so too, shall I honor others. Thus far his work has been fairly accurate but without public documentation such as, say, Eustace Mullins--but that, too, is desirable considering resources and differing methods of gaining information. As a matter of fact, most of the information has come directly from Eustace Mullins and other writers. If an author does not know, then it is unfortunate for the author in point--not the ones who have priorly written. MY INTENT IS TO GIVE CREDIT WHERE DUE AND HONOR ONES WHO DARE TO SPEAK TRUTH UNTO YOU WHO ARE ABOUT TO DIE IF YOU HEAR NOT! WORSE YET--YOU SHALL NOT ASCEND IN THE FLESH AFTER THE DEATH RITUAL, SOME THREE DAYS LATER, FOR YOU HAVE FORGOTTEN THE MESSAGE OF THE "CHRISTOS".

I do not advocate much of what this man outlays, from being in favor of the "death" penalty to the acceptance of the Geneva Bible. But this does not make his TRUTH about the Committee of 300 less valid. I would not, further, endanger his life or those of his family by declaring him to be in my immediate ser­vice for he is not and, therefore, his safety is not always in my ability or concern. This is a most important bit of information to you readers, please.

This is exactly the same as my relationship with America West--except that the Greens ask to be in my protection at all times for their service is great and directed primarily toward God and ser­vice unto God as in this very work. They, however, are pub­lishers and distributors of books--they have every freedom to print and disperse anything they desire. You will find no "cult" herein nor even "group" as you recognize the term to mean in "mutual belief". This means that you as reader are as responsi­ble and as included as any one of any of our crew. YOU be­come the "group".

And, moreover, great blessings be upon this "group" for ye are the physical hands and feet of God and the Hosts come in His service to bring YOU home. Salu.

YOU ARE "IN" THE SYSTEM WHETHER OR NOT YOU LIKE OF IT--THEREFORE, YOU ARE WISE TO WORK WITHIN THE SYSTEM TO THE EXTENT OF BEING WITHIN THE LAWS WHEREIN YOU CAN DO SO FOR TO SET SELF UP AS A TARGET FOR ATTENTION SIMPLY HAMPERS GOD'S OWN WORKING PLAN. GOD NEEDS NO MORE DEAD MARTYRS--THERE ARE TOO MANY OF YOU "WALKING AROUND DEAD" (ESPECIALLY BE­TWEEN THE EARS). YOU ARE ALREADY WITHIN THE SYSTEM! DO NOT BE FOOLISH.

There is full understanding of OUR PRESENCE and our posi­tion and frankly, sleepy ones, THEY are not in the least con­cerned about you or your awakening to any great extent--IT IS ASSUMED THAT EVIL HAS WON! The plan is to now in­troduce the presence of aliens but in such a way as to terrify the population of the globe and unite all of you into "fighting" the "hostile aliens". Your only danger is already on your place and in all the high places of your land.

PJ 49

CHAPTER 5

REC #2 HATONN

MON., APRIL 20, 1992 10:22 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 248

MONDAY, APRIL 20, 1992

As news flows back to you regarding the ineffectuality and total unworthiness of your weapons systems, your military and your government these days, do you not see the implications?

"60" MINUTES is giving you enough to unbefuddle your minds. They just showed an old interview with Noriega and the picture is totally clear of the interim intrigues. The same with the Apache helicopters and their unworthiness. The materials are total junk--so where do the billions of dollars go? Hidden in­trigues set forth by the governors, your Administration, Chiefs of Staff, CIA Directors and the Global Elite.

If you fail to study this information we bring unto you then you shall NOT change a thing on your planet and you shall perish in enslavement of the masses.

I ask that Quade's Sacramento speech be put to print along with Gritz's. Both project incorrect assumptions but are worthy for the confirmation given in each. If, however, ones who are in error even in part and refuse to avail themselves of the further information in order to see and comprehend the "whole" then you shall NEVER find solutions to that which confronts you on and within the physical plane of experience. For instance, if you still think you can rise up against the Puppet Masters with guns--you are not in full understanding of your plight. THEY HAVE BIGGER AND BETTER WAYS AND GUNS TO CONTROL YOU AND ISOLATE YOU. YOU PLAY INTO THEIR HANDS BY THIS TYPE OF CONFRONTATION. It is time to understand GOD and PURPOSE and get with the ac­cess to knowledge which we freely pour forth for you to the ex­tent that you moan and complain constantly at the quantity of it all. GOD IS NOT GOING TO DO IT FOR YOU AND NEI­THER ARE THE HOSTS--WE COME TO TELL YOU HOW AND SHOW THE WAY--YOU WILL DO IT OR YOU WILL GO DOWN IN DEFEAT. TO GO DOWN DOES NOT MEAN TO RISE UP ON CLOUDS WITH ANGELS--IT MEANS TO GO DOWN IN THE PHYSICAL WITH INABILITY TO GROW BEYOND UNTIL ANOTHER EXPRESSION IN MANIFESTATION. WHY WOULD YE CONTINUE TO DO THINGS IN ERROR WHEN TRUTH IS BEFORE YOU? PONDER IT.

Do you have any idea of the relative tiny number 144,000 is to 6-1/2 BILLION? I thought not! A place is prepared for well over the 7- ½ billion persons you ACTUALLY have on your planet--but I assure you if it all came to a close this day--our craft would not be crowded. All on your planet can be housed on MY MOTHER-SHIP but this day you wouldn't even have enough coming aboard to lay a foundation for the new structuring of the gift in store for you. You are going to learn to think in wisdom beyond that which seems apparent or you will be destined to remain in the narrow perspective until you do. So be it.

* * *

CONTROLLING THE CIA: CONGRESS

Congressional control of the CIA can be broken down into two distinct periods: before and after Watergate. In the agency's first twenty-six years, the legislative branch was gen­erally content to vote the CIA more than enough money for its needs, without seriously questioning how the funds would be spent. In fact, only a handful of Congressmen even knew the amount appropriated, since all the money was hidden in the budgets of other government agencies, mainly the Defense De­partment. To be sure, four separate subcommittees of the House and Senate Armed Services committees were responsible for monitoring the CIA, but their supervision was minimal or nonexistent. In the House, the names of the members were long kept secret but they were generally the most senior (and thus often the most conservative) men on their respective commit­tees. (Allen Dulles was reported by the New York Times in April 1966 to have had "personal control" over which con­gressmen would be selected.) In August 1971, House Armed Services Chairman F. Edward Hebert of Louisiana broke with past practice and dipped down his committee's seniority ladder to appoint Lucien Nedzi, a hard-working liberal from Michigan, head of the oversight subcommittee. Hebert, however, kept complete control of the subcommittee's staff, and Nedzi is the only non-conservative among the panel's five permanent and two ex officio members. When Hebert made his unusual choice, it was widely speculated that he was trying to defuse outside criticism of the subcommittee's performance by naming a liberal as chairman, and that he felt he could keep Nedzi isolated. Nedzi had little time for overseeing the CIA during 1972, his first full year as chairman, because he faced tough primary and re-election challenges. In 1973 he launched a comprehensive inquiry into the agency's role in the Watergate affair but it re­mains (in 1974) to be seen whether his subcommittee will delve any deeper into CIA covert operations than the House panels have done in the past. In the Senate the Armed Services and Appropriations subcommittees have traditionally met together to maintain joint oversight of the CIA. As is true in the House, the members have almost all been conservative, aging, military-ori­ented legislators.

NO WATCHDOGS ALLOWED

Many Congressmen and Senators--but by no means a major­ity--believe that these oversight arrangements are inadequate and since 1947 nearly 150 separate pieces of legislation have been introduced to increase congressional surveillance of the CIA. None has passed either chamber, and the House has never even had a recorded vote on the subject. The Senate, by a 59-27 margin in 1956, and by 61-28 in 1966, has turned down propos­als for expanded and more active watchdog committees for the agency and the rest of the intelligence community. To strengthen his case for maintaining the status quo at the time of the 1966 vote, Senator Richard Russell, then chairman of the Armed Services Committee, agreed that starting in 1967 the three senior members of the Foreign Relations Committee would be allowed unofficially to sit in on the joint oversight subcom­mittee's meetings. But after this arrangement was in effect for several years, Senator John Stennis, Russell's successor as chairman, simply stopped holding sessions. There was not a single one in either 1971 or 1972. Stennis is generally believed to have ended the subcommittee's functions because foreign-policy liberals J. William Fulbright and Stuart Symington would have been present for the secret deliberations. Neither man was trusted at the time by either the CIA or by the conservative Sen­ators who have kept oversight of the CIA as their own private preserve. In the absence of any joint subcommittee meetings, the five senior members of the Appropriations Committee, all of whom were staunch hawks and administration supporters, met privately to go over the agency's budget.

Senator Symington challenged this arrangement on November 23, 1971, when, without prior warning, he introduced a floor amendment which would have put a $4 billion limit on govern­ment-wide intelligence spending--roughly $2 billion less than what the administration was requesting. Although Symington's amendment was defeated 51-36, it produced perhaps the most illuminating debate on intelligence ever heard in the Senate.

Symington berated the fact that the Senate was being asked to vote billions of dollars for intelligence with only five Senators knowing the amount; and in a colloquy with the Appropriations chairman, the late Allen Ellender, Symington established that even those five Senators had limited knowledge of the CIA's operations. Ellender replied to Symington's question on whether or not the appropriations subcommittee had approved the financing of a 36,000-man "secret" army in Laos:

I did not know anything about it....I never asked, to begin with, whether or not there were any funds to carry on the war in this sum the CIA asked for. It never dawned on me to ask about it. I did see it published in the newspapers some time ago.

Laos was, of course, the CIA's largest operation at the time that supposed overseer Ellender admitted ignorance about it. Richard Russell, too, had had a similar lack of interest in what the CIA was doing. He had once even told CIA Director Helms--privately--that there were certain operations he simply did not want to know about. Senator Leverett Saltonstall, who served for many years as ranking Republican on the oversight subcommittee, expressed the same view publicly in 1966: "It is not a question of reluctance on the part of CIA officials to speak to us. Instead it is a question of our reluctance, if you will, to seek information and knowledge on subjects which I personally, as a Member of Congress and as a citizen, would rather not have."

KEEPING IT SECRET

Faced with this rejection of responsibility on the part of the congressional monitors, the CIA has chosen to keep the sub­committee largely in the dark about its covert operations--unless a particular activity, such as the 1967 black-propaganda effort against mainland China, has been successful in the agency's eyes and could be bragged about to the legislators. Helms did make frequent visits to Capitol Hill to give secret briefings, but these usually concerned current intelligence matters and esti­mates of the communist countries' military capabilities--not the doings of the Clandestine Services. Yet Helms won a reputation among lawmakers as a man who provided straight information.

Although Helms had been for many years providing current intelligence and estimates to congressional committees in secret oral briefings, the CIA officially opposed legislation introduced in 1972 by Senator John Sherman Cooper of Kentucky which would have provided the appropriate committees with the same sort of data in the form of regular CIA reports. The bill was fa­vorably approved by the Foreign Relations Committee but sub­sequently died in Armed Services. Director-designate William Colby told the latter committee in July 1973 that he thought this information could be supplied on an informal basis "without legislation".

Senator J. William Fuibright, who sat in Helms' briefings to the joint oversight committee until they were discontinued in 1971, described the proceedings to author Patrick McGarvey for the latter's CIA: THE MYTH AND THE MADNESS:

The ten minute rule is in effect, so the members have little if any chance to dig deep into a subject. The director of CIA spends most of the time talking about the Soviet missile threat and so on. The kind of information he provides is interesting, but it really is of little help in trying to find out what is going on in intelligence. He actually tells them only what he wants them to know. It seems to me that the men on the committee are more interested in shielding CIA from its critics than in anything else.

Once a year the CIA does come before the appropriations subcommittees in both houses to make its annual budget request. These sessions, however, are completely on the agency's terms. Prior to the meeting, CIA electronics experts make an elaborate show of sweeping the committee rooms for bugging devices, and blankets are thrown over the windows to prevent outside surveillance. The transcripts of the sessions are considered so secret that copies are locked up at CIA headquarters. Not one is left with the subcommittees for future study. Committee staff members, who normally do most of the substantive preparation for hearings, are banned at the CIA's request.

A relatively similar procedure is followed when an individual Senator or Congressman writes to the CIA about a covert oper­ation. Instead of sending a letter in return, an agency represen­tative offers to brief the legislator personally on the matter, on the condition that no staff members are present. This procedure puts the busy lawmaker at a marked disadvantage, since his staff is usually more familiar with the subject than he is--and proba­bly wrote the original letter.

DISTRACTION SPECIALISTS

Allen Dulles set the tone for the CIA budget presentations in the 1950's when he commented to a few assistants preparing him for his annual appearance, "I'll just tell them a few war sto­ries." A more current example of the CIA's evasive tactics oc­curred in 1966 when the Senate appropriations subcommittee was thought to have some hard questions to ask about the growing costs of technical espionage programs. DCI Helms re­sponded to the senatorial interest by bringing with him the CIA's Deputy Director for Science and Technology, Dr. Albert D. "Bud" Wheelon, who loaded himself up with a bag full of spy gadgets--a camera hidden in a tobacco pouch, a radio transmitter hidden in false teeth, a tape recorder in a cigarette case, and so on. This equipment did not even come from Wheelon's part of the agency but was manufactured by the Clandestine Services; if, however, the Senators wanted to talk about "technical" matters, Helms and his assistant were perfectly willing to distract them with James Bond-type equipment.

Wheelon started to discuss the technical collection programs but as he talked he let the Senators inspect the gadgets. Pre­dictably, the discussion soon turned to the spy paraphernalia. One persistent Senator asked two questions about the new and expensive technical collection systems the CIA was then putting into operation, but Wheelon deftly turned the subject back to the gadgets. When the Senator asked his question a third time, Chairman Russell told him to hold his inquiry until the CIA men were finished. But the Senators became so enthralled with the equipment before them that no more questions were asked. Seven years later, the same panel would investigate the 1971 as­sistance furnished by the Clandestine Service to E. Howard Hunt and Gordon Liddy for the "plumbers" operations--assis­tance comprised of many of the same gadgets that amused the Senators in 1966.

WARMUP YIELDS $100 MILLION

In 1967 the CIA, as usual, prepared its budget request with a dazzling collection of slides and pictures, emphasizing the agency's role in fighting Communism around the world and producing intelligence on the military threat posed by the Soviet Union and China. Also included in the "canned" briefing was a description of the CIA's technical collection expertise, its work with computers and other information-processing systems, and even its advanced techniques in printing--but, again, no "dirty tricks". The presentation was rehearsed several times at CIA headquarters while calls were awaited from Capitol Hill to set specific dates. A Congressman serving on the House appropri­ations oversight group was even invited to come out to the agency to see one of the dry runs. A few days later a staff man on the House panel telephoned the CIA to say that the Con­gressman who had seen the rehearsal said that everything seemed in order and that the Chairman simply did not have the time to hear the presentation, but that the committee would ap­prove the full budget request of nearly $700 million anyway. Shortly thereafter a similar call came from the Senate commit­tee. The chairman had apparently been told by his opposite number in the House that the CIA request seemed reasonable, and on the strength of the House recommendation the Senate would also approve the full amount without a hearing.

Thus, in 1967 the CIA did not even appear in front of its budgetary oversight committees. The experience that year was extreme, but it does illustrate how little congressional supervi­sion the agency has been subject to over the years.

Many congressional critics of the CIA have advocated broad­ening the membership of the CIA oversight subcommittees to include legislators who will hold the agency up to the same sort of scrutiny that other government departments receive. They argue that in the equally sensitive field of atomic energy a joint congressional committee has kept close track of the Atomic En­ergy Commission without any breach in security. However, some liberals who advocate greater control of the CIA fear that a joint CIA committee analogous to the Joint Atomic Energy Committee might easily be "captured" by the agency, just as the atomic energy committee has, to a large extent, been co-opted by the AEC.

Those who oppose increased congressional control of the agency claim that if the CIA is to operate effectively, total se­crecy must be maintained, and that expanding the functions and the membership of the oversight subcommittees would mean much greater likelihood of breaches in security. They fear that larger subcommittees would necessarily lead to the presence of administration opponents who might exploit agency secrets for political gains. Moreover, it is said that friendly foreign intelli­gence services would be reluctant to cooperate or share secrets with the agency if they knew that their activities would be re­vealed to the American Congress.

FLOOD OF CHANGE: WATERGATE

No matter what the merits of the arguments for close con­gressional control, there was no chance that a majority of either house would vote for any appreciable change until the Watergate affair broke wide open in early 1973. Suddenly the long-dor­mant oversight subcommittees began to meet frequently to in­vestigate the degree of CIA involvement in the illegal activities sponsored by the White House and the Committee to Re-Elect the President. The obvious abuses of power by the administra­tion and its supporters stirred even conservative legislators into demands for corrective action. And the administration, in trying to justify its excesses on the grounds of protecting the "national security"--a justification largely unacceptable to Congress--seri­ously weakened the position of those who claimed "national se­curity" grounds. Furthermore, there was a widespread public and media outcry against concentration of power in the White House, and against President Nixon's penchant for taking uni­lateral actions without the approval or even the advice of Congress. The CIA, as the President's loyal tool--tainted to some extent by involvement in Watergate-related activities--also became vulnerable.

The four oversight subcommittees which met so frequently in the first six months of 1973 are still made up of the same over­whelmingly conservative members. But, pushed by either their own revulsion over Watergate or by public reaction to it, they seem likely to take some action to increase congressional surveillance of the CIA.

For example, John Stennis, the Senate Armed Services chairman, declared on July 20, 1973: "The experience of the CIA in Laos, as well as the more recent disclosures here at home have caused me to definitely conclude that the entire CIA act should be entirely reviewed." This is the same Stennis who, nineteen months earlier, when the CIA's "secret" war in Laos was at its peak stated:

The agency is conducted in a splendid way....As has been said, spying is spying. But if we are going to have an intelligence agency....it cannot be run as if you were running a tax collector's office or the HEW or some other such department. You have to make up your mind that you are going to have an intelligence agency and protect it as such, and shut your eyes some and take what is coming.

Yet from all indications, Stennis had become sincerely con­vinced that the chief executive, on his own, should never again be able to take the country into a Vietnam-type conflict. [H: I hope this is more than just a big horrendous laugh to you in light of the subsequent activities of your President, Advisors, Fixed Congressmen, wars, conflicts, foreign disruptions of nations and appointment of his own criminal favorite to even head the CIA. You are going to stop this or you are going to be laughing out of the other side of your face for half your face will be blown away and the rest of your body incarcer­ated in those nice "homeless camps" now vacated and ready for your filling.] On October 18, 1973, he introduced legisla­tion--while reserving his right to change it after study and hear­ings extending into 1974--which would modify the CIA's legal base. First, it would limit the agency's domestic activities to "those which are necessary and appropriate to its foreign intelli­gence mission", apparently defining this in a way to abolish covert activities in the United States. Second, it would set up tighter procedures for congressional oversight, while "recognizing essential security requirements".

A simple majority in either chamber would be sufficient to change the system of CIA oversight. As much as the agency wants to keep its activities secret, it would have little choice but to comply with serious congressional demands for more infor­mation and more supervision. The power of the purse gives the legislative branch the means to enforce its will on a reluctant CIA, and even one house standing alone could use this power as a control mechanism. That is, assuming that Congress is willing to accept the responsibility.

* * *

BUSH/CIA ANSWERS TO NO GOV'T AGENTS

We are going to interrupt the body of this writing now to point out a few obvious circumstances. If you have been keeping in­formed you will have no trouble with this information--if not, then you probably can still see the potential advantage in what I bring.

You must be aware that the CIA--through its newer connections and total infiltration within the White House--answers actually to no-one in your government as you believe it to be structured and simply thumbs its nose at anyone who even questions its activi­ties. George Bush treats your questions as not even worthy of reply--much less truth in reply.

How can the CIA work around these restrictions which, even though badly orchestrated, still have some potential merit? They have become operatives outside your government by simply uti­lizing funding, etc., where obvious and then, on the secret oper­ations, setting up myriads of corporations which are funded by your money and added to by their massive drug trade and blackmail tactics to foreign states, selling and trading of arms, mercenary armies and wars. All proceeds are funnelled through false fronts and opaque blinds. Whoever crosses the path in de­fiance is taken out--such as Noriega, etc. The drug trade in Panama is thriving better than ever before and the prime re­ceiver of the drugs are the people of the United States and the money goes to the Elite in your government and within the Elite of the One World Order.

I remind all readers who are within my working focus at this time--if you are only doing lip-service, I suggest you go of your own accord away from my "troops" or you shall be disclosed. You took the son of God and slew Him that you might later claim HIS blood for your salvation without worthy actions, deeds or belief as in Truth. You shall not longer hide behind the robes of the innocent in your greed to satisfy ego demands.

EGO INTENT ALWAYS WEARS A "SIGN"

I shall not utilize as recognizable information, that which comes from ones who are unwilling to study every portion I bring unto them. They may go their way without rancor but they shall no longer deceive my people. The mark upon a being is far more easily seen than is suspected by the one in point for ego intent is always required to wear a "sign". I shall no longer give hearing to those who would not follow my way for they are working for their own benefit and not for brother, nation or God. And re­member--THE SINS OF THE FATHER ARE RESTED UPON THE SONS--EVERY TIME! ARE YOU WORTHY OF YOUR SONS AND DAUGHTERS?? PONDER IT CAREFULLY.

If you offer something of your own writing for my consideration and for publication within MY JOURNALS AND PAPER--how know ye that it is not already published several times if you have read not all of my material? I assure you that this is what is happening time after time after time and confirmation is one thing, waste of time and space is quite another!

Do not simply give me that which is coming from a subcommit­tee hearing with your opinions appended--I am quite capable of monitoring all the junk and lies of a subcommittee hearing. This is NOT intelligence gathering, this is subterfuge.

This is not to say that ones may be allowed to overlook that information, just be sure YOU give it its proper relevance. It is far more important that man knows in his own location, what is coming down--from information gained by observance and leak­age--i.e., the expected massive catastrophic earthquake in Southern California by September of this year--as projected BY THE ONES IN CHARGE OF IT WITH CONCURRENT TRAINING OF VARIOUS TEAMS TO HANDLE IT. I do not need a repeat of the nasties as such for you have been given enough proof of the take-over by the Elite of your government.

ROSS PEROT

If Ross Perot, for instance, is ill-informed--INFORM HIM, do not simply disagree with his platform--GO FORTH AND IN­FORM HIM OF TRUTH AND I SHALL BE MOST HAPPY TO MEET WITH HIM.

I do not, however, have any intentions whatsoever to produce miracles and/or magic as you expect for your confirmation and truth. God is based on far greater understanding than a light show of negligible confirmation. This transition is being thrust forth by the teams of God in purpose and intent and, like all projects and programs, there is a central place of headquarters--we do not hap-hazardly flit about nipping earlobes. Your planet is at destruction and your nation all but fallen--I shall not delay for your indecisions and quibbling to any extent for very much longer. If ones wish to WIN this game--you will come and find out your truth and you do that by studying that which is being given for your final instructions and information--HERE IT IS BEING GIVEN FORTH! God has no need to meet your sched­ule nor your demands--remember, He is Creator--you the Cre­ated! Moreover, you "will not profit in His name" without His presence and you all seem to miss the fact of it in your eager­ness to grasp the input of "some other MAN". GOD IS AT HAND WITH TRUTH AND DIRECTION AND THAT SIM­PLY IS THE WAY IT IS. IF THE STYLE OF PRESENTA­TION IS NOT TO YOUR LIKING OR PREFERENCE THEN I HAVE NOTHING MORE TO OFFER UNTO YOU AND YOU SHALL SPEND A LONG, LONG TIME IN THE TRAINING BY YOUR ENEMY. MY PEOPLE ALREADY HAVE PASSAGE OFF THIS PLACE OF CONFUSION AND CHAOS--DO YOU????

Let us have a break and then we shall write about the cute games of the CIA and the press. You are going to open your eyes and ears one of these days and wish you had truly listened with hearing and seen with vision.

Hatonn to clear.

PJ 49

CHAPTER 6

REC #2 HATONN

THU., APRIL 23, 1992 8:57 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 251

THURSDAY. APRIL 23. 1992

CONTROLLING THE CIA

Since we have already written so much in depth regarding the controlled media and press, I shall stay right with the subject of the relationship with the CIA and Press since the subject in point is the CIA and not specifically "Press" as a general subject.

Remember that herein large portions of this material are being related from documents published in 1974 and, at this time, be­cause of other intent involved in not naming the author, we shall continue to refer to same as I.M. Anonymous (IMA). This is because much material originally in his documents were deleted by the CIA and through court actions he is prevented from ever publishing the deleted information. I have no wish to go about repeating information which is available to all if you but go forth and get the books in point; however, some documents are no longer allowed printing or publishing and the information is so valuable that it is necessary you have the foundation upon which to base current understanding.

The author in point is still very, very active as a patriot and when I can discern total security--I shall give great honor to this man because you-the-public must know to whom you owe free­dom if, in fact, you can reclaim it. The intelligence cults, now integrated, are the enforcement arm of the Elite Globalists and will make up the controlling force utilized as the army of the United Nations One World Government. The CIA, for in­stance, IS the President's (U.S.) private army and government controlling force who now makes war, starts wars and gleans profits from those wars while utilizing taxpayer funds and by­passing government oversight.

As a reminder as to format: I am efforting to stay very close to total use of the document in point. My comments are in brack­ets ([H:]) while we are reproducing from the document. Please understand that while on the subject of the Intelligence Forces I have not used the document in point except wherein you will find deletions noted. You must know how these Secret Forces work or you haven't a prayer of overcoming your adversary.

CIA AND THE PRESS

In a recent interview (1974 publication), a nationally syndi­cated columnist with close ties to the CIA was asked how he would have reacted in 1961 if he had uncovered advance infor­mation that the agency was going to launch the Bay of Pigs in­vasion of Cuba. He replied somewhat wistfully, "The trouble with the establishment is that I would have gone to one of my friends in the government and he would have told me why I shouldn't write the story. And I probably wouldn't have written the story."

It was rather fitting that this columnist, when queried about exposing a CIA operation, should have put his answer in terms of the "establishment" (of which he is a recognized member), since much of what the American people have learned--or have not learned--about the agency has been filtered through an "old-boy network" of journalists friendly to the CIA. There have been exceptions but, by and large, the CIA has attempted to dis­courage, alter, and even suppress independent investigative inquiries into agency activities.

The CIA's principal technique for fending off the press has been to wrap itself in the mantle of "national security". Re­porters have been extremely reluctant to write anything that might endanger an ongoing operation or, in Tom Wicker's words, "get an agent killed in Timbuktu". The CIA has, for its part, played upon these completely understandable fears and used them as a club to convince newsmen that certain stories should never be written. And many reporters do not even have to be convinced, either because they already believe that the CIA's activities are not the kind of news that the public has a right to know or because in a particular case they approve of the agency's aims and methods.

For example, on September 23, 1970, syndicated columnist Charles Bartlett was handed, by a Washington-based official of ITT, an internal ITT report sent in by the company's two repre­sentatives in Chile, Hal Hendrix and Robert Berrellez. This eight-page document--marked PERSONAL AND CONFIDEN­TIAL--said that the American Ambassador to Chile had received the "green light to move in the name of President Nixon.... (with) maximum authority to do all possible--short of a Dominican Republic-type action--to keep Allende from taking power." It stated that the Chilean army, "has been assured full material and financial assistance by the U.S. military establish­ment," and that ITT had "pledged its financial support if needed" to the anti-Allende forces. The document also included a lengthy rundown of the political situation in Chile.

With the material for an expose in his hands, Bartlett did not launch an immediate investigation. Instead, he did exactly what ITT hoped he would do: he wrote a column about the dangers of a "classic Communist-style assumption of power" in Chile. He did see some hope that "Chile will find a way to avert the inau­guration of Salvador Allende," but thought there was little the United States could "profitably do" and that "Chilean politics should be left to the Chileans." He did not inform his readers that he had documentary evidence indicating that Chilean poli­tics were being left to the CIA and ITT.

Asked why he did not write more, Bartlett replied in a 1973 telephone interview, "I was only interested in the political analy­sis. I didn't take seriously the Washington stuff--the description of machinations within the U.S. government. (The ITT men who wrote the report had not been in Washington; they had been in Chile.) Yet, by Bartlett's own admission, his September 28 column was based on the ITT report--in places, to the point of paraphrase. he wrote about several incidents occurring in Chile that he could not possibly have verified in Washington. Most reporters will not use material of this sort unless they can check it out with an independent source, so Bartlett was showing extraordinary faith in the reliability of his informants. But he used their material selectively--to write an anti-Allende scare piece, not to blow the whistle on the CIA and ITT.

An ITT official gave the same report to Time's Pentagon corre­spondent, John Mulliken. Mulliken covered neither the CIA nor Chile as part of his regular beat, and he sent the ITT document to Time's headquarters in New York for possible action. As far as he knows, Time never followed up on the story. He at­tributes this to "bureaucratic stupidity--the system, not the peo­ple." He explains that Time had shortly before done a long arti­cle on Chile, and New York "didn't want to do any more."

Thus, the public did not learn what the U.S. government and ITT were up to in Chile until the spring of 1972 when columnist Jack Anderson published scores of ITT internal documents con­cerning Chile. Included in the Anderson papers, as one of the most important exhibits, was the very same document that had been given eighteen months earlier to Bartlett and Time maga­zine.

Jack Anderson is very much a maverick among Washington journalists, and he will write about nearly anything he learns--and can confirm--about the U.S. government and the CIA. With a few other notable exceptions, however, the great major­ity of the American press corps has tended to stay away from topics concerning the agency's operations. One of the reasons for this is that the CIA, being an extremely secretive organiza­tion, is a very hard beat to cover. Newsmen are denied access to its heavily guarded buildings, except in tightly controlled cir­cumstances. No media outlet in the country has ever assigned a full-time correspondent to the agency, and very few report on its activities even on a part-time basis. Except in cases where the CIA wants to leak some information, almost all CIA personnel avoid any contact whatsoever with journalists. In fact, agency policy decrees that employees must inform their superiors im­mediately of any and all conversations with reporters, and the ordinary operator who has too many of these conversations tends to become suspect in the eyes of his co-workers.

BRITISH SECRECY ENVIED

For the general view in the CIA (as in some other parts of the federal government) is that the press is potentially an enemy force--albeit one that can be used with great success to serve the agency's purposes. Former Deputy Director for Intelligence Robert Amory was speaking for most of his colleagues when in a February 26, 1967, television interview he said that press dis­closures of agency funding of the National Student Association and other private groups were "a commentary on the immaturity of our society". With the pronounced Anglophile bias and envy of Britain's Official Secrets Act so common among high CIA of­ficials, he compared the situation to our "free motherland in England" where, if a similar situation comes up, "everybody shushes up in the interest of their national security and...what they think is the interest of the free world civilization."

Former CIA official William J. Barnds was even more critical of journalistic probes of the agency in a January 1969 article in the influential quarterly Foreign Affairs:

The disclosure of intelligence activities in the press in recent years is a clear national liability. These disclosures have created a public awareness that the U.S. government has, at least at times, resorted to covert operations in inappropriate situations, failed to maintain secrecy and failed to review ongoing op­erations adequately. The public revelations of those weaknesses, even though they are now partially cor­rected, hampers CIA (and the U.S. government) by limiting those willing to cooperate with it and its ac­tivities. As long as such disclosures remain in the public mind, any official effort to improve CIA's image is as likely to backfire as to succeed.

Barnds had been with the agency's Office of National Esti­mates until he joined the staff of the Council on Foreign Rela­tions in the mid-1960's. In 1968 he was the secretary of the CFR session where Richard Bissell laid out his views on covert operations.

Barnds' admission that the CIA has certain weaknesses is un­usual coming from a former (or present) agency official, but very few in the CIA would disagree with his statement that press stories about intelligence operations are a "national liability".

The CIA's concern about how to deal with reporters and how to use the press to best advantage dates back to the agency's be­ginnings. During the 1950's the agency was extremely wary of any formal relations with the media, and the standard answer to press inquiries was that the CIA "does not confirm or deny pub­lished reports."

To be sure, there was a CIA press office, but it was not a very important part of the agency's organization. To CIA insid­ers, its principal function seemed to be to clip newspaper articles about the CIA and to forward them to the interested component of the agency. The press office was largely bypassed by Direc­tor Allen Dulles and a few of his chief aides who maintained contact with certain influential reporters.

Dulles often met his "friends" of the press on a background basis and he and his Clandestine Services chief, Frank Wisner, were extremely interested in getting across to the American people the danger posed to the country by international Commu­nism. They stressed the CIA's role in combating the communist threat and Dulles liked to brag, after the fact, about successful agency operations. The reporters who saw him were generally fascinated by his war stories of the intelligence trade. Wisner was particularly concerned with publicizing anti-Communist emigre groups (many of which were subsidized or organized by the CIA) and he often encouraged reporters to write about their activities.

According to an ex-CIA official who worked closely with Wisner, the refugees from the "captive nations" were used by the CIA to give credence to the idea that the United States was truly interested in "rolling back the Iron Curtain". This same former CIA man recalls Dulles and Wisner frequently telling subordinates, in effect: "Try to do a better job in influencing the press through friendly intermediaries."

REPORTERS ARE UNOFFICIAL SPIES

Nevertheless, the agency's press relations during the Dulles era were generally low-keyed. Reporters were not inclined to write unfavorable or revealing stories about the CIA, and the agency, for its part, received a good deal of useful information from friendly newsmen. Reporters like Joseph Alsop, Drew Pearson, Harrison Salisbury, and scores of others regularly sat down with CIA experts to be debriefed after they returned from foreign travels. These newsmen in no way worked for the agency but they were glad to provide the incidental information that a traveler might have observed, such as the number of smokestacks on a factory or the intensity of traffic on a railroad line. The Washington bureau chief of a large newspaper re­members being asked, after he returned from Eastern Europe, "to fill in the little pieces which might fit into the jigsaw puz­zle." This type of data was quite important to the intelligence analyst in the days before the technical espionage programs could supply the same information. The agency's Intelligence Directorate routinely conducted these debriefings of reporters, as it does today. Selected newsmen, however, participated in a second kind of debriefing conducted by the Clandestine Ser­vices. In these the emphasis was on the personalities of the for­eign officials encountered by the newsmen (as part of the un­ending probe for vulnerabilities) and the operation of the inter­nal-security systems in the countries visited.

At the same time the CIA was debriefing newsmen, it was looking for possible recruits in the press corps or hoping to place a CIA operator under "deep cover" with a reputable media outlet. The identities of these bogus "reporters" were (and are) closely guarded secrets. As late as November 1973, according to Oswald Johnston's Washington Star-News report (confirmed by other papers), there were still about forty full-time reporters and free-lancers on the CIA payroll. Johnston reported that CIA Director Colby had decided to cut the "five full-time staff corre­spondents with general-circulation news organizations", but that the other thirty-five or so "stringers" and workers for trade pub­lications would be retained. American correspondents often have much broader entree to foreign societies than do officials of the local American embassy, which provides most CIA oper­ators with their cover, and the agency simply has been unable to resist the temptation to penetrate the press corps, although the major media outlets have almost all refused to cooperate with the CIA.

William Attwood, now (1974) publisher of Newsday, re­members vividly that when he was foreign editor of Look during the 1950's a CIA representative approached him and asked if Look needed a correspondent in New Delhi. The agency of­fered to supply the man for the job and pay his salary. Attwood turned the agency down.

Clifton Daniel, former managing editor of the New York Times and now that paper's Washington bureau chief, states that in the late 1950's "I was very surprised to learn that a corre­spondent of an obscure newspaper in an obscure part of the world was a CIA man. That bothered me." Daniel promptly checked the ranks of Times reporters for similar agency con­nections, but found "there did not seem to be any." He believes that one reason why the Times was clean was that "our people knew they would be fired" if they worked for the agency.

In 1955 Sam Jaffe applied for a job with CBS News. While he was waiting for his application to be processed a CIA official whom Jaffe identifies as Jerry Rubins visited his house in Cali­fornia and told him, "If you are willing to work for us, you are going to Moscow," with CBS. Jaffe was flabbergasted, since he did not even know at that point if CBS would hire him, and he assumes that someone at CBS must have been in on the ar­rangement or otherwise the agency would never have known he had applied for work. Moreover, it would have been highly un­usual to send a new young reporter to such an important over­seas post. Rubins told Jaffe that the agency was "willing to re­lease certain top-secret information to you in order that you try and obtain certain information for us." Jaffee refused and was later hired by CBS for a domestic assignment.

Before the CIA's successful armed invasion of Guatemala in 1954, a Time reporter dropped off the staff to participate, by his own admission, in the agency's paramilitary operations in that country. After the Guatemalan government had been over­thrown, he returned to the Time offices in New York and asked for his old job back. According to another Time staffer, the managing editor asked the returned CIA man if he were still with the agency. The man said no. The managing editor asked, "If you were still really with the CIA and I asked you about it, what would you say?" The returned CIA man replied, "I'd have to say no." Time rehired him anyway.

CIA men have turned up as "reporters" in foreign countries for little-known publications which could not possibly afford to pay their salaries without agency assistance. Stanley Karnow, formerly the Washington Post's Asian correspondent, recalls, "I remember a guy who came to Korea with no visible means of support. He was supposed to be a correspondent for a small pa­per in New York. In a country where it takes years to build up acquaintances, he immediately had good contacts, and he dined with the CIA station chief. It was common knowledge he worked for the agency."

U-2 DOWNING STARTS "CREDIBILITY GAP"

The Dulles years ended with two disasters for the CIA that newspapers learned of in advance but refused to share fully with their readers. First came the shooting down of the U-2 spy plane over the Soviet Union in 1960. Chalmers Roberts, long the Washington Post's diplomatic correspondent, confirms in his book FIRST ROUGH DRAFT that he and "some other newsmen" knew about the U-2 flights in the late 1950's and "remained silent". Roberts explains, "Retrospectively, it seems a close question as to whether this was the right decision, but I think it probably was. We took the position that the national interest came before the story because we knew the United States very much needed to discover the secrets of Soviet mis­silery."

Most reporters at the time would have agreed with Richard Bissell that premature disclosure would have forced the Soviets "to take action". Yet Bissell admitted that "after five days" the Soviers were fully aware that the spy planes were overflying their country and that the secrecy maintained by the Soviet and American governments was an example "of two hostile govern­ments collaborating to keep operations secret from the general public on both sides."

The whole U-2 incident may well have been a watershed event. For much of the American press and public it was the first indi­cation that their government lied and it was the opening wedge in what would grow during the Vietnam years into the "credibility gap". But as the Eisenhower Administration came to an end, there was still a national consensus that the fight against Communism justified virtually any means. The press was very much a part of the consensus, and this did not start to crack until it became known that the CIA was organizing an armed invasion of Cuba.

Five months before the landing took place at the Bay of Pigs, the Nation published a secondhand account of the agency's ef­forts to train Cuban exiles for attacks against Cuba and called upon "all U.S. news media with correspondents in Guatemala", where the invaders were being trained, to check out the story. The New York Times responded on January 10, 1961, with an article describing the training, with U.S. assistance, of an anti-Castro force in Guatemala. At the end of the story, which men­tioned neither the CIA nor a possible invasion, was a charge by the Cuban Foreign Minister that the U.S. government was preparing "mercenaries" in Guatemala and Florida for military action against Cuba. Turner Catledge, then the managing editor of the Times, declared in his book MY LIFE AND THE TIMES: "I don't think that anyone who read the story would have doubted that something was in the wind, that the United States was deeply involved, or that the New York Times was onto the story."

As the date for the invasion approached, the New Republic ob­tained a comprehensive account of the preparations for the oper­ation, but the liberal magazine's editor-in-chief, Gilbert Harri­son, became wary of the security implications and submitted the article to President Kennedy for his advice. Kennedy asked that it not be printed and Harrison, a friend of the President, com­plied. At about the same time, New York Times reporter Tad Szulc uncovered nearly the complete story and the Times made preparations to carry it on April 7, 1961, under a four-column headline. But Times publisher Orvil Dryfoos and Washington bureau chief James Reston both objected to the article on national-security grounds and it was edited to eliminate all mention of CIA involvement or an "imminent" invasion. The truncated story, which mentioned only that 5,000 to 6,000 Cubans were being trained in the United States and Central America "for the liberation of Cuba", no longer merited a banner headline was reduced to a single column on the front page. Times editor Clifton Daniel later explained that Dryfoos had ordered the story toned down "above all, out of concern for the safety of the men who were preparing to offer their lives on the beaches of Cuba."

* * *

Here seems to be a good place to take a break. Please ponder the last sentence. "...preparing to offer their lives on the beaches of Cuba." Shouldn't that give you cold chills? This was for the business Elite and was a total CIA involvement for the President and his men--nothing at all to do with national-se­curity or defense of your nation--or even a viable moral chal­lenge. This is where you have come to, America, and it must be faced.

Hatonn to stand-by.

PJ 49

CHAPTER 7

REC #1 HATONN

FRI., APRIL 24, 1992 9:06 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 252

FRIDAY. APRIL 24. 1992

THE OLDEST WISDOM IN THE WORLD TELLS US THAT WE CAN CONSCIOUSLY UNITE WITH THE DIVINE WHILST IN THE BODY; FOR THIS MAN IS REALLY BORN.
Consciousness is defined as: "aware, mentally awake or alert and intentional". This word is also one which obviously indi­cates "action", having changed from unawareness into aware­ness, etc. Are you determined to remain in ignorance while you take your physical opinions along lines of the physical while ex­pecting to unite with the Divine? Or, shall ye lift up your vision to allow God to tell you how to unite with that divineness? Oh, I see, you went to an Ashram and someone (usually a MAN) told you how to unite with God? Did it work? Is perfection in peace overfilling thine being? So, why does not ALL MAN un­derstand? Because you can only learn from the physical experi­ence--how to achieve the divine. Further, if you vote-out the guidelines in order to allow the journey as YOU DESIRE IT TO BE, you have only lied to self for the ultimate judgment of readiness is made by the Divine Source.

If this all be true then why "do" anything? Because you won't know "Divinity" when you find it if you know not that for which you search and serve. If you know not what is "wrong" with your perceptions now--how will you ever find the path of lighted wisdom?

HOPI PROPHECIES

The Hopi "Human People" put forth a prophesy some years ago. It was not ready for publication but ones took it upon themselves to decide the time was ready. In it the years of ac­tion and changes were listed--but man had not studied his lessons and did not correctly decipher the messages. For in­stance 1992: "The earth will have its true reality formed. It will join the sisterhood of planets, the Daughters of Copperwoman, and it will create within itself all forms of all things in harmony with the everything."

Do you see "harmony"?? Have you joined other planets?? Who is Copperwoman, much less, the daughters of?? HOW WILL YOU FIND OUT THE TRUTH OF IT? Will you go forth in your own direction as led by some MAN who "claims" to know all? Or, shall ye listen for the instructions sent from God via His Hosts who have attained wisdom through their journeys? Will you be fighting over whether or not Saturday night adultery is acceptable? Or, will you be finding out what God requests that you do and be? It is up to you, students (chelas).

I see, you now say you will wait around and maybe 1993 will bring perfection showered upon you. So, 1993: "We will see a whole new way of perfection. There will be plants on this Grandmother Earth that will give life and sustenance as never before seen. Starvation on the earth--all those things will be gone."

HOW is this going to come about? WHO will bring these things into being? The Israelis, your Government, how about George Bush or de Klerk in South Africa where the multitudes are starving and dying of AIDS? WHO WILL BRING THESE THINGS UNTO YOU? ONE CALLED JE­SUS? WILL THE JEWS FIND THAT ACCEPTABLE? HOW ABOUT THE POPE? HE WAS CREATED AND PUT INTO POWER BY THE COMMITTEE OF 300. WHO WILL BRING THESE THINGS AND MIRACLES UNTO YOU AND HOW? THROUGH MAGIC? WELL, YOU HAD BEST GET IN TOUCH WITH DAVID COP­PERFIELD AND ASK HIM TO WORK ON MORE SUP­PLEMENTAL MAGIC FOR YOU CAN'T EAT THE CAPABILITY OF FLYING AND IF YOU CAN'T EAT YOU WON'T HAVE THE STRENGTH TO FLY AT ANY RATE.

Now I understand, you are waiting for year 1995 when: "The new race of humans will begin to design their new re­ality of life on this planet as they intended it to be when they came from the stars." Oh no, "...when they came from the stars?"But that is "extraterrestrial" or something. Well, "Satan and evil come from out there--my preacher told me so." Ah, and where might this "Jesus" form, or messiah, come from? Oh, the stars? But that cannot be--for that IS extraterrestrial! MAKE UP YOUR MINDS--WHICH IS IT? I leave it to you!! By the way--the prophecies END WITH YEAR 2000. Worse, for you who have stolen the Aboriginal terminology and call yourselves "human people" did not take time to also understand that the ancient calendars of "time" ran out on August 17, 1987! What might those pagan redmen know that you white-eyes do not? It might be good to find out.

METHODS OF HEALING

The prophecies are exactly correct--right down to having tech­nology and knowledge to heal all disease. We have capability and it is now on your placement which can be programmed to, like a pac-man, to change any mutant cell--simply by ingesting the programmed "new" cell which is simply a crystalline (crystal) life form--also called "virus". This is created through DNA and programmed for specific targets. By the way--it is al­ready on your place and now you can quit wondering why only the Elite Global Masters have it available.

Moreover, you who should be noting that the pharmaceutical companies are insuring that substances which associate with this new technology are being removed from your markets!

Let us just take one example in point of capability: Taking a vial of this programmed solution and putting one drop of human in­sulin in it, within 48 hours there will be pancreatic beta cells producing insulin. So, did the solution hold the key to life it­self? No, the key to life is the DNA sequence, the genetic code sequenced by the engine of LIGHT. The insulin contained enough of the genetic information to generate the pancreatic beta cells from whence it came. THE SOLUTION WAS THE SPARK, THE CATALYST, THE BRICKS AND ENERGY REQUIRED TO GROW THE BETA CELLS AND REPRO­DUCE THE INSULIN.

You might well think of this as "magic"--no, it is simply an elixir for the DNA. The directions of this one element of "insight" are totally staggering. So what is wrong? The Elite keep it from you and claim that Hatonn is an evil liar. THE INTENT OF THE GLOBAL GOVERNMENT 2000 IS DE­POPULATION OF THE PLANET TO AROUND 550 MIL­LION PERSONS. THIS WILL NOT BE ACCOMPLISHED IF EVERYBODY SICK GETS WELL!

I use the example of insulin production simply because a dia­betic patient at this point cannot be "cured" on your planet. Herein within a few simple treatments the system will rebuild it­self and in a matter of weeks the insulin system is functioning again--in perfection.

Further, this "directed" DNA form can be introduced, say, into an algae base which will both nourish the physical body to per­fection and also give total perfection to all body cells along with getting rid of all mutant cells. Right now, as in cancer and AIDS, you have mutant cells which finally overwhelm a per­son's immune system with nothing to rebuild "from". Mutations are totally normal--but if the immune system cannot contain them all--the body dies.

You don't believe me?? Go right back to your lessons and look again at how "life" begins. Remember, the pictures of the de­velopmental stages of the human embryo, where you began as a primitive creature looking like a skinny fish. Remember the human embryo with gill bars and a tail--called a sperm? Re­member the fact that essentially all mammal embryos go through these stages? Perhaps you even studied this in your school pro­cess. Your professors would have said the descriptive phrase
for this phenomenon in point: "Ontogeny Recapitulates Phylo­geny", the Biogenic Law of Genetics.

TO YOU WHO CAN'T BELIEVE IN REPLICAS

SO, WHAT HAVE WE? Imagine the goodly researchers taking apart sequenced T-RNA chains that hold primitive expressions of your ancestral heritage. Through the triplet nucleotides as a genetic remnant, imagine those genetic codes expressing themselves in the energy milieu of the solution in point, a solution that matches the energy of any specific segment of time. Picture these microscopic mobile creatures emerging from your genetic past, from the remnants of three nucleotides: intelligent, protec­tive, a reproducing ambitious enzyme manufacturing micro-cul­ture dedicated to preserving human life at the colloidal life level.

Could this be the discovery representing the bionic immunity of your ancestors of some millions or billions of years ago--I tell you now, it is again present upon your place! Could this be the "Methuselah" gene for which untold explorers have searched in pools, fountains and springs?--Or, are these "creatures" the ac­tual blueprint in substance of life form itself, in this instance, "human" cells?

Oh yes indeed, future generations will know and use this won­drous knowledge--but who will come with me as we share the incredible opportunities with man of Earth. Probably not those who are so foolish and ignorant as to spend time denouncing us for we pronounce that Zionism is not Judaism. Will YOU miss the very miracle and knowledge of LIFE ITSELF because you were so narrow of consciousness that you refused to look be­yond? Did the cave-man picture the rocket shuttle? As a matter of fact--yes, for the cave man was pure enough in openness to see that which was shown unto him. He did not understand it--but he drew pictures of it upon his walls within the caves for ye as "human people" were beginning your journey of learning so that you might one day again integrate within the human people among the stars.

On a microscopic level, friends, these ancestors of yours live in a highly ordered society with an intelligence and a manufactur­ing and engineering skill that you can only envy at this time for you refuse the gift for you assume the price is too high--a price which requires only that you live in balance within the Laws of God and Creation. Perhaps one of the most interesting aspects of this is that these little "chondriana" are "gendered"--both male and female. The male is called the chondrion and resem­bles the precursor "mitochondria" of your cells, thus the deriva­tion of its name. The mitochondria of your cells is a very unique "organelle". Isn't this a bit of fun? How much of this did you already know? Why not? It is open knowledge--why do you not know?

THEREFORE, IS IT POSSIBLE THAT THERE ARE OTHER THINGS WHICH ARE KEPT FROM YOU?? THANK YOU.

Yes, I know that you wish to go on with the subject in point of mitochondria and organelles, etc. But we are not, for it matters not if you cannot change of your circumstances in the world in which you exist. Those who bring this information unto you and openly share are murdered and suppressed, ridiculed and set-upon.

You can make all the little "boxes" for frequency and do all sorts of things with a so-called "Rife-Microscope" all to no avail if you do not know what you are seeing and how LIFE functions and comes into physical being. Perfection can flow only from perfection and all else is simple reproduction of errors. You will never find the perfection if ye are searching in an adultery bed on Saturday night--you search for perfection of knowledge in the places of perfection of knowledge--not hiding in the dark secret places of the human "animal" trained to have erroneous and unbalanced instincts--toward sure death and not for any semblance of eternal life form. You see, it always boils right down to intent and Truth. The "SECRET MYSTERIES" are there for the unveiling and you simply continue to pile on the additional shrouds. So be it.

Back to the CIA, please.

CIA AND CONTROL OF PRESS
CONTINUATION

Times reporter Szule states that he was not consulted about the heavy editing of his article, and he mentions that President Kennedy made a personal appeal to publisher Dryfoos not to run the story. Yet, less than a month after the invasion, at a meet­ing where he was urging newspaper editors not to print security information, Kennedy was able to say to the Times' Catledge, "If you had printed more about the operation, you would have saved us from a colossal mistake."

The failure of the Bay of Pigs cost CIA Director Dulles his job, and he was succeeded in November 1961 by John McCone; McCone did little to revamp the agency's policies in dealing with the press, although the matter obviously concerned him, as became evident when he reprimanded and then transferred his press officer, who he felt had been too forthcoming with a par­ticular reporter. In McCone's first weeks at the agency, the New York Times got wind of the fact that the CIA was training Tibetans in paramilitary techniques at an agency base in Col­orado, but, according to David Wise's account in The Politics of Lying, the Office of the Secretary of Defense "pleaded" with the Times to kill the story, which it did. In the Cuban missile crisis of 1962, President Kennedy again prevailed upon the Times not to print a story--this time, the news that Soviet missiles had been installed in Cuba, which the Times had learned of at least a day before the President made his announcement to the country.

According to the Times' Max Frankel, writing in the Winter 1973 Columbia Forum, there was still a feeling that the paper had been "remiss" in withholding information on the Bay of Pigs, so the Times extracted a promise from the President that while the paper remained silent he would "shed no blood and start no war". Frankel notes that "No such bargain was ever struck again, though many officials made overtures. The essen­tial ingredient was trust, and that was lost somewhere between Dallas and Tonkin."

Then, in 1964, McCone was faced with the problem of how to deal with an upcoming book about the CIA and his response was an attempt to do violence to the First Amendment.

The book was THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT, by re­porters David Wise of the New York Herald Tribune and Thomas Ross of the Chicago Sun-Times. Their work provided an example of the kind of reporting on the agency that other journalists might have done but had failed to do. In short, it was an example of investigative reporting at its best and, perhaps as a result, it infuriated the CIA.

McCone and his deputy, Lieutenant General Marshall Carter, both personally telephoned Wise and Ross's publisher, Random House, to raise their strong objections to publication of the book. Then a CIA official offered to buy up the entire first printing of over 15,000 books. Calling this action "laughable", Random House's president, Bennett Cerf, agreed to sell the agency as many books as it wanted, but stated that additional printings would be made for the public. The agency also ap­proached Look magazine, which had planned to run excerpts from the book, and, according to a spokesman, "asked that some changes be made--things they considered to be inaccura­cies. We made a number of changes but do not consider that they were significant."

The final chapter in the agency attack against THE INVISI­BLE GOVERNMENT came in 1965 when the CIA circulated an unattributed document on "The Soviet and Communist Bloc Defamation Campaign" to various members of Congress and the press. This long study detailed the many ways used by the KGB to discredit the CIA, including the "development and milking of Western journalists. Americans figure prominently among these." The study singled out as an example of KGB disinfor­mation a Soviet radio broadcast that quoted directly from THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT. The agency's message was not too subtle, but then the CIA never put its name on the docu­ment.

HELMS AND THE PRESS

When Richard Helms took over the agency in 1966, press relations changed noticeably. Helms himself had been a re­porter with United Press in Germany before World War II, and he thought of himself as an accomplished journalist. He would tell his subordinates, when the subject of the press came up in the agency's inner councils, that he understood reporters' prob­lems, how their minds worked, what the CIA could and could not do with them. He had certain writing habits (which may have originated either with a strict bureau chief or a strict high-school English teacher) which set him apart from others in the clandestine part of the agency, where writing is considered a functional, as opposed to literary, skill. For instance, he would not sign his name to any document prepared for him that in­cluded a sentence beginning with the words "however" or "therefore".

It soon became clear within the agency that Helms was intent on taking care of most of the CIA's relations with the press him­self. Acutely aware that the agency's image had been badly tar­nished by the Bay of Pigs and other blown operations during the early 1960's, he was determined to improve the situation. He later told a congressional committee, "In our society even a clandestine outfit cannot stray far from the norms. If we get...the public, the press or the Congress against us, we can't hack it."

So Helms began to cultivate the press. He started a series of breakfasts, lunches, and occasional cocktail and dinner parties for individual reporters and groups of them. On days when he was entertaining a gathering of journalists, he would often de­vote part of his morning staff meeting to a discussion of the seating arrangements and make suggestions as to which CIA of­ficial would be the most compatible eating partner for which re­porter. While a few senior clandestine personnel were invited to these affairs, Helms made sure that the majority came from the CIA's analytical and technical branches. As always, he was trying to portray the agency as a predominantly non-clandestine organization.

Helms' invitations were not for every reporter. He concen­trated on what the New York Times' (See, now you know WHY--they are among the Elite controlled resources) John Finney calls the "double-domes--the bureau chiefs, columnists, and other opinion makers". David Wise, who headed the New York Herald Tribune's Washington staff has a similar impression: "In almost every Washington bureau, there's one guy who has ac­cess to the agency on a much higher level than the press officer. Other reporters who call up get the runaround." Finney states that Helms and his assistants would "work with flattery on the prestige of" these key journalists. CBS News' Marvin Kalb, who attended several of Helms' sessions with the press (and who was bugged by the Nixon Administration), recalls that Helms "had the capacity for astonishing candor but told you no more than he wanted to give you. He had this marvelous way of talking of suggesting things with his eyes. Yet, he usually didn't tell you anything."

Helms' frequent contact with reporters was not a sinister thing. He was not trying to recruit them into nefarious schemes for the CIA. Rather, he was making a concerted effort to get his and his agency's point of view across to the press and, through them, to the American public--a common activity among top government officials. Furthermore, Helms was an excellent news source--for his friends. Columnist Joseph Kraft (another Nixon-Administration bugging victim) generally sums up the view of Helms by reporters who saw him frequently: "I wanted to see Helms a lot because he was talking with the top men in government. He was a good analyst--rapid, brief, and knowledgeable about what was going on." Kraft recalls that Helms was the only government official who forecast that South Vietnamese President Thieu would successfully block imple­mentation of the Vietnamese peace accords until after the 1972 American election, and other reporters tell similar stories of Helms being among the most accurate high government sources available on matters like Soviet missiles or Chinese nuclear testing. He did not usually engage in the exaggerated talk about Communist threats that so often characterizes "informed sources" in the Pentagon, and he seemed to have less of an op­erational axe to grind than other Washington officials.

* * *

It becomes quite obvious that if you are among the Elite making the plans and setting the stage as well as "writing the play"--you will know the lines and how the "act" goes. If you hold power as did Helms with the blessings of the ones in the game build­ing--you don't have to guess or even pretend "informed sources" for you are "informed".

Let us leave this writing at this point for we have other pressing duties. I believe we can make it to "Conclusions" at the next writing and then we can follow with some most interesting ob­servations.

If you were wise enough to watch your President Bush giving away your nation and industries through free-trade last evening--you are much more insightful this day. You are going to have to be alert and search for these public "slippings". The entire speech was one incredible act of treason against your nation and I marvel that you have made it so far in total ignorance of Truth. May God walk with you patriots for your journey is most diffi­cult indeed. This man even made sure he was dressed with a blue tie and was focused in front of "blue flags" (not the U.S. banner) which spoke more than words could ever project. He made no attempt to cover intent but spoke openly of the results of this NEW WORLD ORDER now in play--"this new world now established " He was speaking to the American States Organization including Canada, Mexico, Latin American, etc. Indeed this man fits the role set for him. What will you do, Americans?

Hatonn to stand-by.

PJ 49

CHAPTER 8

REC #1 HATONN

MON., APRIL 27, 1992 7:49 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 255

MONDAY, APRIL 27, 1992

CIA--CONTINUED.

"'LEAKS"

The source of a news leak is not usually revealed in the newspapers. Yet when Helms, or any other government offi­cial, gives a "not-for-attribution" briefing to reporters, he al­ways has a reason for doing so--which is not necessarily based on a desire to get the truth out to the American people. He may leak to promote or block a particular policy, to protect a bureau­cratic flank to a foreign government, or simply to embarrass or damage an individual. Most reporters are aware that govern­ment officials play these games; nevertheless, the CIA plays them more assiduously, since it virtually never releases any in­formation overtly. The New York Times Washington bureau chief, Clifton Daniel, notes that although the agency issues no press releases, it leaks information "to support its own case and to serve its own purposes...It doesn't surprise me that even se­cret bureaucrats would do that." Daniel says, however, that he "would accept material not-for-attribution if the past reliability of the source is good. But you have to be awfully careful that you are not being used."

In early 1968, Time magazine reporters were doing research on a cover story on the Soviet Navy. According to Time's Pen­tagon correspondent, John Mulliken, neither the White House nor the State Department would provide information on the subject for fear of giving the Soviets the impression that the U.S. government was behind a move to play up the threat posed by the Soviet fleet. Mulliken says that, with Helms' authoriza­tion, CIA experts provided Time with virtually all the data it needed. Commenting on the incident five years later, Mulliken recalls, "I had the impression that the CIA was saying 'the hell with the others' and was taking pleasure in sticking it in." He never did find out exactly why Helms wanted that information to come out at that particular time when other government agencies did not; nor, of course, did Time's readers, who did not even know that the CIA was the source of much of the article which appeared on February 23, 1968.

From the days of Henry Luce and Allen Dulles, Time had always had close relations with the agency. In more recent years, the magazine's chief Washington correspondent, Hugh Sidey, relates, "With McCone and Helms, we had a set-up that when the magazine was doing something on the CIA, we went to them and put it before them...We were never misled."

Similarly, when Newsweek decided in the fall of 1971 to do a cover story on Richard Helms and "The New Espionage", the magazine, according to a Newsweek staffer, went directly to the agency for much of its information. And the article, published on November 22, 1971, generally reflected the line that Helms was trying so hard to sell: that since "the latter, 1960's...the fo­cus of attention and prestige with the CIA" had switched from the Clandestine Services to the analysis of intelligence, and that "the vast majority of recruits are bound for" the Intelligence Di­rectorate. This was, of course, written at a time when over two thirds of the agency's budget and personnel were devoted to covert operations and their support (roughly the same percentage as had existed for the preceding ten years). Newsweek did un­cover several previously unpublished anecdotes about past covert operations (which made the CIA look good) and pub­lished at least one completely untrue statement concerning a multibillion-dollar technical espionage program. Assuming that the facts for this statement were provided by "reliable intelli­gence sources", it probably represented a CIA disinformation attempt designed to make the Russians believe something untrue about U.S. technical collection capabilities.

PRE-PUBLICATION CENSORING

Under Helms, the CIA also continued its practice of inter­vening with editors and publishers to try to stop publication of books either too descriptive or too critical of the agency. In April 1972 this book [H: The one by "IMA" which I am uti­lizing (pub. 1974)]--as yet unwritten--was enjoined; two months later, the number-two man in the Clandestine Services, Cord Meyer, Jr., visited the New York offices of Harper & Row, Inc., on another anti-book mission. The publisher had an­nounced the forthcoming publication of a book by Alfred Mc­Coy called The Politics of Heroin in Southeast Asia, charging the agency with a certain degree of complicity in the Southeast Asian drug traffic. Meyer asked old acquaintances among Harper & Row's top management to provide him with a copy of the book's galley proofs. While the CIA obviously hoped to handle the matter informally among friends, Harper & Row asked the agency for official confirmation of its request. The CIA's General Counsel, Lawrence Houston, responded with a letter of July 5, 1972, that while the agency's intervention "in no way affects the right of a publisher to decide what to publish....I find it difficult to believe....that a responsible publisher would wish to be associated with an attack on our Government involv­ing the vicious international drug traffic without at least trying to ascertain the facts." McCoy maintained that the CIA had "no legal right to review the book" and that "submitting the manuscript to the CIA for prior review is to agree to take the first step toward abandoning the First Amendment protection against prior censorship." Harper & Row apparently disagreed and made it clear to McCoy that the book would not be pub­lished unless first submitted. Rather than find a new publisher at that late date, McCoy went along. He also gave the entire story to the press, which was generally critical of the CIA.

The agency listed its objections to Harper & Row on July 28, and, in the words of the publisher's vice president and general counsel, B. Brooks Thomas, the agency's criticisms "were pretty general and we found ourselves rather underwhelmed by them." Harper & Row proceeded to publish the book--un­changed--in the middle of August.

U.N. RIDDLED WITH KGB

The CIA has also used the American press more directly in its efforts against the KGB. On October 2, 1971, the week after the British government expelled 105 Soviet officials from Eng­land because of their alleged intelligence activities, the New York Times ran a front-page article by Benjamin Welles about Soviet spying around the world. Much of the information in the article came from the CIA and it mentioned, among other things, that many of the Russians working at the United Nations were KGB operators. According to Welles, the agency specifi­cally "fingered as a KGB man" a Russian in the U.N. press of­fice, Vladimir P. Pavlichenko, and asked that he be mentioned in the article. Welles complied and included a paragraph of bi­ographical information on the Russian, supplied by the CIA. Ten days later the Soviet Union made an official protest to the U.S. government about the "slanderous" reports in the Ameri­can press concerning Soviet officials employed at the U.N.

The Times' charges about espionage activities of the Soviets at the U.N. were almost certainly accurate. But, as a Wash­ington-based media executive familiar with the case states, "The truth of the charges has nothing to do with the question of whether an American newspaper should allow itself to become involved in the warfare between opposing intelligence services without giving its readers an idea of what is happening. If the CIA wants to make a public statement about a Soviet agent at the U.N. or the U.S. government wants to expel the spy for im­proper activities, such actions would be legitimate subjects for press coverage--but to cooperate with the agency in 'fingering' the spy, without informing the reader, is at best not straight­forward reporting."

The CIA has often made Communist defectors available to selected reporters so news stories can be written (and propa­ganda victories gained). As was mentioned earlier, most of these defectors are almost completely dependent on the CIA and are carefully coached on what they can and cannot say. Defec­tors unquestionably are legitimate subjects of the press's attention but it is unfortunate that their stories are filtered out to the American people in such controlled circumstances.

David Wise remembers an incident at the New York Herald Tribune in the mid-1960's when the CIA called the paper's top officials and arranged to have a Chinese defector made available to reporters. According to Wise, CIA officials "brought him down from Langley (for the interview) and then put him back on ice." Similarly, in 1967 the agency asked the Times' Welles to come out to CIA headquarters to talk to the Soviet defector Lieutenant Colonel Yevgeny Runge. On November 10 Welles wrote two articles based on the interview with Runge and addi­tional material on the KGB supplied by CIA officers. But Welles also included in his piece several paragraphs discussing the CIA's motivation in making Runge available to the press. The article mentioned that at least some U.S. intelligence offi­cials desired "to counter the international attention, much of it favorable, surrounding the Soviet Union's 50th anniversary", which was then taking place. Publicizing the defection, Welles continued, "also gave United States intelligence men a chance to focus public attention on what they consider a growing emphasis on the use of 'illegal' Soviet agents around the world."

According to Welles, the paragraphs stating, in effect, that the CIA was exploiting Runge's defection for its own purposes infuriated the agency, and he was "cut off" by his CIA sources. He experienced "long periods of coolness" and was told by friends in the agency that Helms had personally ordered that he was to be given no stories for several months.

* * *

CERTAIN REPORTERS FAVORED

The CIA is perfectly ready to reward its friends. Besides provision of big news breaks such as defector stories, selected reporters may receive "exclusives" on everything from U.S. government foreign policy to Soviet intentions. Hal Hendrix, described by three different Washington reporters as a known "friend" of the agency, won a Pulitzer Prize for his 1962 Miami Daily News reporting of the Cuban missile crisis. This is the same Hal Hendrix who later joined ITT and sent the memo say­ing President Nixon had given the "green light" for covert U.S. intervention in Chile. Much of his "inside story" was truly in­side: it was based on CIA leaks.

Because of the CIA's clever handling of reporters and be­cause of the personal views held by many of those reporters and their editors, most of the American press has at least tacitly gone along, until the last few years, with the agency view that covert operations are not a proper subject for journalistic scrutiny. The credibility gap arising out of the Vietnam War, however, may well have changed the attitude of many reporters. The New York Times' Tom Wicker credits the Vietnam experience with making the press "more concerned with its fundamental duty". Now that most reporters have seen repeated examples of gov­ernment lying, he believes, they are much less likely to accept CIA denials of involvement in covert operations at home and abroad. As Wicker points out, "Lots of people today would be­lieve that the CIA overthrows governments," and most journal­ists no longer "believe in the sanctity of classified material". [H: I would guess that is some other kind of understate­ment!] In the case of his own paper, the New York Times, Wicker feels that "The Pentagon Papers made the big differ­ence."

The unfolding of the Watergate scandal has also opened up the agency to increased scrutiny. Reporters have dug deeply into the CIA's assistance to the White House "plumbers" and the attempts to involve the agency in the Watergate cover-up. Per­haps most important, the press has largely rejected the "national security" defense used by the White House to justify its actions. With any luck at all, the American people can look forward to learning from the news media what their government--even its secret part--is doing. As Congress abdicates its responsibility, and as the President abuses his responsibility, we have nowhere else to turn.

* * *

[H: From this point on until this writing concludes are strictly the opinions of the authors of the book in point. I reach very few of the conclusions as presented herein--but then, hindsight is often perfection and this book was written in 1974 under great duress and censorship. I publish the material in the "CONCLUSION" in total for two reasons. One, I honor these writers and further know that, given op­portunity to look back, the conclusions would be different. Secondly, to utilize this material without specific written permission of these authors and the CIA, I had to reprint "exactly" the material in point--without listing names as is law with non-fiction material. Further, to validate the rea­son for utilizing the information I have to have different "conclusions". At the end of this writing I shall clear-up all the actions and identify the authors in point. I shall also give information where you can contact the lead author and urge all who read this to get a copy of the Journal in point--through him. We have been declined information from the Dell Publishing Co.--perhaps the author and you shall have better response.

CONCLUSIONS

(FROM THE DOCUMENT OF 1974)

In the eyes of posterity it will inevitably seem that, in safeguarding our freedom, we destroyed it; that the vast clandestine apparatus we built up to probe our enemies' resources and intentions only served in the end to confuse our own purposes; that the practice of deceiving others for the good of the state led infalli­bly to our deceiving ourselves, and that the vast army of intelligence personnel built up to execute these purposes were soon caught up in the web of their own sick fantasies, with disastrous conse­quences to them and us.

Malcolm Muggeridge, May 1966

SECRECY: DISEASED WAY OF LIFE

"It is a multi-purpose, clandestine arm of power... more than an intelligence or counterintelligence organization. It is an in­strument for subversion, manipulation, and violence, for the se­cret intervention in the affairs of other countries." Allen Dulles wrote those words about the KGB in 1963 so that Americans would better understand the nature of the Soviet security ser­vice. His description was a correct one, but he could--just as accurately--have used the same items to describe his own CIA. He did not, of course, because the U.S. leaders of Dulles' gen­eration generally tried to impute the worst possible methods and motives to the forces of international Communism, while casting the "defensive actions of the free world" as honest and demo­cratic. Both sides, however, resorted to ruthless tactics. Nei­ther was reluctant to employ trickery, deceit, or, in Dulles' phrase, "subversion, manipulation, and violence". They both operated clandestinely, concealing their activities not so much from the "opposition" (they couldn't) as from their own peoples. Secrecy itself became a way of life, and it could not be chal­lenged without fear of the charge that one was unpatriotic or unmindful of the "national security".

In the dark days of the Cold War the Communist threat was real to most Americans. Sincere men believed that the enemy's dirtiest tricks must be countered. Fire was to be fought with fire and America's small elite corps of intelligence professionals claimed they knew how to do this. The public and the country's leaders were willing to go along, if not always enthusiastically, at least without serious opposition. Consequently, clandestine operatives from the United States as well as the Soviet Union were turned loose in virtually every nation in the world. Each side won secret victories but the overall results were decidedly mixed. For its part, the CIA played some role in forestalling a Communist takeover of Western Europe, but the agency's record in the Middle East, Asia, and elsewhere in the world left much to be desired.

When the CIA's invaders were defeated in 1961 on the beaches of the Bay of Pigs, it should have been a signal to the country that something was wrong--both with the CIA and the government that directed the secret agency's activities. It should have been clear that events in the Third World could (and should) no longer be easily and blatantly manipulated by Wash­ington. It should have been obvious that the times were rapidly changing; that the fears, following on the heels of World War II, that the "Communist monolith" was on the verge of domi­nating the "free world" were invalid. It should have been ap­parent to the American public that the CIA was living in the past.

Columnist Tom Braden, a former high-ranking CIA covert expert, reflecting on the latter-day life of the CIA, wrote in Jan­uary 1973: "Josef Stalin's decision to attempt conquest of West­ern Europe by manipulation, the use of fronts and the purchas­ing of loyalty turned the Agency into a house of dirty tricks. It was necessary. Absolutely necessary, in my view. But it lasted long after the necessity was gone."

Yet after the initial public outcry over the Cuban fiasco, the personnel shake-up at the agency and the high-level reviews of its performance ordered by President Kennedy had little effect. The CIA went back to operating essentially the same way it had for the previous decade, again with at least the tacit acceptance of the American public. Not until the Indochinese war shocked and outraged a significant part of the population were CIA's tactics, such as secret subsidies, clandestine armies, and covert coups, seriously called into question. Now Watergate has brought the issue of an inadequately controlled secret intelli­gence agency home to us. The clandestine techniques developed over a quarter-century of Cold War have, at last, been dramati­cally displayed for the people of this country, and the potential danger of a CIA which functions solely at the command of the President has been demonstrated to the public.

* * *

The CIA has a momentum of its own, and its operatives con­tinue to ply their trade behind their curtain of secrecy. They do not want to give up their covert activities, their dirty tricks.

They believe in these methods and they rather enjoy the game. Of course, without a presidential mandate they would have to stop, but the country has not had a chief executive since the agency's inception who has not believed in the fundamental need and rightness of CIA intervention in the internal affairs of other nations. When a President has perceived American interests to be threatened in some faraway land, he has usually been willing to try to change the course of events by sending in the CIA. That these covert interventions often are ineffective, counter­productive, or damaging to the national interest has not pre­vented Presidents from attempting them.

6 LINES DELETED

Kissinger and Nixon were concerned with what they believed to be a legitimate end--preventing a Marxist from being elected President of Chile--and the means employed mattered little to them, as long as secrecy could be maintained.

The new CIA Director, William Colby, has indicated on the public record that he intends to keep the agency functioning largely as it has in the past (while pledging to shun future "Watergates"). When Senator Harold Hughes asked him where the line should be drawn between the use of CIA paramilitary warriors and the regular U.S. armed forces, Colby replied that the dividing line should be "at the point in which the United States acknowledges involvement in such activities." Senator Hughes specifically put this answer into perspective when he said on August 1, 1973, "Mr. Colby believes that CIA-run mil­itary operations are perfectly acceptable as long as they can be concealed."

THIRD WORLD INTRUSIONS

Colby's--and the CIA's and the Nixon Administration's--view that "deniability" somehow allows the United States a free hand for covert intervention abroad (and at home) is an anachronistic hangover from the Cold War. Perhaps such actions could once have been justified when the future of the country was seem­ingly at stake, but no such threat now looms on the horizon.

The only two foreign powers with the potential to threaten the United States--the Soviet Union and China--have long ceased to be meaningful targets of CIA secret operations. Instead, the agency works mainly in the Third World, in nations that pose no possible threat to American security

2 LINES DELETED

The CIA is not defending our national security. It seeks rather to maintain the status quo, to hold back the cultural clock, in areas that are of little or no significance to the American peo­ple. These efforts are often doomed to failure. In fact, at least since 1961, the CIA has lost many more battles than it has won, even by its own standards. Furthermore, the very fact that the United States operates an active CIA around the world has done incalculable harm to the nation's international position. Not only have millions of people abroad been alienated by the CIA's activities, but so have been a large number of Americans, espe­cially young people.

The time has come for the United States to stand openly be­hind its actions overseas, to lead by example rather than manip­ulation. The changeover might disturb those government offi­cials who believe in the inherent right of the United States to ex­ercise its power everywhere, clandestinely when that seems nec­essary; but in the long run non-interference and forthrightness would enhance America's international prestige and position.

Even in an era when the public is conditioned to ever ex­panding and ever more expensive government activities, the $6 billion yearly cost of American intelligence represents a signifi­cant slice of the national treasury. The government spends more money on the various forms of spying than it does on the war against crime and drugs, community development and housing, mass transportation systems, and even the country's overt inter­national programs carried out by the State Department, the USIA, and the AID combined. Yet, unlike other federal ac­tivities, information on the intelligence community--how much money is being spent and where the money goes--is systemati­cally withheld from the American people and all but a handful of Congressmen. Behind this wall of secrecy (which exists as much to conceal waste and inefficiency as to protect "national security") intelligence has grown far beyond the need of the na­tion.

The time has come to demysticize the intelligence profession, to disabuse Americans of the ideas that clandestine agents some­how make the world a safer place to live in, that excessive se­crecy is necessary to protect the national security. These no­tions simply are not true; the CIA and the other intelligence agencies have merely used them to build their own covert em­pire. The U..S. intelligence community performs a vital service in keeping track of and analyzing the military capability and strengths of the Soviet Union and China, but its other functions--the CIA's dirty tricks and classical espionage--are on the whole, a liability for the country, on both practical and moral grounds.

But because of bureaucratic tribalism, vested interests, and the enormous size of the intelligence community, internal re­form never makes more than a marginal dent in the community's operations. The people in charge like things essentially as they are and they have never been subjected to the kind of intense outside pressure which leads to change in our society. Presi­dents, furthermore, have not wanted to greatly disturb the ex­isting system because they have always wanted more, if not better, intelligence; because they were afraid of opening up the secret world of intelligence to public scrutiny; because they did not want to risk losing their personal action arm for intervention abroad.

CONGRESSIONAL NON-CONTROL

The Congress, which has the constitutional power and in­deed, the responsibility to monitor the CIA and U.S. intelli­gence, has almost totally failed to exercise meaningful control. Intelligence has always been the sacred shibboleth that could not be disturbed without damaging the "national security", and de­spite loud protests from a few outspoken critics, neither legisla­tive house has been willing to question seriously the scope or the size of intelligence activities. Yet, if there is to be any real, meaningful change in the intelligence community, it must come from Congress, and, judging from past experience, Congress will act only if prodded by public opinion. The Watergate affair has, to some extent, played such a role, and the full review of the CIA's secret charter promised by Senate Armed Services Chairman John Stennis should be the first step in limiting the CIA's covert operations and cutting down the duplication and inefficiency of the rest of the community.

Congress should require the various intelligence agencies to keep it informed of the information collected. This kind of data should be routinely supplied to the legislative branch so it can properly carry out its foreign-policy functions and vote funds for the national defense. If the same information can be given to foreign governments and selectively leaked to the press by ad­ministrations in search of votes on military-spending issues, then there is no "security" reason why it must be denied to the Congress. The Soviets know that U.S. spy satellites observe their country and that other electronic devices monitor their ac­tivities; it makes little sense to classify the intelligence gathered "higher than top secret". No one is asking that technical details such as how the cameras work be given to the Congress or made public--but the excessive secrecy which surrounds the finished intelligence product could certainly be eased without in any way limiting the nation's ability to collect raw intelligence data by technical means.

As for the CIA proper, Congress should take action to limit the agency to the role originally set out for it in the National Se­curity Act of 1947--namely, the CIA should concern itself ex­clusively with coordinating and evaluating intelligence. At the minimum, if clandestine activities must be continued by the U.S. government, the operational part of the CIA should be separated from the noncovert components. In the analytical and technical field the agency can make its most important contribution to the national security, but these functions have been neglected and at times distorted by the clandestine operatives who have almost always been in control of the CIA. Intelligence should not be presented to the nation's policy-makers by the same men who are trying to justify clandestine operations. The temptation to use field information selectively and to evaluate information to serve operational interests can be irresistible to the most honest of men--let alone to the clandestine operatives.

However, the best solution would be not simply to separate the Clandestine Services from the rest of the CIA, but to abolish them completely. The few clandestine functions which still serve useful purpose could be transferred to other government departments but, for the most part, such activities should be eliminated. This would deprive the government of its arsenal of dirty tricks, but the republic could easily sustain the loss--and be the better for it.

The Clandestine Services' espionage operations using human agents have already been made obsolete by the technical collec­tion systems which, along with open sources, supply the United States government with almost all the information it needs on the military strength and deployments of the Soviet Union and China. The truly valuable technical systems--the satellites and electronic listening devices--should be maintained, although without the present duplication and bureaucratic inefficiency. Since Oleg Penkovsky's arrest by Soviet authorities in 1962, there has been no CIA spy who has supplied the United States with important information about any Communist power, and it is difficult to justify the expenditure of over $1 billion in the last decade for classical espionage simply on the hope that another Penkovsky will someday offer himself up as a CIA agent. As­suming that the CIA's most valuable agents will continue to be volunteers--"walk-ins" and defectors--a small office attached to the State Department and embassy contacts could be established to receive the information supplied by these sources.

While the CIA has been much more successful in penetrating the governments of the Third World and some of America's al­lies, the information received is simply not that important and can be duplicated to some extent through diplomatic and open sources. While it might be interesting to know about the inner workings of a particular Latin American, Asian, or African country, this intelligence has little practical use if the CIA has no intention of manipulating the local power structure.

The Clandestine Services' counterespionage functions should be taken over by the FBI. Protecting the United States against foreign spies is supposed to be the bureau's function anyway, and the incessant game-playing with foreign intelligence ser­vices--the provocations, deceptions, and double agents--would quickly become a relic of the past if the CIA were not involved in its own covert operations. Playing chess with the taxpayers' money against the KGB is unquestionably a fascinating exercise for clandestine operatives, but one that can properly be handled by the internal-security agency of the United States, the FBI.

CONSTITUTION UNDERMINED

As for the CIA's paramilitary tasks, they have no place in an intelligence agency, no place in a democratic society. Under the Constitution, only Congress has the power to declare war, and the United States should never again become involved in armed conflict without full congressional approval and public knowl­edge. If "American advisors" are needed to assist another country legitimately, they can be supplied by the Pentagon. The other forms of covert action-propaganda, subversion, manipu­lation of governments--should simply be discontinued. These are more often than not counterproductive and, even when suc­cessful, contrary to the most basic American ideals. The CIA's proprietary companies should be shut down or sold off. The agency would have little use for one of the largest aircraft net­works in the world it if were not constantly intervening in for­eign countries. The proprietaries, with their unregulated profits, potential conflicts of interest, and doubtful business practices, should in no case be allowed to continue operations.

The other countries of the world have a fundamental right not to have any outside power interfere in their internal affairs. The United States, which solemnly pledged to uphold this right when it ratified the United Nations charter, should now honor it. The mechanisms used to intervene overseas ignore and undermine American constitutional processes and pose a threat to the democratic system at home. The United States is surely strong enough as a nation to be able to climb out of the gutter and conduct its foreign policy in accordance with the ideals that the country was founded upon.

* * *

I can sum up the full intent and purpose of the CIA--GLOBAL ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT PLAN 2000 WITHIN THE "NEW WORLD ORDER".

I, further, believe that the authors would now concur with me and that no magnitude of "changes" would solve the problems involved herein.

I wish to go on record right now as stating that no-one in this lo­cation has had, prior to this, nor during this writing, any con­nection or contact with the authors in any manner whatsoever so I, Hatonn, claim full responsibility for all writings in this series of TANGLED WEBS.

I, further, fully intend to now give great dissertations on infor­mation gleaned elsewhere which has also been censored to you­the-public but has made it to underground press releases such as in the SPOTLIGHT, etc. This is for the purpose of allowing you readers to glean information to allow discernment. Currently you must confront the truth--you are TOTAL VICTIMS OF THE LIE AND UNTIL YOU RECOGNIZE AS MUCH--YOUR VERY NATION IS DESTINED TO FALL. FREE­DOM IS NO LONGER!

YOUR PRESIDENT, THIS DAY, HOLDS THE POWER OF DICTATORSHIP AND SETTING ASIDE YOUR CONSTI­TUTION BY THE MERE PRONOUNCEMENT OF SAME FOR THE DOCUMENTS ARE ALREADY SIGNED AND FUNCTIONING. FURTHER, IF YOU ERR AND ALLOW A FINAL CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION--YOU ARE FIN­ISHED!

I now give honor and full respect to ones: VICTOR MARCHETTI and JOHN D. MARKS. THE CIA AND THE CULT OF INTELLIGENCE. Originally published by: DELL PUB. CO., INC., New York, N.Y.

Mr. Marchetti, however, can be reached through his own Patriot information center New American View, P.O. Box 999, Hemdon, VA 22070-0999.

I AM NOT GOING TO GIVE ALL THE INFORMATION WHICH IS IN THE APPENDIX OF THEIR BOOK FOR I SINCERELY HOPE YOU WILL HONOR THESE GENTLE­MEN FOR THE SERVICE THEY HAVE GIVEN UNTO YOU AND UNTO FREEDOM THROUGH THEIR WORK, AND GET A COPY OF THE BOOK. THANK YOU.

Hatonn to clear.

PJ 49

CHAPTER 9

REC #1 HATONN

WED., APRIL 29, 1992 7:53 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 257

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 29, 1992

MALFUNCTIONS

We need to wait here a minute to allow Dharma to recover breathing--she just realized we are now over two-thirds the way through year five. This means she has known me since 4 days B.C.B. (Before Counting Began). Yes, we surely have covered a lot of material and kept the fingers busy and the "mind whirling" in 17 hundred and 17 days (not a bad mathematical symbol for this very day). We have only been writing JOUR­NALS, however, for the past 3-1/2 years so with 56 JOUR­NALS and a weekly (at least) newspaper--we have had very busy hands!

Why do I mention this? Because Dharma, and hopefully YOU, will understand that she could not have done this alone and I do not even include the Editors--of which there were none for a year or more. I ask that you use this for some level of confir­mation when you try to equate reality to this work. Further, life and life resources had to be tended also--this can only mean, chelas--SHE HAD A LOT OF VERY EFFICIENT HELP!!! HOW could she be so consistent and persistent? Because she recognizes our Truth and presence and her committed mis­sion as attached to us of the higher Brotherhood--no more and nothing less--she knows who we are and serves as agreed, as do ye other ones who have heard your call and respond. IT IS THE TIME OF GOD'S RETURN TO GIVE TRUTH OF "WHAT WENT WRONG" AND HOW TO FIX IT--AND, TO RECLAIM THAT WHICH IS GIFTED FOR YOUR USE AND NOW TIME TO RETURN FOR YOU HAVE ABUSED THAT WHICH WAS PERFECTION.

You are each (because EACH will answer for all experience on this plane of experience in action) quite allowed to believe or act in any manner chosen--but those actions and beliefs are what will decide how you get off that planet or HOW you remain upon it. God promised the WORD and it is manifest and He PROMISED TO PREPARE A PLACE FOR EACH OF YOU--AND IT IS SO--I SUGGEST YOU LOOK ABOUT YOU FOR THE RELATIONSHIPS OF THE REMAINDER OF THE PROPHECIES AND EXPECTATIONS OF EVENTS.

NOTATIONS OF THE DAY

A half-billion dollar stealth one-of-a-kind craft downed at Ed­wards Air Force Base on Sunday??? Malfunction???

$9 MILLION raised last evening at a DINNER of "HIGH RANKING REPUBLICANS" for the Bush campaign? What might those "high ranking Republicans" have to gain?--or lose? Is the handwriting getting more clearly defined on your crum­bling walls?

"Back to back" disasters have caused the U.S. Red Cross to be in the hole by millions of dollars and cannot even handle the re­cent earthquake expenses in California--not to mention the floods and drought, fires, etc. AND, YOU HAVEN'T EVEN BEGUN TO HAVE DISASTERS!

LOOKS TO ME AS IF THE NEW WORLD ORDER IS RUN­NING RIGHT ON TIME--BUT SO ARE GOD AND THE HOSTS. THEY (THE ADVERSARY AND HIS BAND OF HOODLUMS) ARE ABOUT TO INTRODUCE OUR PRES­ENCE, ALTHOUGH IT WILL NOT BE AS GOODIE-TWO­SHOES. I SUGGEST ALL OF YOU THINK MOST CARE­FULLY ABOUT THAT WHICH WILL BE TOLD TO YOU FOR THINGS ARE REALLY GOING TO START POPPING WHEN OUR APPEARANCE IS ACTUALLY ACCREDITED APPROPRIATELY. YOU WILL PARTIALLY, OR THOR­OUGHLY, DESTROY YOUR WORLD PRIOR TO ACCEPT­ING THE TRUTH OF IT, HOWEVER. HOSTILE ALIENS? OH, I THINK NOT--UNLESS OF COURSE, YOU ARE IN SERVICE TO THAT VERY ADVERSARY IN POINT. HOWEVER, IF YOU DO NOT HAVE, IN HAND, YOUR TICKET TO THE FACILITIES IN EITHER AUSTRALIA OR NEW ZEALAND--THE ELITE DO NOT INTEND TO SPARE YOUR LIVES. IT IS MOST CERTAINLY WORTHY OF HEARING THE REST OF OUR STORY AND PAYING AT­TENTION TO OUR LESSONS ABOUT GOD, HOSTS AND TRANSITION REGARDING LIFE PROTECTION AND PAS­SAGE INSTRUCTIONS--JUST IN CASE?!?

We must write more on the CIA, no matter how weary you are of the matter and want to get on with the above instructions--but the CIA is the police clandestine force which will be in charge of bringing down your nation and is the President's army to be used against you. It is mandatory that you know what you have to face from what has gone before in at least a few instances.

I thank the one who sent the recordings of a speech given by Philip Agee (to whom I dedicated the last Journal in part). If any of you want CONFIRMATION of our outlay--we will see how those tapes might be made available. They are simply copies of the meeting that someone recorded so we shall see what we can work out. Perhaps we can get THE WORD to of­fer them on "cost" or "rental" or something--like the video tape EXECUTIVE ACTION movie as referred to some weeks past. I shall turn that over to the "tape department".

I want to stop right here, right now, and honor the workers who make this material available to you. They give hours upon countless hours with little but appreciation (and often only abuse and evil assault) to get information out to you within one day of delivery from this computer or the micro­phone. Costs are kept to an absolute minimum and personal time and expenses, in addition, are contributed to be able to continue to send forth as much as humanly possible. There is no way that I can express my appreciation or my cherish­ment and love I feel for these unfaltering gifts unto this ser­vice. MY CREW IS THE BEST ON YOUR PLANET AND I HONOR THEM WITHOUT LIMITS FOR THEIR WAY HAS MOST CERTAINLY BEEN ONE OF DIFFICULTIES BEYOND THE REASONABLE. I most humbly thank them and can only promise that I SHALL STAND BEFORE THEM AGAINST THE ENEMY. THEY HAVE SEEN IT, FELT IT AND EXPERIENCED AS MUCH--I WOULD HOPE THAT YOU WHO RECEIVE WILL KNOW AS MUCH. THERE IS NOTHING THAT CAN STAND AGAINST THE LIGHT--FOR WE KNOW WHAT IS THE LIGHT AND EXACTLY HOW TO USE IT! Further, we are efforting to share that knowledge to all of you who will accept same. It is NOT "ascending"--it is simply growing into and within that Source of infinite being. This is NOT mysticism--simply a wondrous mystery unfolding in univer­sal Truth reality. Please know that all of your letters, even if they be negative in content--are gratefully accepted in ap­preciation for it is the only measure of value for service at this time of pressure.

At any rate, I shall suggest confirmation types of tapes also be made available somehow for ones of the reader circle are gener­ous with us with confirming input until there is no way to share it all. We have heaps and piles of documentation, clippings and writings.

As I am blasted with "Why don't you show yourself!", I am in wonderment--I do! Further, what makes you think if I went on a television show that you would be convinced or that it would be aired? I find it interesting to note that very often you are not shown, say, Bush--and yet you seem to doubt not that it is he you are shown--and how many of you have actually met the man in point? You are far, far more apt to MEET ME, my friends! I am "here" all the time, you just haven't yet learned to hear me. If you do so--you immediately go to the physician and "get it fixed" because "my ears are ringing, etc." If you don't hear the telephone ring and don't pick up the receiver--how can you hear the call or know who is on the other end of the line? I come with GOD--and I suggest that every time you look at a tree or a flower--or another being--that you remember as much. Look at your own hand or ponder your eye--I think you will have to agree that it is most interesting how you as a being came to be and how miraculously you operate as a machine--not to even mention the mind and soul of all creation held within that mind of yours. Deny me? So, shall ye then deny God and dis­allow His entry into thine places for you have become PEOPLE OF THE LIE and fear that which comes to attend HIS flock. The time is short now, for the KNOWING--and GOD WAITS--BUT NOT MUCH LONGER SHALL HE WAIT FOR IT IS COME, THE TIME OF CHOOSING AND SORTING. SALU.

COMMUNISTS" WILL TAKE YOUR NATION FOR
THEY ARE ANTI-GOD BY PRONOUNCEMENT AND
ARE THE NEW WORLD ORDER

Where can we begin? There are so many episodes of docu­mented involvement of your so-called "leaders", the CIA and integration with the Soviet Elite and Bankers of the Committee of 300 and the British Crown through British Intelligence.

Let us just give you a few to finish off this "TANGLED WEBS" volume starting after the book just honored. Let us go to a November 13, 1978, offering of the SPOTLIGHT--which by the way, the "big boys" have been trying to shut up and close down since it began publication. It has faltered in intent on several occasions but by and large was your only source of much in­formation. We certainly give credit where due and without such publications--YOU WOULD HAVE NO INFORMATION AT ALL. We are simply compiling and integrating information so you can have "the whole" in sufficient volume to confirm our truths to follow But, I repeat, without knowing what "went wrong" in your world--you cannot "fix it". To solve a problem you must know the problem and this is but simple deductive rea­soning.

I shall omit some of the article as to references to non-pertinent information or information which I do not confirm by my own scanners and data. In the interest of time and space, please keep this in mind as you read for we are too short of time and space to allow dallying. Please KNOW that we give full credit for the documentation as we present this information.

So: SPOTLIGHT, Nov. 13, 1978: SOVIET SPY OPERATING INSIDE THE WHITE HOUSE.

One of the Carter Administration's top officials is a long­term Soviet clandestine agent, a so-called "mole", who has pen­etrated the National Security Council, giving Moscow both the opportunity to listen in on the U.S. government's most sensitive policy deliberations and the ability to influence their outcome.

These are the alarming conclusions of an unprecedented "senior executive-level" counterintelligence probe, undertaken recently in deepest secrecy on President Carter's personal or­ders.

"Not since Watergate has Washington sensed the approaching tremors of a comparable scandal, or the making of a bigger cover-up." This was stated by a top counterintelligence in­vestigator. This was reminiscent of the early stages of the Wa­tergate affair; the cover-up of the "mole" crisis is being spear­headed by senior security officials. [H: Also, in the interest of space and to allow more relationship to current "time", I shall paraphrase this material and place it in proper "tense" so that you will continually realize this is "old" docu­mentation. Thank you.]

FBI Director William H. Webster invited himself to a private luncheon with the senior editors and executives of the Wash­ington "Post" on October 27, (1978), mainly to belittle the ru­mors about the discovery of a Soviet agent in the highest eche­lons of the "Carter team" to which he belonged. If such a "mole" did exist, FBI Chief Webster told the "Post's" bosses, "I've had no information about it."

CIA Director Stansfield Turner paid similarly soothing calls on NBC and CBS, and even allowed himself to be interviewed on a national panel show during the last week of October to re­assure the public that "I have no knowledge that there is a mole, a secret agent, inside the Central Intelligence Agency."

Such overeager advance denials were self-defeating, in fact devastatingly self-revealing: Directors Webster and Turner were decrying something the American public could not learn until after a 23-year-old former CIA watch officer named William P. Kampiles went on trial November 8 in Hammond, Indiana, charged with having sold a top-secret satellite manual to Soviet military intelligence. Kampiles himself appeared to have been merely a pawn in an international game of sellout and betrayal, in which the principal accused was the Carter Administration it­self.

Having launched an investigation of the "mole" affair, the following facts were determined:

* It was assumed by most of the administration's senior se­curity officials, including Zbigniew Brzezinski, that an uniden­tified long-term agent had been infiltrated by Soviet intelligence into the "senior executive echelons" of the U.S. Government. [H: I do find this most humorous, however, since the most clandestine agents of all are Kissinger and Brzezinski.] How this conclusion was reached will be related later in this report; the point was that the presence of an "adversary" infiltrator in the administrative councils which produce the nation's vital strategic decisions represents a grave security problem for which Carter's most trusted aides have been unable to find a solution.

* Moreover, beyond the threat of a Soviet penetration to the very heart of U.S. government, the "mole affair" gave rise to a second, potentially even more explosive security crisis, which emerged when a committee of experts--including a number of independent scientists--was set up to review all major strategic programs inaugurated since 1973 in order to assess the compro­mise and damage wrought by the Soviet penetration.

OWN WORST ENEMIES

It was found, in the words of a scientist who participated in this review, that "Carter and his people have damaged and at­tenuated American defenses far more disastrously than a dozen Soviet secret agents could."

That the most shocking revelations of the "mole affair" concerns mindless mismanagement and possibly malignant sabotage of key U.S. defense programs by Jimmy Carter and his "team" of peanut praetorians would come as a surprise to most of the American public which depends on the Establishment media for its news. [H: About that same time you must remember that a big cut-back and suppressing of the super-secret research programs aimed at developing decisive weapons for Amer­ica's technological arsenal--electronic countermeasures and high-energy beam weapons (called "death-ray") was made. This was deliberate and set the U.S. light-years behind the Soviets. It is true, you see, that the long-range weapon of today and the future is actually that "death-ray" technology and not, after all, the hydrogen bomb. The bombs just make the insurance of total destruction so much more likely. It is now noted that there were projections by insightful physicists that those actions would, in fact, be the one thing which would insure the subservience to the Soviets and for­ever render the U.S. incapable of supremacy. In fact, it was projected that "By the early '80's Moscow would command combat-effective beam weapons--and the U.S. still wouldn't have one.]

The documented exposes were studiously ignored by the ad­ministration. In private, Defense Secretary Harold Brown and other Carter cohorts treated it with cynical sneers. Brown, him­self an experienced techno-bureaucrat with a Ph.D. in physics, knew that this was conclusively the views of [above] some of America's ablest young scientists and engineers who KNEW some of what was going on but never to the extent of the clan­destine eventualities. They spoke with open bitterness, not just because some had lost their jobs when the defense bureaucrats known as "Carter's stranglers" canceled, underfunded or shelved their research and development programs, but because they knew, with the certitude of insiders, that the U.S. was los­ing the crucial death-ray race to the Soviets. The Pentagon's Central command post, the "E-ring", where Brown's top aides officiate, resounded with scoffing disparagement at suggestions that the Soviets were near "break-through" with the technology.

SCIENTISTS ALARMED

The White House suppressed or emasculated a series of intelli­gence reports warning that the Soviet government had targeted the development of a military death ray as its first-priority crash program. The smug sneers by Carter--who liked to describe himself as a "nuclear engineer"--and defense chief Brown, ex­pressing the complacent conviction that the Soviets could never solve the high-energy physics problems inherent in the acquisi­tion of beam weapons, proved fatuously wrong if not criminally negligent. The harsh truth is that the Soviets made enormous strides in those years in their all-out effort to develop the death-ray weapons. There is absolutely no way, once those cosmo­spheres and space platforms began to utilize that technology that you could ever again gain supremacy in any military race. It was a simple and unified plan set forth by the Elite Global Plan­ners and it worked--you fell into the trap--never to again extri­cate yourselves.

A check of some highly classified files revealed that while U.S. intelligence monitored eight separate successful Soviet space ex­periments with death-ray weapons involving both the manned Soyuz transport spacecraft station, as well as the unmanned Cosmos spacecraft, the top-secret memoranda reporting that vi­tal information was totally suppressed directly by the White House.

U.S. spy satellites detected mysterious charged-beam experi­ments at the Soviet test facility near Semipalatinsk, in the vast­ness of Central Asia. Unusual levels of thermal radiation and nuclear debris in the atmosphere clearly pointed out that high-capacity, pulse-power experiments were being carried out by Soviet scientists. These warnings were similarly dismissed by "nuclear expert" Carter and his defense bureaucrats. Now it is KNOWN that the remote Semipalatinsk test site was one of the KEY Russian death-ray development centers.

More alarmingly, USAF and CIA intelligence sources found ground-based beam weapons tests at the Sarova test site near Gorki. These were particularly advanced in variety, showing that the U.S.S.R. could field what was technically identified as an "anti-ballistic missile defense proton beam weapon"--that is, a long-range death ray powerful enough to knock U.S. inter­continental missiles from the sky--as early as the late '70's.

TERRIFYING FORECAST

At this point, over a decade past, this was a terrifying forecast and realization because the forecast has come to be--total control of the planet. The warnings of the concerned scientists and en­gineers were never allowed to reach public ears but were, rather, snuffed-out and clandestinely hidden from you-the-peo­ple except through a few "leaks" and through a few "discounted" publications labeled "treason" and "heretics". The reports, at most, were totally understated and on the conserva­tive side. I must tell you that in the 1980's the Soviets would begin to unveil a generation of incredibly effective proton-beam death-ray weapons bound to alter the entire strategic balance of power--forever.

Confronted with the prospect of an angry congressional investi­gation that might "make the worst furies of Watergate sound like a mild debate and lead to Jimmy Carter's impeachment", as one observer put it, the White House galvanized into frantic action. Behind the cover of clam-tight "national-security secrecy" the Defense Department and the National Security Council took the following crash measures:

* A "working group" of top American scientists was con­voked by the Defense Department to lay out a first-priority na­tional beam-weapon technology program for the following five years. Included in the special team were such leading authori­ties on physics and electronics as Edward Lee of the Lawrence Livermore Laboratory, Bruce Miller of the Sandia Corp., Mar­tin Lampe of the U.S. Naval Research Laboratory, Ray Pettis of the CIA, and some 18 others.

* Crash projects to develop various aspects of a combat-ef­fective death-ray weapon were being set in motion at the famed Lawrence Livermore facility in California, at the Army Ballistic Missile Defense Command near Los Alamos, and at Austin Re­search Associates in Texas, as well as at other top-secret place­ment sites. How many of you still believe we have given you "false" information regarding incidents reported here in the JOURNALS and LIBERATOR? These are facts, readers--FACTS!

* As Clarence A. Robinson Jr., military editor of the presti­gious "Aviation Week and Space Technology "--the one journalist who consistently fought the downgrading and neglect of beam weapons--reported in mid-October of 1978, "There does exist one promising and moderately advanced death-ray development program in the American arsenal. This is the super-secret naval research project code-named 'Chair Heritage' . If propagation tests scheduled for late 1981 prove successful, U.S. carriers will begin to deploy powerful electron-beam death rays against So­viet cruise missiles and attack aircraft. But just when this charged-particle weapons system will become truly combat-ef­fective is still unpredictable. Beam dynamics, conditioning, aiming and propagation are major scientific uncertainties in the U.S. because no work was done in those areas up until now--that we know of."

Moreover, the Carter Administration's sudden emphasis on death-ray development represented not a well thought-out pro­gram but frantic emergency measures by politicians anxious to cover up their mismanagement and dereliction of America's most vital strategic interests. And the long odds against the prospect that Washington could catch up with Moscow in that crucial area of defense technology were rendered well-nigh hopeless by the known presence of the unidentified high-ranking Soviet infiltrator in Carter's entourage. I can tell you this--a massive move to get underground facilities into place and operational became the top priority because it was then KNOWN that you as a nation could never win a confronta­tion when the Soviets would be ready to close-in. This was when the American public was left to pay the bill in total but have no facilities for survival under any circumstances of war. The certainty of this fact is now evident.

TREASON IN HIGH PLACES

Reconstructing the progression of events which led to the dis­covery that one of Carter's closest collaborators was a Moscow mole pieced together an almost incredible jigsaw puzzle of offi­cial misconduct, disloyalty and treason in the highest quarters and it has never diminished--only increased by leaps and bounds into more massive deceit and criminality.

The story traces back to the mid-70's when senior American military leaders were plagued by fears that the so-called SALT arms limitation deals with the USSR would weaken U.S. de­fenses to the point where simple submission to the Soviets might come to seem as the most reasonable course.

In an attempt to ensure that Washington should have at least a measure of forewarning about Moscow's real intentions, the se­nior service commander coaxed and coerced from the White House the approval and the required funds to develop the most efficient spy satellite ever built.

Code-named KH-11 when it became operational in 1977, the then-new spy-in-the-sky was a wizard at stratospheric surveil­lance. Equipped with three discrete sensing systems and a new generation of viewing lenses, it could identify military personnel on the ground by service insignia and rank, from an altitude of 200 miles. Infrared and multi-spectral sensing systems, as well as advanced side-looking radar, made the KH-11 as sharp-sighted at night as it was by day, whether in rain, shine or heavy overcast. It endowed the satellite with the ability to locate pri­ority targets on the ground--such as missile silos or train depots--no matter how cunningly camouflaged. In fact, the incredible KH-11 could instantly tell real trees and vegetation from camou­flage greenery.

In every way, the KH-11 represented some kind of a giant breakthrough in surveillance technology. All previous recon­naissance satellites, even the famed Big Bird, were limited to recording their observations on special film, which had to be air-dropped in parachute packs, recovered by special aircraft and then developed on the ground. KH-11 was different. It transmitted its information continuously, in a special digital computer code via instant communications links to ground con­trol stations where it was immediately reconstructed in visual form on huge display boards and "acquisition panels". With the KH-11 up on high, U.S. intelligence could keep an eye on every sort of Soviet military activity as never before--or so they said.

But for all their dazzling technological bravura, spy satellites had such a massive Achilles heel; they are vulnerable to duplic­ity, to sophisticated electronic countermeasures known in the in­telligence trade as "cover and deception". They, like all your "space" travel vehicles are also subject to instant take-out by the superior Soviet arsenal--which was utilized from onset of your eager-beaver trial runs. In truth, robot spies are as susceptible to being duped as any live ones if the enemy has the know-how to feed them information or "smoke". For that reason alone, the design, the internal systems and the targets of sky snoops are among every great power's most closely guarded secrets, and the information transmitted by these techno-spies is extra-care­fully monitored for authenticity--but, if one can monitor a satel­lite--SO CAN ALL.

Soaring high over the Soviet heartland, the KH-11 performed with some brilliance at first. But in early 1978 it began to be­have suspiciously. KH-11 was then transmitting information which struck the CIA and Pentagon evaluation analysts as adul­terated and doctored. Was it possible? Had the Soviets' intelli­gence pierced the KH-11's secrets? Were Russian deception specialists feeding misinformation to the U.S. super-satellite?

In strict secrecy, the National Security Council conducted a se­curity check on the KH-11. The counterintelligence probing proved fruitless for months. In July, however, there came a break in the investigation. The suspicions concerning KH-11's reliability were confirmed in a dramatic manner: The master spy who had sold the satellite's secrets to the Soviet KGB came for­ward and stumbled into the hands of the FBI.

INDICTMENT FOR ESPIONAGE

The FBI seemed happy. It had "solved the case", obtained a federal indictment for espionage, and since it had a confession from a suspect, it looked forward to a speedy conviction. But other counterintelligence specialists in the CIA and in the De­fense Intelligence Agency were far less happy. There was a "case" alright but everything about it stank of fish.

To begin with, the agent who had pulled off the master coup for the KGB was NOT a master spy at all. He was an inexperi­enced and subdued former CIA watch officer trainee named William P. Kampiles, barely 23 years old, who told the FBI that one morning in February, after having stood night watch in the control room of the operations center at CIA headquarters in Langley, he simply took home the ultrasensitive and mega-clas­sified KH-11 manual, quit his job, flew to Athens, and sold the invaluable compendium to a Soviet agent named Michael for $3,000.

It all sounded simple and straight-forward enough, but more than one veteran counterspy at CIA and DIA sensed that it was neither. Kampiles had told the FBI, for one thing, that in two parts--first the cover and the opening pages, then the whole book--he had sold the KH-11 manual to the KGB in late Febru­ary and early March. But U.S. intelligence had grown suspi­cious of the KH-11's security by mid-February; and if it was to be assumed that by then the Soviets knew all about the new spy satellite, then their information was acquired from someone else besides one named Kampiles.

CIA and DIA experts raised the question: Was Kampiles a pawn and a patsy? Had the KGB received its key information about the KH-11 from a much more highly placed and experienced Soviet agent in Washington than the green and naive Kampiles? Was the Kampiles case just another puff of smoke, of disinfor­mation meant to deflect suspicion from the real Soviet mole?

A number of unhappy developments during the second half of 1978 supported this theory. July brought the case of Ion Pacepa, Communist Rumania's vice-minister for security af­fairs, who suddenly "defected" to the West. In public view, Washington resounded with the jubilation of the administration's highest intelligence officials, who told the Establishment media that Pacepa had come over to the "free world" with mountains of invaluable information.

It was, of course, nothing but a show. Behind the locked doors at Langley, Pacepa got a grim and inquisitive reception. For the Rumanian vice-minister was not really a "defector". Working under deep cover, Ion Pacepa had been a CIA agent for years. His sudden flight from the Soviet bloc meant the loss of a valu­able agent-in-place. Why had Pacepa suddenly decided to cut and run? "Because," the angry Rumanian minister told his CIA interrogators, "someone here in Washington betrayed me to So­viet intelligence. I was lucky to get away with my life. I was about to be arrested."

Was Ion Pacepa telling the truth? Of course, during August the CIA lost several covert agents operating within the Soviet bloc. Their sudden arrest showed that a high-level mole was at work in Washington, passing vital security information to the KGB. By early September the hypothesis of deep Soviet penetration had gained enough substance to warrant a special coun­terintelligence probe.

Unknown to everyone except the President, the DCI and the small team of senior security experts who conducted the test, se­cret memoranda containing seemingly top-secret information were circulated among government leaders. The information in these files was designed to induce a traceable response from Moscow if a spy passed it on to Soviet intelligence. When the Russians displayed the expected reaction, right on schedule, counterintelligence could draw but one conclusion: There was indeed a hitherto unidentified, very highly placed, efficiently functioning Soviet agent somewhere in Jimmy Carter's "official family".

Carter's first reaction to these developments was, characteristically, a giant blunder: he ordered a review of all national-security programs for "damage assessment" and involved, as previ­ously noted, independent scientists in the review. Their verdict: by far the worst damage was attributable to Carter himself and his hand-picked defense bureaucrats.

Was Jimmy Carter the Soviet mole in your midst? Well, the President seemed safe, for most intelligence experts dismissed the suggestion with words to the effect that "Carter isn't smart enough." But then again, a really sophisticated Soviet intelli­gence agent could be expected to play it dumb. The enormity of the sabotage he inflicted on America's defenses certainly pointed to Carter.

It was noted that Carter had begun to act robotic and pro­grammed. He did foolish things even to the extent of making public statements regarding "killer rabbits"--by all means the people within the Administration and Secret Forces were con­cerned and making every effort to get rid of him.

The two reigning Rockefellers, former Vice President Nelson and Chairman David (at the time), had between them planted dozens of their intimate retainers--house scholars, policy plan­ners, senior bureaucrats--deep into the national-security estab­lishment. Henry Kissinger is only the most celebrated speci­men of this breed; there were dozens of others. Was the Soviet mole to be found among them? If so, it could turn out that he was merely implementing the Chase Manhattan empire's own policy of building closer ties with the Soviets. IS ANYBODY OUT THERE? ARE YOU EVEN A TAD NERVOUS? SO BE IT!

Could this "mole" be traced to CIA headquarters at Langley? If so he would only receive a murmured "naughty, naughty" and a false passport to spirit him out of the clutches of any interested congressional committee.

But, for the American people, the presence of an unidentified Soviet infiltrator in the highest circles of the administration which is responsible for their collective fate was not a joke. Al­though most of the facts were withheld from it, the nation's sense of urgency became a bit more clear; it demanded a con­gressional investigation to clear up some things such as the Augean stables of the Carter White House. Of course, once again, you used the very foxes for the hunt who just ate the chickens. These particular "foxes" doing the hunting are not the prey but the hunters in point.

I hope you will find it interesting to note that there never was a release of a mole--at the time of inquiry. It was, however, de­cided that Carter had to GO.

Let us take a rest please, while our readers do a bit of ponder­ing--because we still are only up to 1978. Look where you are today!

God bless and give you insight.

Salu, Hatonn to clear, please.

PJ 49

CHAPTER 10

REC #2 HATONN

THU., APRIL 30, 1992 10:20 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 258

THURSDAY, APRIL 30, 1992

TODAY'S WATCH

LOS ANGELES

I can see that I need to move right along with the CIA material for you are now getting a dose, in America, of what is coming. What occurred in Los Angeles last night because of an in­credibly horrendous judicial system gone amuck and drivel up­rising churned and spurred on by planted rioters--along with a Police Chief who "waited" to resign until AFTER this fiasco--is what will be happening all around your nation very soon now. With one exception--YOU WILL INSIST ON LAW AND OR­DER AT ANY PRICE--EVEN TO THE LOSS OF ALL FREEDOM.

The point was to wait for an incident to occur to precipitate such a massive show and tell. Worse for you ones, at this moment there are negotiations and compromises, blackmail and pushing--to blow the San Andreas Fault so that you can add "earthquake" to the disaster line-up in California. Note that there was another in the desert area--BUT NOT ON THE SAME FAULT AS THE LAST ONE. THAT INDICATES THAT IT WAS INTENTIONAL--IN AN EFFORT, AGAIN, TO TRIGGER THE BIG FAULT.

Dear ones, it cannot get "better" for things are so critical and so oppressive to these minority "victims" that it will not "go away". IT IS NOT PLANNED TO GO AWAY--ONLY WORSEN!

JURY

Was the jury who brought the verdict, insane? Fixed? None of the above. They were told to only consider actions of the offi­cers according to the official regulations and rules of the es­tablished police regulations. They were biased, yes, but the important thing is that YOU HAVE THESE TYPES OF IN­CREDIBLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS ON YOUR BOOKS AND ALLOW THIS TYPE OF BEHAVIOR UN­DER THE LAW. Almost all families in Los Angeles--even in the higher income locations--have had encounters with the police to match the Rodney King circumstances to some extent or an­other--especially if you have teen-aged children. Los Angeles has produced the most terrorist trained "troops" of your nation and you were just given an internationally viewed incident which will show you who is in charge before the day is out. Moreover, the citizens will have DEMANDED it. No guns, no ammunition--not even gas except directly into a "traveling" ve­hicle, curfew and state troops at ready for martial law--in an al­ready declared "state of emergency". It is following the pro­tocols of enforcement right down to the last detail.

Gates did not take leave of the service until following this inci­dent--and I promise you that there will be a great cry to keep him as this unfolds and he establishes order through massive force. You are between the proverbial rock and hard place, citizens, with no Elite intention of your winning either way.

Please let these things be visible proof of what we bring--and please, GET PREPARED for it is upon you--NOW. Pray that the minorities stay under control elsewhere as these days unfold for your nation of America is due for the worst race-riots in history--just waiting the trigger. This will give the police and army the opportunity to go in and kill and destroy with license. Ah yes indeed, you will demand the New World Order--right on schedule. May you be given into seeing and understanding.

Dharma, we need to give some more examples for the CIA cover-ups are the most apparent to discern the workings of the enforcement groups in action. You will note that the police in L.A. operated exactly like a military organization--with disci­pline and total restraint. That is GOOD TRAINING! This kept the city intact but the hate and revenge is boiling and churning and will be exploded out at anyone as the cauldron boils and spews.

When the judicial system has no integrity--there is no hope. I believe all of you, right down to my scribe, are tasting the hor­rendous brunt of a Judicial system become devoid of any Jus­tice. It is simply a sign that you are further "gone" than you might have imagined. May God be with you for there are treacherous times ahead.

The next writing is from, again, Victor Marchetti in April, 1979, some five years after publishing the book we have pre­sented. This is a daring Patriot and I give great honor and re­spect to him for his efforts to inform you of the citizens of the Americas.

CIA COVERS OWN SCANDAL

From a publication: CIA DESPERATELY TRYING TO COVER UP OWN SPY SCANDAL. "Soviet espionage has reached into the top ranks of American government for decades. Even 'liberal' scholars who used the Freedom of Information Act to get new FBI information in an attempt to clear the name of Alger Hiss now are themselves convinced that the former deputy secretary of state under Franklin Roosevelt passed secrets to the Soviet Union. In the three decades since, the public has found it "chic" to shrug off the spy threat. Now, the problem has grown, as America slept, to the point that many officials fear that within the U.S. 's super-spy organization, the CIA, our own spies, could be working for the Soviet side. "

QUOTE: (April, 1979)

There is a new spy scandal brewing in the nation's capital, and the CIA is desperately struggling to keep the lid of secrecy on the controversy. Intelligence experts and informed sources, however, believe the pot will soon boil over, revealing a scandal more damaging to U.S. national security than the infamous Rosenberg atomic spy case.

The immediate reasons for all this concern are two strange incidents involving CIA officers. One is the mysterious death of John Paisley, a former high-ranking agency official with access to sensitive information on Soviet military capabilities and the sophisticated technical methods (spy satellites, e.g.) by which such data are acquired. Paisley, "retired" but still a consultant to the CIA, disappeared while sailing his sloop "Brillig" on the Chesapeake Bay last September.

When a body, shot in the head, washed ashore several days later, it could not be positively identified either from fingerprints or dental records . But the CIA claimed that "Paisley" had "committed suicide". Paisley's wife of more than 20 years does not believe the corpse, which she was never allowed to view and which was soon cremated, was that of her husband. The Mary­land police handling the case are not sure, either. Nor are they certain of the cause of death. Therefore, they have not yet closed their file on the case.

Furthermore, there are many other curious circumstances as­sociated with Paislley's death. Numerous classified documents--which should not have been in his possession--were found on his abandoned boat and in his bachelor apartment in Washington.

When Paisley's disappearance was first reported, the CIA said he was a former "low-level economic analyst". Later, however, it was learned that he had been deputy chief of the agency's Office of Strategic Research and had participated in many of the SALT negotiations.

In addition, he had been a member of the "Pipes B Team"-- the group assembled by then CIA Director George Bush and headed by Professor Richard Pipes of Harvard to review the CIA's "soft estimates" of Soviet strategic military capabilities.

These facts, plus all the anomalies surrounding the case, have raised profound questions in the minds of intelligence experts.

Was Paisley's death suicide or murder? If he was murdered, who did it? And why? Was he a Soviet spy, a KGB "mole" who had burrowed deep inside the CIA?
As a result, the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence has quietly ordered an investigation into the mysterious death of John Paisley--and the CIA's internal security system.

KAMPILES TREASON

The other incident which set Washington's intelligence com­munity on edge is the William Kampiles affair. A young, for­mer low-level officer in the CIA's Watch Office (Operations Center), Kampiles stole a copy of the KH-11 spy satellite man­ual just before he resigned from the agency. A few months later in Athens, Greece, he sold the document--compromising one of the nation's most valuable reconnaissance systems--to the KGB for $3,000.

The CIA, however, only learned of the theft months after­ward, when Kampiles returned to the agency's headquarters in Langley, Virginia to promote himself as a possible double agent against the KGB. He was arrested, tried, and convicted late in 1978.

But during the damage assessment of the case, it was learned that several other copies of the KH-11 manual were missing from the CIA, as well as many other sensitive documents re­lating to U.S. satellite reconnaissance capabilities.

Suddenly, the Kampiles affair was no longer just an odd, isolated incident. What else had he stolen and sold to the Sovi­ets? Was there anyone else in the CIA doing the same thing? And why did the KGB allow Kampiles to expose himself to his former employers? Was the KGB protecting a mole, a more valuable spy, inside the CIA? [H: Isn't this fun? We know those answers and this is what "learning" is about--having some insight and fun along the way.]

A couple of weeks after Kampiles was arrested, John Paisley was shot in the head and fell or was pushed overboard from his sloop into the Chesapeake Bay. Is there a connection between the two cases? The CIA denies it. But intelligence experts re­call some other strange operations...and wonder.

CIA DEEPLY SPLIT

Nicholas Shadrin (originally, Nikolai Aramotov) was a Soviet naval officer who defected to the U.S. in 1959. Years later he became a double agent for the CIA and disappeared while on a mission in Vienna, Austria in December, 1975.

Sources close to the operation differ on what may have hap­pened to Shadrin. Some believe he was captured or killed by the KGB in a complex spy scheme which backfired, or even that he was murdered by CIA agents because he was secretly plan­ning to defect back to the Soviet Union.

In any event, the case, which involved the CIA, Defense In­telligence Agency, and FBI, has never been solved--despite per­sonal pleas by Presidents Ford and Carter to Soviet Premier Brezhnev. The Kremlin boss told the U.S. presidents to look in their own closets for the culprits.

Intelligence experts feel there may be some truth to what Brezhnev has implied. Even White House officials who have worked on the case say privately that the U.S. intelligence agen­cies are not telling the whole truth. As a result the president's own Intelligence Oversight Board is discretely investigating--and at least one member of the three-man group believes the intelli­gence agencies are trying to cover up the Shadrin incident.

A few intelligence experts suspect that Shadrin, who was given U.S. citizenship and made a consultant to the Pentagon, may have been a KGB double agent all along...and that is why the U.S. agencies have been withholding the truth from the White House.

Meanwhile, the case of Igor Nosenko, a KGB officer who defected in 1964, has come under renewed scrutiny--revealing that a deep split still exists among those CIA officers who worked on the operation. One group believes that Nosenko was sent out by the Soviets to cover up the fact that Lee Harvey Os­wald, the alleged assassin of President Kennedy, was actually a KGB agent and to plant disinformation in the U.S. intelligence community. Thus, Nosenko was held in a specially built jail and subjected to hostile interrogation for three years. But he never broke, although he was caught in numerous lies.

The other CIA group accepted Nosenko as legitimate and had him released from confinement. Later, he was made a U.S. citizen and a $35,000-a-year consultant to the agency, a position he still holds.

ANGLETON ACCUSES COLBY.

But last year, the CIA's former chief of counterintelligence, James Angleton, exposed the Nosenk affair, suggesting that the KGB officer's real mission was to disrupt the agency's and FBI's defensive efforts against the Soviet spying. He further suggested that he and several other senior officers who doubted Nosenko were fired by Director William Colby for only that reason. He even implied that Colby might be the KGB mole, or sleeper, Nosenko was attempting to protect.

Since then, Colby and the CIA pro-Nosenko group have struck back with vengeance. During the hearings of the House Select Committee on Assassinations last fall, the CIA gave Nosenko a clean bill of health--based largely on investigations ordered by former Director Richard Helms and his deputy, Adm. Rufus Taylor. The CIA spokesman, John Hart, a retired chief of station whose wife is now the CIA's chief in London, admitted that Nosenko was a liar--but an "honest" one. There­fore, he was a legitimate defector, but nothing he said could be believed. Hart also insinuated that Angleton and his fellow doubters were fired because they were incompetents. (The CIA has a nifty way of turning things upside down.) [H: So does Satan and that's why you must beware of him AND HIS TROOPS!]

For good measure, the agency loyalists leaked a story only weeks ago to the Establishment press claiming that Angleton himself had been under investigation as a security risk at the time he was fired by Colby.

That there is something seriously wrong with the CIA's in­ternal security system cannot be questioned. Adm. Stansfield Turner, present CIA director, said, "I won't say there is no mole in the agency." Turner recently instituted new, stringent security measures for all employees--no matter how high their rank. And he has launched an investigation, headed by Cleve­land Cram, another retired chief of station, into the secret agency's past and present dealing with the KGB.

ANOTHER COVER-UP

Cram's "investigation" is likely to produce nothing more than another cover-up. The higher up the Soviet mole is in the CIA, the more political protectors he probably has in the White House and the Eastern Establishment--and, therefore, the less likely it is that he will ever be exposed.

This is not the first time that the question of KGB moles in the CIA has been an issue. There have been many Soviet dou­ble agents dispatched to the U.S. and naively accepted as "legitimate defectors". And there have been security investiga­tions in the past of senior officers thought to be working for the enemy. But, always, everything has been swept under the rug of secrecy.

Still, one cannot dismiss the fact that the KGB has been able to penetrate all the leading intelligence agencies of the western world, or that the Soviets have been able to plant spies in the State Department, the military intelligence services, the National Security Agency, on the Joint Chiefs of Staff and, even in the White House.

All things considered, it is only logical and prudent to assume that Moscow has had the same success with the CIA. But you may never know because the agency and its allies in the media and elsewhere will cover up such a gross failure and embarrassment.

And meanwhile, it's business as usual between the CIA and KGB. CIA officers working out of the embassy in Moscow are caught red-handed and released without publicity. KGB officers operating out of the UN are trapped by the FBI, convicted, and released on bail--never to be seen again.

And the spy trades between the two clandestine services con­tinue. In summer, 1978, a low-level American agent, a college student captured in East Germany, was traded for an important Soviet illegal (a KGB officer with a false identity) and an Israeli agent caught in Mozambique while working with (or against?) Rhodesia and South Africa. It was a strange trade, especially when one realizes that the man behind it all was not Wolfgang Vogel, the famous East German spy trader, but rather Samuel Flatto-Sharon, a member of the Israeli Knesset and a crimi­nal who escaped from France before he could be prosecuted for embezzlement and check fraud.

Such are the mysteries of the international spy game.

END QUOTING.

I believe the above speaks for itself without my comments.

HOLOCAUST AGAIN?

I am, however, asked to comment again on the Holocaust of World War II. I don't know what is your problem that you have such trouble dealing with that which is factual. I do not discount the value of each and every person's life or limb in any alterca­tion--but children, when facts are presented to counter errors or outright lies, why do you not rejoice in finding that so many LIVED, rather than that one should submit that not so many perished? Is it possibly that someone or someone(s) gain much by the error in perception?

The "pictures" in great measure against which all stories are based are very influential in placing blame and horror. This is why you must be SURE from whence come the pictures and of whom they are. For instance, we have written of this before with this same truth but just this week I am blasted and then pre­sented with a picture of this child as "proof" of the fate of the multitudes. The picture in point is the famous "little ghetto boy". So, now for some FACTS:

This picture in point is probably the most famous "holocaust" photo of all: a bewildered Jewish boy with his arms raised, standing on a Warsaw (Poland) street under the watch of an armed German soldier.

The poignant picture has been reproduced millions of times, in countless magazines, films and newspapers. The world has been told over and over again that the little boy's fate was sealed: He became one of the 6 million Jews exterminated by the evil Germans during the "holocaust".

The historic picture was one of several dozen taken by official German photographers during the military operation against the Jewish Warsaw uprising of 1943.

Then, it happened--almost 40 years later, Dr. Tsvi C. Nuss­baum, a physician in Rockland County, New York, said that he is the famous boy in the photo!

UPSET THE PUBLICISTS

When the story of truth broke it broke big, friends, in the New York Times on May 28, 1982. The report was that Dr. Nuss­baum's statement upset the Jewish "holocaust" publicists who utilized the picture and who were "convinced that the symbolic power of the picture would be diminished were the boy shown to have survived."

Despite the striking physical resemblance and similar circum­stances of Dr. Nussbaum and the boy in the photo, the publicists "refuse to consider it at all". Perhaps this is identical to refusal to allow speaking out with actual numbers proving that someone for some reason has miscalculated with proper arithmetic. You see, when ones blatantly refuse to allow truth because facts pre­sent truth and numbers don't lie--then you must make laws which disallow the matter to be refuted in any manner.

So, let us look at what happened immediately after presenting in the Times that "Holocaust historians have long considerd the photograph a sort of sacred document."

Dr. Lucjan Dobroszycki, a historian with the prestigious Yivo Institute of European Jewish history in New York, declared that "This great photograph of the most dramatic event of the holocaust requires a greater level of responsibility from historians than almost any other. It is too holy to let people do with it what they want." Like perhaps, tell the truth? In other words, historical facts must not be allowed to diminish the pic­ture's emotional impact and political usefulness in the name of truth.

Poor Dr. Nussbaum was simply not prepared for the almost hostile skepticism. "I never realized that everyone puts the en­tire weight of 6 million Jews on this photograph," he said. "To me it looked like an incident in which I was involved, and that was it."

WELL REMEMBERS EVENT

Dr. Nussbaum can recall the incident shown in the famous pic­ture very well. In response to persistent rumors that the German authorities planned to exchange Jews for German citizens abroad, Nussbaum and some other Warsaw Jews emerged from hiding and gave themselves up in 1943. Their names were put on a so-called "Palestine List", and the group was sent to the Bergen-Belsen concentration camp in Germany. The photo was taken when the group departed from Warsaw.

I remember there was a soldier in front of me, and he ordered me to raise my hands," Nussbaum recalls. After his uncle in­tervened, the seven-year-old boy was allowed to join the rest of his family.

The young Nussbaum was liberated from Bergen-Belsen in 1945 by American soldiers. He spent the next eight years in Israel, but moved to New York in 1953, where be became a doctor.

Without a shred of evidence, countless millions have been told that the Jewish boy in the famous photograph was murdered by the Germans. That claim has now been exposed as nothing but malicious slander. And the reaction of Jewish historians to Dr. Nussbaum's revelation once again underscores the self-serving, subjective and emotional nature of what passes for "holocaust history".

Worse, ones who simply question the possibilities of things not being exactly as presented are met with such hate accusations as to be bewildering and international laws are set forth to prevent even speaking on the subject--WHAT IS BEING HIDDEN FROM YOU? HAVE YOU NOT HAD ENOUGH OF THE LIES? ARE YOU NOT READY TO REGAIN TRUTH AND FREEDOM? SALU.

There is another item which is being used as a battering ram against us and it is our simple statement, which is now widely known, is that the Federal Reserve is not "Federal" but is sim­ply privately owned. It is, therefore, all entangled within and for the IRS which serves as the enforcement collection agency for said bank and it's mother. I shall give you chapter and verse of a COURT RULING from the Ninth Circuit Court and pub­lished publicly in Jan. 1983 that states as much. We shall look at it when we again sit to write.

Dharma, since I kept you up all night and working, I ask that you take time this afternoon to rest so that we do not get behind as again, court looms in our near future over your home. I am so grateful to you precious readers who have shown love and concern over the problems for it is through that caring concern that we shall prevail intact and spiritually strong and unbroken.

The legal people have put together a superb appeal for "stay" and rehearing which will be hand-carried to the appeals court in Fresno today. This is an effort to have hearing on the facts of "bench" refusal to allow hearing (and other abuses by the Judge). We shall simply have to await response from the appeal panel of Judges. I shall keep you posted for if not "stayed", we have problems but can find alternative delays for a few extra weeks.

I see no hope for your Judicial system without sweepingly mas­sive changes. It is indeed terrifying to realize the extent of the problems evolved--but we can change it if we stick right with it and move ever onward.

Hatonn to clear.

PJ 49

CHAPTER 11

REC #1 HATONN

SUN., MAY 3, 1992 9:46 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 261

SUNDAY, MAY 3, 1992

LEGAL UPDATE

Hatonn present in Light and Brotherhood. We shall have to at­tend whatever comes next with our work from this sector. The case in point is this property and whether or not our scribe will have to vacate duties for this interim time to attend life necessities.

The request for "stay" went to the higher panel of judges as to whether or not to allow time for attending the incredible ren­dering of injustice by the Superior Court. This type of decision usually takes some fifteen minutes for finalizing--THIS case took over 24 hours. All judges involved saw the injustice and stated as much but final decision was made on the basis of con­tacting the original Judge Davis who, in turn, told them there was another route of gaining time and requested the judges deny the "stay". So--in brotherly violation of the justice system the "stay" was denied.

What we have now upon which to work is better from the legal aspect--much more profanely difficult for our people. Instead of the $215,000 cash on Wednesday of this week--it now requires $250,000 but does simply go as bonding into a court account instead of directly to the RTC. This allows return of the funds at time of appeal when the case is won or to the house if the case is lost; however, this would give another chance to over­turn the terrible injustice of putting a law onto the books which will "break" thousands upon thousands of property owners in the U.S.

The problem in point, however, is that without the bond there is no way to avoid eviction from the premise which literally pushes our people into the street for there is nowhere else to go. There is PROOF beyond a shadow of any doubt or discussion that there was NO SALE for this property as mandated and this is the reason it is NOT BEING ALLOWED HEARING--THE GUILTY PARTIES GO ALL THE WAY TO THE BUSH BOYS AND THE GOVERNOR AND THE RESOLUTION TRUST CORPORATION.

AMERICA, YOU HAVE FAR WORSE THINGS COMING DOWN ON YOU-THE-PEOPLE THAN A RIOT IN LOS ANGELES. THAT WAS AN ORCHESTRATED SHOW AND BURN TO ALLOW TROOPS TO BE BROUGHT IN AND, NOW, YOU SHALL BECOME CONTROLLED BY FORCE OF THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT. LOS AN­GELES IS A MASSIVE REFUGEE CAMP WITHOUT FREEDOM OF ACTION THIS DAY AND IT IS ONLY THE BEGINNING.

I am swamped with inquiries regarding the above case and what shall we be doing? Alternatives are quite limited but the fight will continue as long as funds can be gathered. At this point, however, there is shortage of funds to even continue the paper and publications so we must recognize human limitations and do the best we can under adverse circumstances.

What can YOU do? Continue to get informed. It is recognized that all ones are under incredible pressure in this transition and the only thing which shall ultimately allow prevailing is KNOW­ING TRUTH and at the same time protecting your assets and your sustainability as long as is possible. You see, something has happened which is wondrous. The media is having to keep the horrors of the incidents churning and giving great fear and "show and telll" to keep you believing things are horrendous. Well, the only horrendous things are those now perpetrated by your government.

GLIMMER OF HOPE

The events as unfolded in Los Angeles, for instance, were not only expected but were PLANNED and the gangs PAID-OFF to wreck the city. Now what is happening is basically brotherly insight taking over and hundreds of neighbors and friends have poured into the area and joined hands and shovels and are cleaning up the mess. The government and forces had not ex­pected this reaction--they have done everything they can think of to cause spreading of the events and so far the citizens are not taking the bait--THAT IS THE BEST NEWS AMERICA COULD RECEIVE AND IT SHOWS THAT YOU HAVE HOPE OF BEATING THIS "BEAST" SET UPON YOU. YOU ARE SEEING "GOODLY" BEHAVIOR BECAUSE IT IS THE RIGHT THING TO DO.

We shall simply have to work our own local problems out. Dharma and Oberli will file bankruptcy again which will stay procedures of physical eviction some 30 days in processing, thus giving a bit of time for funding the bond--beyond that cannot be yet seen. Just remember, beloved readers and friends--it is your love and mutual caring which sustains in the process--not the property in point for never shall it be the physical property in point but, rather, the injustice of the entire system which must be confronted.

I cannot seem to cause hearing but NOW IS THE TIME FOR THE CONSTITUTIONAL LAW CENTER TO STEP IN PUB­LICLY AND LOUDLY AND GET ATTENTION TO THIS CASE FOR IT GOES FAR, FAR BEYOND THE LIMITS OF AN INDIVIDUAL CASE--YOU HAVE NEW LAW BEING MADE WHICH WILL BIND ALL PROPERTY HOLDERS TO LEGAL LOSS OF PROPERTY WITHOUT ABILITY FOR HEARING! THE CONSTITUTIONAL LAW CENTER CAN ENTER A WRIT ON CONSTITUTIONAL GROUNDS--I WOULD SURELY APPRECIATE IT IF THAT WOULD BE DONE--NOW!! I suggest you go forth with bankruptcy and the appeal immediately, effort to raise the bond and GO FOR CONSTITUTIONAL WRIT, STAY AND NATIONAL PUBLICITY. THE DOENCH DUME' RULING WILL FINISH OFF PROPERTY HOLDERS WITH ANY VARIA­TION OR PROBLEM WITHIN REAL ESTATE TRANS­ACTIONS AND IT MUST NOT BECOME THE LAW OF THE LAND!

The Law Center also has opportunity to bring public attention to Tyson and other misappropriated civil abuses. I only have this further to say to you readers--Dharma and Oberli have carried the Constitutional Law Center almost alone since conception--they can no longer do so. It can be self-sustaining within a cou­ple of months but it has literally cost thus far the amount set aside for their own property which is now lost to them in order to sustain the Center so that the public can have some protection and help in hopeless situations. This cannot be done by the one or two--it requires the MANY. YOU are correct in your knowing that, when it worsens, ones will call upon God to "save them" and will have forgotten that they did little to SAVE selves or brothers in time to salvage freedom.

While you have not been watching, let me point out what has happened--right on schedule--which you may find of great inter­est. You must understand that your nation has been Executive Order' ed into imprisonment. You have given your nation into the hands of the New World Order through and within the legal control by the United Nations' blue-turbaned forces and the di­rection of the Elite One World Government. You must KNOW that while you were sleeping or distracted your SENATE RAT­IFIED A U.N. TREATY WHICH WILL TOTALLY NEGATE AND WRECK YOUR CONSTITUTION--YOU ARE NOW AT TOTAL RISK AS A SOVEREIGN NATION. NOW.'! NOT NEXT MONTH OR YEAR--NOW--FOR YOUR SENATE HAS PASSED THE RATIFICATION OF THE TREATY AND TREATIES STAND ABOVE ALL LAWS.

U.N. TREATY BRINGS "THOUGHT POLICE"

Your President Bush and Congress have dealt a death blow to your Constitution while you weren't watching through the ratifi­cation of the U.N. Covenant on Civil and Political Rights which brings limitations of freedom of speech and imposes penalties against American citizens to be determined by an international body.

Your U.S. Senate, with almost NO debate and not even a RECORDED VOTE and while the controlled media hid its eyes and never mentioned the operation, ratified a treaty permitting UN "thought police" to enter your country and charge you with a crime if your words are perceived to be politically incor­rect.

Senators, fearing public outrage and uprising, ratified the "International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights" (the hu­man rights treaty) with only a voice vote on April 2nd (one month ago). The vote came on a Thursday when no other sig­nificant action was pending because Congress was leaving town for its usual four-day weekend.

No senator demanded a roll-call vote to get his colleagues on record to later be confronted. Nobody questioned whether or not a quorum was present (and there was NOT). It was simply announced that "two-thirds had approved the matter by voice vote."

You were warned and warned over and over again about this pending threat to your Constitution, and we have prodded con­tinually to get you to watch, listen and demand this not happen--but it has happened. The Establishment media conducted a vir­tual blackout of the legislation and carried NO REPORTS OF ITS PASSAGE KNOWING THAT RATIFICATION WOULD BE FORTHCOMING IF NO PUBLIC INFORMATION GOT THROUGH.

The internationalists and their handmaidens in the media, knew from past failures and accidents in reporting, that a blackout would be absolutely necessary to prevent a groundswell of pop­ular opposition and further setbacks in the timetable to achieve the New World Order declared by President Bush.

TREATIES LINKED TO KILL FREEDOM

This treaty in point is directly linked to the Genocide Conven­tion and the human rights treaty. The decision of the President to request the Senate's consent to ratification is a most important step and one which builds upon the Senate's consideration of the Genocide Convention. And watch your wondrous Senator Daniel Moynihan for he is one of the program planners and in­stigators of the treaty.

GENOCIDE TREATY?

Oh, I had hoped that you would have remembered what it is. It, the Genocide Convention, empowers an international tribunal to declare American citizens guilty of "genocide" and punish them if someone perceives their words are causing "mental harm" to a particular self-proclaimed race or ethnic group--or a member of such group--regardless of facts or realities--sim­ply on accusations WITHOUT HEARINGS.

The treaty allowing the UN to police speech in the U.S. was first sent to the Senate by treasonist President Jimmy Carter, a Trilateralist, in 1978. President Ronald Reagan took no action (intentionally) on it. Bush, also a Trilateralist, sent it back and asked it to be ratified.

You think perhaps Bush won't sign the final law?? Forget it, little dreamers, he is the one who requested the quiet action in the manner stated and when it was first ii enacted sent it back and demanded ratification.

Now you have a real problem for at least the Genocide Conven­tion needed implementing legislation to codify it. This treaty NEEDS NO IMPLEMENTING LEGISLATION TO CODIFY IT UNDER U.S. LAW. According to the text of the resolution of ratification: "nothing in this Covenant requires or authorizes legislation, or other action, by the United States of America prohibited by the Constitution of the United States as interpreted by the United States."

This passage also implies the Senate is certifying that nothing in the treaty violates Constitutional guarantees, although if this were true they would have no need to approve a series of reser­vations along with the treaty.

DIFFERENT STORY

The "reservations" that were attached to the resolution tell quite a different story. Article 20 of the covenant prohibits "propaganda for war and advocacy of national, racial or reli­gious hatred that constitutes an incitement to discrimination, hostility or violence".

You saw the first of this power in action by the action of Bush in "Federalizing" the national guard of the Sovereign State of California AND SENDING IN FEDERAL TROOPS--THIS WAS APPROVED, CHELAS, BY THE UNITED NATIONS WHILE YOU DID A MESMERIZED STARING-AT OF YOUR MEDIA BLITZ OF BURNING BUILDINGS.

Because this would directly contravene the First Amendment guarantee of freedom of speech, the administration proposed, and the Senate approved, a reservation stating "Article 20 does not authorize or require legislation or other action by the United States that would restrict the right of free speech and association protected by the Constitution and the laws of the United States."

The Foreign Relations Committee, in its report on the resolu­tion, specifically stated: "The Committee recognizes that these restrictions (Article 19 and Article 20, which impose limits on speech that poses a threat to national security, public order, or that incites racial hatred) are inconsistent with the guarantees of free speech in the U.S. Constitution and the Bill of Rights and, therefore, strongly supports the Administration's proposed reservation to Article 20."

TREATY; BLUEPRINT TO SLAVERY.

But the report also says: "In areas such as these, it may be appropriate and necessary to question whether changes in U.S. law should be made to bring the United States into full compliance at the international level. However, the Committee anticipates that changes in U.S. law in these areas will occur through the nor­mal legislative process."

In other words, full compliance will be achieved, not through a single stroke of implementing legislation, but rather through a gradual process of bringing U.S. law into conformity with New World Order standards, using the UN treaty as a blueprint. Further, it is assured through the documents that "The United States will in fact comply with the obligations it is hereby as­suming," stated directly by Sen. Moynihan when questioned.

While UN police with blue arm bands and berets (turbans, i.e., Nostradamus) will not be arresting Americans "tomorrow" for illegal speech, it is to become a factor within the overall plan and instituted "...no later than 1993 to insure international sta­bility and unity in actions" when the "reality of a world govern­ment is achieved".

It is necessary to get such treaties in place now, one increment at a time, so by the time Americans awaken to their danger they will be subjects of a world empire controlled by the evil forces of high finance which control the United Nations, in which the United States will be a mere SLAVE province.

SURRENDERING YOUR RIGHTS

The treaty passed on April 2, 1992, "without amendment", leaves intact all the language surrendering American rights and sovereignty cleared by the Foreign Relations Committee and your CFR (Council on Foreign Relations).

"Certain restrictions" on the right of free speech to protect "reputations of others...or of public health and morals (as well as public figures under attack for real or perceived charges) are also approved by the treaty." International courts--not the U.S. Supreme Court--will decide at what point vigorous discussion becomes "advocacy" of "hatred" according to the hearing committee in sitting.

If any of the other 99 signatory nations found an American's words offensive, a UN Rights Committee would come to your place to investigate and report. If unable to reach a solution, the matter would be turned over to a UN Commission, composed of citizens of other countries--chosen by the UN and most affected by the accusations.

The UN Commission would then report to the UN's General Assembly, which would decide what punishment to inflict and would be the final "word" without recourse to higher appeal.

No Americans (other than the defendant) need be involved at all.

For a voter to determine how his Senator was counted, it will be necessary to call or write and press the issue. Many will try to appease voters by asserting they "did not vote for" the measure for there will be no "hard" record of voters on the issue. They will not, however, be able to answer why they failed to demand a recorded vote--as any one of them could have done under Senate rules had it ever been so much as put into discussion.

GOOD LUCK AMERICA!

FOREIGN AID SET BY ELITE

Here is another sleight-of-hand that is so obvious that you-the-­people missed it. The Bush Administration is handing over to international agencies of the UN and the bankers the authority to distribute and set the levels of U.S. foreign aid. This is another milestone on the road to Bush's New World Order. The Inter­national Monetary Fund and World Bank ARE THE FUNDING SOURCES WHO OWN YOUR WORLD AND THEY JUST INITIATED THE SOVIETS INTO THE FOLD.

Does it not give you a thrill to see old rivals like Gorbachev and Reagan embracing and kissing as Gorbachev and his bride visit the good old USA? Ah, indeed, the now President of Kissinger Associates in Moscow visiting his property and business ven­tures in the USA! He can also check personally on the status of all the grain deals and future options guaranteed by your giant Grain Cartels of the Banking World who sold out your entire store of grain and agriculture products and shipped them out of your country--just like all your reserves and supply of gold. It is now pay-off time for the gutting of a nation to be followed on by Yeltsin in June. They are here to visit their property in joint-venture with Great Britain and your Administration. Welcome the New World Order, beloved victims of the Elite, for it is HERE.

The $24 billion plan to bail out the emerging nations of the for­mer Soviet Union is being handled, not by the U.S. Agency for International Development, the agency charged by you-the-peo­ple for making these decisions, but by a little-known unit of the International Monetary Fund (IMF).

The World Government, once the secret design of an interna­tionalist elite, is now an economic reality. American taxpayers are being submerged into the teeming multitudes of the ex­ploited, stretching from Brazil to Russia--a vast, global mass of voiceless wage slaves, to be manipulated and skinned at will by the international bankers--without recourse.

Many who are also internationalists, are moved and stunned by the rapid pace of the surrender of U.S. sovereignty. Even your former UN envoy and helper to The Plan, Jeane Kirkpatrick, issued a warning as the shock of the truth hit home. She wrote: "It becomes ever clearer that President George Bush, without saying so, is dead serious about strengthening international in­stitutions by transferring to them decisions and functions that have traditionally (Editors: and constitutionally) been viewed as the business of national governments."

The "lion's share" of U.S. economic assistance to East Europe and the former Soviet Union, she wrote, will "be channeled through international financial institutions", rather than the U.S. Agency for International Development, which was created for that purpose.

RAGGED EDGE

The results are easily seen as they are already apparent. The Russian Congress of People's Deputies is on the verge of revolt over the IMF's requirements for aid, charging they are "ill con­ceived and unnecessarily harsh".

Poland's prime minister, Jan Olszewski, appealed to Bush to get the IMF to ease up on the economic terms it has imposed in re­turn for a $2.5 billion aid program. The aid was suspended af­ter popular pressure forced the government to violate IMF tar­gets.

The IMF has quickly become the dominant force in Russia's economy. Under its directives, a gallon of gas, for instance, has risen from four rubles to 30 in less than a month. The prices of other daily necessities have shot up even more. Over­all the Moscow consumer price index has soared some 1,700 percent during the first quarter of the year--devastating hyperin­flation Americans will still find hard to comprehend--but com­prehension will be coming along soon enough.

AMERICA WILL PAY!

American taxpayers will pay for this new economic order after having paid for the bail-out of America's and Mexico's mega-banks; they (YOU) will have to put up most of the money for refinancing the "busted" Soviet financial system.

The assistance package will be distributed through one of the IMF's little-known extensions called the General Arrangements to Borrow (GAB) unit.

Ominously, the last time multibillion-dollar handouts were sluiced through GAB was during the massive bank bail-outs of the 1980's. The first round of Soviet economic assistance will likely cost the U.S. some $9 billion right off for starters. But that is just the upstart, the appetizer. It will sharpen and in­crease as the megabanks grab for more and the laws get adjusted to allow the American taking of all property and assets from its citizens through agencies such as the Resolution Trust Corpora­tion.

Don't be fooled, either, by ones such as Jeane Kirkpatrick for she has untiringly helped set the stage for this current globalist coup de' etat as far back as into the Reagan years. If she seems puzzled by it, it is that there is so much more to it than simply the surrender of sovereignty: The way to steal really BIG MONEY from the taxpayers is through the IMF!

RETURN TO: SILENT WEAPONS FOR QUIET WARS

TOP SECRET-SONFIDENTIAL

Please recall that some weeks back we spoke briefly on this topic and I promised to get back to the issue at first opportunity. I believe it is especially critical that you now have access to the "programing manual" as was referred to at the time.

Remember this document was marked "TOP SECRET" and was uncovered, having been stashed for clandestine transfer, in a copy machine which inadvertently got moved prior to pickup of the document, and the dismantlers came into control of the doc­ument. These are details of a plan, hatched in the embryonic days of the "Cold War", which called for control of the masses through manipulation of industry, peoples' pastimes, education and political leanings. It called for a quiet revolution, pitting brother against brother, and diverting the public's attention from what is really going on.

I request that Dharma simply reproduce it herein for your con­sideration.

OPERATIONS RESEARCH TECHNICAL MANUAL
TM-SW 7905.1

SECURITY

It is patently impossible to discuss social engineering of the automation of a society, i.e., the engineering of social automation systems (silent weapons) on a national or worldwide scale without implying extensive objectives of social controls and de­struction of human life, i.e., slavery and genocide.

This manual is in itself an analog declaration of intent. Such a writing must be secured from public scrutiny. Otherwise, it might be recognized as a technically formal declaration of do­mestic war. Furthermore, whenever any person or group of persons in a position of great power and without the full knowl­edge and consent of the public, uses such knowledge and methodology for economic conquest--it must be understood that a state of domestic warfare exists between said person or group of persons and the public.

The solution of today's problems requires an approach which is ruthlessly candid, with no agonizing over religious, moral, or cultural values.

You have qualified for this project because of your ability to look at human society with cold objectivity, and yet analyze and discuss your observations and conclusions with others of similar intellectual capacity without a loss of discretion or humility.

Such virtues are exercised in your own best interests. Do not deviate from them.

WELCOME ABOARD

This publication marks the 25th anniversary of the Third World War, called the "Quiet War", being conducted using subjective biological warfare, fought with "silent weapons".

This book contains an introductory description of this war, its strategies, and its weaponry.

May 1979 #74-1120

HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION

Silent weapon technology has evolved from Operations Re­search (O.R.), a strategic and tactical methodology developed under the military management in England during World War II. The original purpose of Operations Research was to study the strategic and tactical problems of air and land defense with the objective of effective use of limited military resources against foreign enemies (i.e., logistics).

It was soon recognized by those in positions of power that the same methods might be useful for totally controlling a society. But better tools were necessary.

Social engineering (the analysis and automation of a society) requires the correlation of great amounts of constantly changing economic information (data), so a high speed computerized data processing system was necessary which could race ahead of the society and predict when society would arrive for capitulation.

Relay computers were too slow, but the electronic computer, invented in 1946 by J. Presper Eckert and John W. Mauchly filled the bill.

The next breakthrough was the development of the simplex method of linear programming in 1947 by the mathematician George B. Dantzig.

Then, in 1948, the transistor, invented by J. Bardeen, W. H. Brattain, and W. Shockley, promised great expansion of the computer field by reducing space and power requirements.

With these three inventions under their direction, those in po­sitions of power strongly suspected that it was possible for them to control the whole world with the push of a button.

Immediately, the Rockefeller Foundation got in on the ground floor by making a four year grant to Harvard College, funding the Harvard economic research project for the study of the structure of the American economy. One year later, in 1949, the United States Air Force joined in.

In 1952 the original grant period terminated, and a high level meeting of the elite was held to determine the next phase of so­cial operations research. The Harvard project had been very fruitful as is borne out by the publication of some of its results in 1953 suggesting the feasibility of economic (social) engineering. (STUDIES IN THE STRUCTURE OF THE AMERICAN ECONOMY--copyright 1953 by Wasonily Leontief, Interna­tional Sciences Press Inc., White Plains, New York.)

Engineered in the last half decade of the 1940's, the now Quiet War machine stood, so to speak, in sparkling gold plated hardware on the showroom floor by 1954.

With the creation of the maser in 1954, the promise of un­locking unlimited sources of fusion atomic energy from the heavy hydrogen in sea water and the consequent availability of unlimited social power became a possibility only decades away.

The combination was irresistible.

The Quiet War was quietly declared by the international elite at a meeting held in 1954.

Although the silent weapons system was nearly exposed 13 years later, the evolution of the new weapon system has never suffered any major setbacks.

This volume marks the 25th anniversary of the beginning of the Quiet War. Already this domestic war has had many victo­ries on many fronts throughout the world.

POLITICAL INTRODUCTION

In 1954 it was well recognized by those in positions of au­thority that it was only a matter of time, only a few decades, be­fore the general public would be able to grasp and upset the cra­dle of power, for the very elements of the new silent weapon technology were as accessible for a public utopia as they were for providing a private utopia.

The issue of primary concern, that of dominance, revolved around the subject of the energy sciences.

ENERGY

Energy is recognized as the key to all activity on Earth. Nat­ural science is the study of the sources and control of natural en­ergy, and social science, theoretically expressed as economics, is the study of the sources and control of social energy. Both are bookkeeping systems: mathematics. Therefore, mathematics is the primary energy science. And the bookkeeper can be king if the public can be kept ignorant of the methodology of the bookkeeping.

All science is merely a means to an end. The means is knowledge. The end is control. Beyond this remains only one issue, "who will be the beneficiary?".

In 1954 this was the issue of primary concern. Although the so-called "moral issues" were raised, in view of the law of natu­ral selection it was agreed that a nation or world of people who will not use their intelligence are no better than animals who do not have intelligence. Such a people are beasts of burden and stakes on the table by choice and consent.

CONSEQUENTLY, in the interest of future world order, peace, and tranquility, it was decided to privately wage a quiet war against the American public with an ultimate objective of permanently shifting the natural and social energy (wealth) of the undisciplined and irresponsible many into the hands of the self-disciplined, responsible, and worthy few.

In order to implement this objective, it was necessary to cre­ate, secure, and apply new weapons which, as it turned out, were a class of weapons so subtle and sophisticated in their principle of operation and public appearance as to earn for themselves the name 'silent weapons'.

In conclusion, the objective of economic research, as con­ducted by the magnates of capital (banking) and the industries of commodities (goods) and services, is the establishment of an economy which is totally predictable and manipulatable.

In order to achieve a totally predictable economy, the low class elements of the society must be brought under total con­trol, i.e., must be house-broken, trained, and assigned a yoke and long term social duties from a very early age, before they have an opportunity to question the propriety of the matter. In order to achieve such conformity, the lower class family unit must be disintegrated by a process of increasing preoccupation of the parents and the establishment of government operated day care centers for the occupationally orphaned children.

The quality of education given to the lower class must be of the poorest sort, so that the moat of ignorance isolating the infe­rior class from the superior class is and remains incompre­hensible to the inferior class. With such an initial handicap, even bright lower class individuals have little if any hope of ex­tricating themselves from their assigned lot in life. This form of slavery is essential to maintaining some measure of social order, peace, and tranquility for the ruling upper class.

DESCRIPTIVE INTRODUCTION OF THE
SILENT WEAPON

Everything that is expected from an ordinary weapon is ex­pected from a silent weapon by its creators, but only in its own manner of functioning.

It shoots situations, instead of bullets; propelled by data pro­cessing, instead of a chemical reaction (explosion); originating from bits of data, instead of grains of gunpowder; from a com­puter instead of a gun; operated by a computer programmer, in­stead of a marksman; under the orders of a banking magnate, instead of a military general.

It makes no obvious explosive noises, causes no obvious physical or mental injuries, and does not obviously interfere with anyone's daily social life.

Yet it makes an unmistakable "noise", causes unmistakable physical and mental damage, and unmistakably interferes with daily social life, i.e., unmistakable to a trained observer, one who knows what to look for.

The public cannot comprehend this weapon, and therefore cannot believe that they are being attacked and subdued by a weapon.

The public might instinctively feel that something is wrong, but because of the technical nature of the silent weapon, they cannot express their feelings in a rational way, or handle the problem with intelligence. Therefore, they do not know how to cry for help, and do not know how to associate with others to defend themselves against it.

When a silent weapon is applied gradually to the public, the public adjusts/adapts to its presence and learns to tolerate its en­croachment on their lives until the pressure (psychological via economic) becomes too great and they crack-up.

Therefore, the silent weapon is a type of biological warfare. It attacks the vitality, options, and mobility of the individuals of a society by knowing, understanding, manipulating, and at­tacking their sources of natural and social energy, and their physical, mental, and emotional strengths and weaknesses.

THEORETICAL INTRODUCTION

"Give me control over a nation's currency, and I care not who
makes its laws."
Mayer Amschel Rothschild (1743-1812)

Today's silent weapons technology is an outgrowth of a sim­ple idea discovered, succinctly expressed, and effectively ap­plied by the quoted Mr. Mayer Amschel Rothschild. Mr. Rothschild discovered the missing passive component of economic theory known as economic inductance. He, of course, did not think of his discovery in these 20th century terms, and, to be sure, mathematical analysis had to wait for the Second Industrial Revolution, the rise of the theory of mechanics and electronics, and finally, the invention of the electronic computer before it could be effectively applied in the control of the world econ­omy.

GENERAL ENERGY CONCEPTS

In the study of energy systems, there always appear three el­ementary concepts. These are potential energy, kinetic energy, and energy dissipation. And corresponding to these concepts, there are three idealized, essentially pure physical counterparts, called passive components.

(1) In the science of physical mechanics, the phenomenon of potential energy is associated with a physical property called elasticity or stiffness, and can be represented by a stretched spring.

In electronic science, potential energy is stored in a capacitor in­stead of a spring. This property is called capacitance instead of elasticity or stiffness.

(2) In the science of physical mechanics, the phenomenon of kinetic energy is associated with a physical property called iner­tia or mass, and can be represented by a mass or a flywheel in motion.

In electronic science, kinetic energy is stored in an inductor (in a magnetic field) instead of a mass. This property is called inductance instead of inertia.

(3) In the science of physical mechanics, the phenomenon of energy dissipation is associated with a physical property called friction or resistance and can be represented by a dashpot or other device which converts system energy into heat.

In electronic science, dissipation of energy is performed by an element called either a resistor or a conductor, the term 'resistor' being the one generally used to express the concept of friction, and the term 'conductor' being generally used to de­scribe a more ideal device (e.g., wire) employed to convey electric energy efficiently from one location to another. The property of a resistance or conductor is measured as either re­sistance or conductance, reciprocals.

In economics these three energy concepts are associated with:

(1) Economic Capacitance--Capital (money, stock/-inventory, investments in buildings and durables, etc.)

(2) Economic Conductance--Goods (production flow coefficients)

(3) Economic Inductance--Services (the influence of the population on industry or output)

All of the mathematical theory developed in the study of one energy system, (e.g., mechanics, electronics, etc.) can be im­mediately applied in the study of any other energy system (e.g., economics).

MR. ROTHSCHILD'S ENERGY DISCOVERY

Mr. Rothschild had discovered that currency or deposit loan accounts had the required appearance of power that could be used to induce people (inductance, with people corresponding to a magnetic field) into surrendering their real wealth in exchange for a promise of greater wealth (instead of real compensation). They would put up real collateral in exchange for a loan of promissory notes. Mr. Rothschild found that he could issue more notes than he had backing for, so long as he had some­one's stock of gold as a persuader to show to his customers.

Mr. Rothschild loaned his promissory notes to individuals and to governments. These would create over-confidence. Then he would make money scarce, tighten control of the system, and collect the collateral through the obligation of con­tracts. The cycle was then repeated. These pressures could be used to ignite a war. Then he would control the availability of currency to determine who would win the war. That govern­ment which agreed to give him control of its economic system got his support. Collection of debts was guaranteed by eco­nomic aid to the enemy of the debtor. The profit derived from this economic methodology made Mr. Rothschild all the more wealthy and all the more able to extend his wealth. He found that the public greed would allow currency to be printed by gov­ernment order beyond the limits (inflation) of backing in pre­cious metal or the production of goods and services (gross na­tional product, GNP).

THIS WILL BE CONTINUED AT NEXT WRITING.

Please allow us a rest break.
Hatonn to clear.

PJ 49

CHAPTER 12

REC #1 HATONN
MON., MAY 4, 1992 8:10 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 262

MONDAY, MAY 4, 1992

SILENT WEAPONS/SILENT WAR

CONTINUED

There is no such thing as an empty space or an empty time. There is always something to see, something to hear. In fact, try as you may to make a silence, you cannot. But 'tis through this time of perceived "silence" that ALL can be accomplished--therefore ye must attend this segment of existence with most careful attention for the enemy feeds upon your vulnerability while within that "silence". YOU will fill it with Light or the darkness will fill it with that which pulls you down into his entrapment. It is YOU who must bring the Light within to guard from the dark shadows. May you learn this lesson well.

DIAGRAMS AND SCHEMATICS

This document which is being offered for consideration is so filled with diagrams and equations that there is no way to "type" them into this writing style. I shall evaluate as we move along and perhaps will have to insert them separately or simply use the "concept". The schematics somewhat simplify for those of you who are advanced mathematicians but do little save confuse further if not. I shall turn the information over to Ranos and determine if it can be presented in the larger document (book). I see no positive input in the Liberator or accompanying tapes except for the very, very few and, therefore, shall not effort to include them at this writing. If we err and refer to diagram­matic expression, please know that we have the information available and if you contact THE WORD, we shall most cer­tainly make a copy available to you immediately.

APPARENT CAPITAL AS "PAPER" INDUCTOR

In this structure, credit, presented as a pure circuit element called "currency", has the appearance of capital, but is, in fact, negative capital. Hence, it has the appearance of service, but is, in fact, indebtedness or debt. It is therefore an economic in­ductance instead of an economic capacitance and, if balanced in no other way, will be balanced by the negation of population (war, genocide). The total goods and services represents real capital called the gross national product, and currency may be printed up to this level and still represent economic capacitance; but currency printed beyond this level is subtractive, represents the introduction of economic inductance, and constitutes notes of indebtedness. War is therefore the balancing of the system by killing the true creditors (the public which we have taught to ex­change true value for inflated currency) and falling back on whatever is left of the resources of nature and the regeneration of those resources.

Mr. Rothschild had discovered that currency gave him the power to rearrange the economic structure to his own advan­tage, to shift economic inductance to those economic positions which would encourage the greatest economic instability and os­cillation.

The final key to economic control had to wait until there was sufficient data and high speed computing equipment to keep close watch on the economic oscillations created by price shocking and excess paper energy credits--(paper induc­tance/inflation).

BREAKTHROUGH

The aviation field provided the greatest evolution in economic engineering by way of the mathematical theory of shock testing. In this process, a projectile is fired from an airframe on the ground and the impulse of the recoil is monitored by vibration transducers connected to the airframe and wired to chart recorders. By studying the echoes or reflections of the recoil impulse in the airframe, it is possible to discover critical vibrations in the structure of the airframe which either vibrations of the engine or aeolian vibrations of the wings, or a combination of the two, might reinforce resulting in a resonant self-destruc­tion of the airframe in flight as an aircraft. From the standpoint of engineering, this means that the strengths and weaknesses of the structure of the airframe in terms of vibrational energy can be discovered and manipulated.

APPLICATION IN ECONOMICS

To use this method of airframe shock testing in economic en­gineering, the prices of commodities are shocked, and the public consumer reaction is monitored. The resulting echoes of the economic shock are interpreted theoretically by computers and the psycho-economic structure of the economy is thus discov­ered. It is by this process that partial differential and difference matrices are discovered that define the family household and make possible its evaluation as an economic industry (dissipative consumer structure). Then the response of the household to fu­ture shocks can be predicted and manipulated, and society be­comes a well regulated animal with its reins under the control of a sophisticated computer-regulated social energy bookkeeping system.

Eventually every individual element of the structure comes under computer control through a knowledge of personal prefer­ences, such knowledge guaranteed by computer association of consumer preferences (universal product code--UPC--zebra stripe pricing codes on packages) with identified consumers (identified via association with the use of a credit card and later a permanent 'tattooed' body number invisible under normal am­bient illumination. [H: Anyone getting the picture yet?]

SUMMARY

Economics is only a social extension of a natural energy sys­tem. It, also, has its three passive components. Because of the distribution of wealth and the lack of communication and conse­quent lack of data, this field has been the last energy field for which a knowledge of these three passive components has been developed.

Since energy is the key to all activity on the face of the earth, it follows that in order to attain a monopoly of energy, raw ma­terials, goods, and services and to establish a world system of slave labor, it is necessary to have a first strike capability in the field of economics. In order to maintain our position, it is nec­essary that we have absolute first knowledge of the science of control over all economic factors and the first experience at en­gineering the world economy.

In order to achieve such sovereignty, we must at least achieve this one end: that the public will not make either the logical or mathematical connection between economics and the other energy science; or learn to apply such knowledge.

This is becoming increasingly difficult to control because more and more businesses are making demands upon their com­puter programers to create and apply mathematical models for the management of those businesses.

It is only a matter of time before the new breed of private programer/economists will catch on to the far reaching implica­tions of the work begun at Harvard in 1948. The speed with which they can communicate their warning to the public will largely depend upon how effective we have been at controlling the media, subverting education, and keeping the public dis­tracted with matters of no real importance.

* * *

Please return to the above "summary" and reread it several times until the reality filters through.

This is the sum of all of our efforts to you of Shan--get you to see and demand from those who control you. I would like to say that in "reality" there is only LIGHT which is energy. It is expressed in Love and "Creation" through thought of Creator and, thus, is the universal "language" of the dimensions (all dimensions if you but could come into balance with the knowing). Mathematics is the manner of PROVING the Truth of it. You will someday learn, I hope, that all things can be "proven" and need not ever be "taken on faith"--faith must only flow from the examples of the proof thereof of any manifestation--i.e., a flower or tree can serve as mathemati­cal reality of the presence of a greater organizer which is re­ferred to as Creator. Broken down into its simple "life" components, however, it is but mathematical DNA struc­ture. "Life" comes from ability to flow in pulsed response instruction. Soul life can only be achieved from the KNOW­ING of balance and harmony as achieved from perfect wis­dom in LOVE and BALANCED interchange. The purpose of manifested life experiences is to grow into that KNOW­ING so that soul being is ultimately in perfection. Please ponder these things carefully for they are the very founda­tion upon which you are manipulated and enslaved. When you take control of the power birthed with you--you shall prevail against the thrust of evil coalition for they will no longer hold the power which you have, in ignorance, given unto them.

If, however, you utilize the same concept in the restructur­ing of your thought and action patterns, you can more quickly gain control over your own destiny. This is WHY the Elite establishment and the Churches of "religions" dis­dain and denounce the use of hypnosis--IT WORKS!! The point being, herein, is that it not only "works" but--in the minds of the Lighted intent--it overcomes all adversarial ca­pability. It is up to you what you feed into your mind's data base of functions for garbage in--garbage out, miracles in--miracles out, God in--God out. If you cannot come to utilize the methods already manifest and used against you--you shall never overcome for it is the ONLY passage.

THE ECONOMIC MODEL

Economics, as a social energy science, has as a first objective the description of the complex way in which any given unit of resources is used to satisfy some economic want (Leontief Matrix). This first objective, when it is extended to get the most product from the least or limited resources, comprises that ob­jective of general military and industrial logistics known as Op­erations Research. (Linear programming.)

The Harvard Economic Research Project (1984-ongoing) was an extension of World War H Operations Research. Its purpose was to discover the science of controlling an economy; at first the American economy, and then the world economy. It was felt that with sufficient mathematical foundation and data, it would be nearly as easy to predict and control the trend of an economy as to predict and control the trajectory of a projectile. Such has proven to be the case. Moreover, the economy has been transformed into a guided missile on target.

The immediate aim of the Harvard project was to discover the economic structure, what forces change that structure, how the behavior of the structure can be predicted, and how it can be manipulated. What was needed was a well organized knowl­edge of the mathematical structure and interrelationships of in­vestment, production, distribution, and consumption. To make a short story of it all, it was discovered that an economy obeyed the same laws as electricity and that all of the mathematical the­ory and practical and computer know-how developed for the electronic field could be directly applied in the study of eco­nomics. This discovery was not openly declared, and its more subtle implications were and are kept a closely guarded secret, for example that in an economic model, human life is measured in dollars, and that the electric spark generated when opening a switch connected to an active inductor is mathematically analo­gous to the initiation of a war.

The greatest hurdle which theoretical economists faced was the accurate description of the household as an industry. This is a challenge, because consumer purchases are a matter of choice which in turn is influenced by income, price, and other eco­nomic factors.

This hurdle was cleared in an indirect and a statistically ap­proximate way by an application of shock testing to determine the current characteristics, called current technical coefficients, of a household industry.

Finally, because problems in theoretical economics can be translated very easily into problems in theoretical electronics, and the solution translated back again, it follows that only a book of language translation and concept definition needs to be written for economics. The remainder could be gotten from standard works on mathematics and electronics. This makes the publication of books on advanced economics unnecessary, and greatly simplifies project security.

INDUSTRY

An ideal industry is defined as a device which receives value from other industries in several forms and converts it into one specific product for sales and distribution to other industries. It has several inputs and one output. What the public normally thinks of as one industry is really an industrial complex where several industries under one roof produce one or more products.

THREE INDUSTRIAL CLASSES

Industries fall into three categories or classes by type of out­put.

Class #1 Capital (resources)
Class #2 Goods (commodities or use--dissipative)
Class #3 Services (action of population)

Class #1 industries exist at three levels:
(1). Nature-sources of energy and raw materials.
(2). Government--printing of currency equal to gross national product (GNP), and extension* of currency in excess of GNP.
(3). Banking--loaning of money for interest, and extension* (counterfeiting) of economic value through deposit loan ac­counts.
[* = inflation]

Class #2 industries exist as producers of tangible or consumer (dissipated) products. This sort of activity is usually recognized and labeled by the public as an 'industry'.

Class #3 industries are those which have service rather than a tangible product as their output. These industries are called (1) households, and (2) governments. Their output is human activ­ity of a mechanical sort, and their basis is population.

AGGREGATION

The whole economic system can be represented by a three industry model if one allows the names of the outputs to be (1) capital, (2) goods, and (3) services. The problem with this rep­resentation is that it would not show the influence of, say, the textile industry on the ferrous metal industry. This is because both the textile industry and the ferrous metal industry would be contained within a single classification called the 'goods indus­try' and by this process of combining or aggregating these two industries under one system block they would lose their eco­nomic individuality.

THE E-MODEL

A national economy consists of simultaneous flows of pro­duction, distribution, consumption, and investment. If all of these elements including labor and human functions are assigned a numerical value in like units of measure, say, 1939 dollars, this flow can be further represented by a current flow in an electronic circuit, and its behavior can be predicted and manip­ulated with useful precision.

The three ideal passive energy components of electronics, the capacitor, the resistor, and the inductor correspond to the three ideal passive energy components of economics called the pure industries of capital, goods, and services, respectively.

Economic capacitance represents the storage of capital in one form or another.

Economic conductance represents the level of conductance of materials for the production of goods.

Economic inductance represents the inertia of economic vnl'ie in motion. This is a population phenomenon known as services.

ECONOMIC INDUCTANCE

An electrical inductor (e.g., a coil of wire) has an electric current as its primary phenomenon and a magnetic field as its secondary phenomenon (inertia). Corresponding to this, an economic inductor has a flow of economic value as its primary phenomenon and a population field as its secondary phenomenon of inertia. When the flow of economic value (e.g., money) di­minishes, the human population field collapses in order to keep the economic value (money) flowing (extreme case--war).

This public inertia is a result of consumer buying habits,, ex­pected standard of living, etc., and is generally a phenomenon of self-preservation.

INDUCTIVE FACTORS TO CONSIDER

(1) population
(2) magnitude of the economic activities of the government.
(3) the method of financing these government activities (this method is referred to as the "Peter-Paul Principle".

TRANSLATION

(A few examples will be given.)
CHARGE--coulombs--dollars (1939).
FLOW/CURRENT--amperes (coulombs per second).
--dollars of flow per year/
MOTIVATING FORCE--volts--dollars (output) demand.
CONDUCTANCE--amperes per volt
--dollars of flow per year per dollar demand.
CAPACITANCE--coulombs per volt.
--dollars of production inventory/stock per
dollar demand.

TIME-FLOW RELATIONSHIPS AND
SELF-DESTRUCTIVE OSCILLATIONS

An ideal industry may be symbolized electronically in various ways. The simplest way is to represent a demand by a voltage and a supply by a current. When this is done, the relationship between the two becomes what is called an admittance, which can result from three economic factors: (1) hindsight flow, (2) present flow, and (3) foresight flow.

Foresight flow is the result of that property of living entities to cause energy (food) to be stored for a period of low energy (e.g., a winter season). It consists of demands made upon an economic system for that period of low energy (winter season). In a production industry it takes several forms, one of which is known as production stock or inventory. In electronic symbol­ogy this specific industry demand (a pure capital industry) is represented by capacitance and the stock or resource is repre­sented by a stored charge. Satisfaction of an industry demand suffers a lag because of the loading effect of inventory priori­ties.

Present flow ideally involves no delays. It is, so to speak, input today for output today, a 'hand to mouth' flow. In elec­tronic symbology, this specific industry demand (a pure use in­dustry) is represented by a conductance which is then a simple economic valve (a dissipative element).

Hindsight flow is known as habit or inertia. In electronics, this phenomenon is the characteristic of an inductor (economic analog--a pure service industry) in which a current flow (economic analog = flow of money) creates a magnetic field (economic analog = active human population) which, if the cur­rent (money flow) begins to diminish, collapses (war) to main­tain the current (flow of money--energy).

Other large alternatives to war as economic inductors or eco­nomic flywheels are an open-ended social welfare program, or an enormous (but fruitful) open-ended space program.

The problem with stabilizing the economic system is that there is too much demand on account of (1) too much greed and (2) too much population.

This creates excessive economic inductance which can only be balanced with economic capacitance (true resources or value­-e.g., in goods or services). The social welfare program is nothing more than an open-ended credit balance system which creates a false capital industry to give non-productive people a roof over their heads and food in their stomachs. This can be useful, however, because the recipients become state property in return for the 'gift', a standing army for the elite. For he who pays the piper, picks the tune. Those who get hooked on the economic drug, must go to the elite for a fix. In this, the method of introducing large amounts of stabilizing capacitance is by borrowing on the future "credit" of the world. This is a fourth law of motion--onset, and consists of performing an ac­tion and leaving the system before the reaction can return. By this means, politicians become popular in their own time and the public pays for it later. In fact the measure of such a politician is the delay time. The same thing is achieved by a government by printing money beyond the limit of the gross national prod­uct, an economic process called inflation. This puts a large quantity of money into the hands of the public and maintains a balance against their greed, creates a false self-confidence in them and, for a while, stays the wolf from the door.

They must eventually resort to war to balance the account, because war ultimately is merely the act of destroying the cred­itor, and politicians are the publicly hired hit men that justify the act to keep the responsibility and blood off the public con­science. [H: We shall discuss this further under the subjects of "consent factors" and "social-economic structuring".]

If the people really cared about their fellow man, they would control their appetites (greed, procreation, etc.) so that they would not have to operate on a credit or welfare social system which steals from the worker to satisfy the bum.

Since most of the general public will not exercise restraint, there are only two alternatives to reduce the economic induc­tance of the system.

(1). Let the populace bludgeon each other to death in war, which will only result in a total destruction of the living earth.

(2). Take control of the world by the use of economic 'silent weapons' in a form of 'quiet warfare', and reduce the economic inductance of the world to a safe level by a pro­cess of benevolent slavery and genocide.

The latter option has been taken as the obviously better op­tion. At this point it should be crystal clear to the reader why absolute secrecy about the silent weapons is necessary. The general public refuses to improve its own mentality and its faith in its fellow man. It has become a herd of proliferating barbar­ians and, so to speak, a blight upon the face of the earth. They do not care enough about economic science to learn why they have not been able to avoid war despite religious morality and their religious or self-gratifying refusal to deal with earthly problems renders the solution of the earthly problem unreach­able by them. It is left to those few who are truly willing to think and survive as the fittest to survive, to solve the problem for themselves as the few who really care. Otherwise, exposure of the silent weapon would destroy our only hope of preserving the seed of future true humanity.

* * *

Precious readers, this information is from Truth. This is from "classes" given to operatives who are responsible for the actions outlined in the plan. This information I am giving you herein is the "reasoning" given to the groups of practitioners who would go forth--IT IS MANDATORY THAT THEY UNDERSTAND WHAT THEY ARE TO ACCOMPLISH, HOW AND WHY. Conspiracy theories are nothing new to your history. Plots to "kill Caesar" and overthrow Rome abounded, for instance. There were intricate plans as to how to get rid of the one called Emmanuel in Jerusalem for he was about to show "the way" to the populace. However, it is seldom that concrete clues to such plots come to light, and are generally known. This in­formation offered herein is real. It is no forgery, as you can allege of "The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion", or ac­tual forgeries such as those of, say, Anne Frank, or (more re­cently) Hitler's diary. This is from an actual Introductory Pro­gramming Manual which is still in constant training use TO­DAY.

Yes, it is heavy information but reasonable and totally logical in conception and relationship to all that IS. This must spur you to study further as we have given lesson after lesson to balance your input. You must keep those eyes and ears open, and you must sound an alarm in Zion, for though she presently dwells with Babylon's daughter (Micah 4), her redemption draweth nigh. Truth bears no fear.

Let us take a break please. I shall stand-by so that we can con­tinue refreshed. Thank you.

PJ 49

CHAPTER 13

REC #2 HATONN

MON., MAY 4, 1992 11:05 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 262

MONDAY, MAY 4, 1992

SILENT WEAPONS/SILE WAR
CONTINUED

Whatever thou takest in hand, remember the end, and thou shalt never do amiss. Ecclesias­ticus 7:36. And KNOW--thou enemy has never lost sight of his "end" in intent and your lesson must be to set thine goals as ade­quately.

HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY

The industries of finance (banking), manufacturing, and gov­ernment, real counterparts of the pure industries of capital, goods, and services, are easily defined because they are gener­ally logically structured. Because of this their processes can be described mathematically and their technical coefficients can be easily deduced. This, however, is not the case with the service industry known as the household industry.

The problem which a theoretical economist faces is that the consumer preferences of any household is not easily predictable and the technical coefficients of any one household tend to be a non-linear, very complex, and variable function of income, prices, etc.

Computer information derived from the use of the universal product code in conjunction with credit card purchases as an in­dividual household identifier could change this state of affairs. But the U.P.C. method is not yet available on a national or even a significant regional scale. To compensate for this data deficiency, an alternate indirect approach of analysis has been adopted known as economic shock testing. This method, widely used in the aircraft manufacturing industry, develops an aggre­gate statistical sort of data.

Applied to economics, this means that all of the households in one region or in the whole nation are studied as a group or class rather than individual behavior being used to discover useful es­timates of the technical coefficients governing the economic structure of the hypothetical single household industry.

One method of evaluating the technical coefficients of the household industry depends upon shocking the prices of a com­modity and noting the changes in the sales of all of the commodities. [H: You see this utilized most frequently with basics, primarily fuel (energy), sugar, coffee, etc.]

ECONOMIC SHOCK TESTING

In recent times, the application of Operations Research to the study of the public economy has been obvious for anyone who understands the principles of shock testing.

In the shock testing of an aircraft airframe, the recoil impulse of firing a gun mounted on that airframe causes shock waves in that structure which tell aviation engineers the conditions under which parts of the airplane or the whole airplane or its wings will start to vibrate or flutter like a guitar string, a flute reed, or a tuning fork, and disintegrate or fall apart in flight.

Economic engineers achieve the same result in studying the behavior of the economy and the consumer public by carefully selecting a staple commodity such as beef, coffee, gasoline, or sugar and then causing a sudden change or shock in its price or availability, thus kicking everybody's budget and buying habits out of shape.

They then observe the shock waves which result by monitor­ing the changes in advertising, prices, and sales of that and other commodities.

The objective of such studies is to acquire the know-how to set the public economy into a predictable state of motion and change, even a controlled self-destructive state of motion, which will convince the public that certain "expert" people should take control of the money system and reestablish security (rather than liberty and justice) for all. When the subject citizens are ren­dered unable to control their financial affairs, they of course, become totally enslaved, a source of cheap labor.

Not only the prices of commodities, but also the availability of labor can be used as the means of shock testing. Labor strikes deliver excellent test shocks to an economy, especially in the critical service areas of trucking (transportation), communi­cation, public utilities (energy, water, garbage collection), etc.

By shock testing, it is found that there is a direct relationship between the availability of money flowing in an economy and the psychological outlook and response of masses of people de­pendent upon that availability.

For example, there is a measurable quantitative relationship between the price of gasoline and the probability that a person would experience a headache, feel a need to watch a violent movie, smoke a cigarette, or go to a tavern for a mug of beer.

It is most interesting that, by observing and measuring the economic modes by which the public tries to run from their problems and escape from reality, and by applying the mathe­matical theory of Operations Research, it is possible to program computers to predict the most probable combination of created events (shocks) which will bring about a complete control and subjugation of the public through a subversion of the public economy (by shaking the plum tree).

INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMIC AMPLIFIERS

Economic amplifiers are the active components of economic engineering. The basic characteristic of any amplifier (mechanical, electrical, or economic) is that it receives an input control signal and delivers energy from an independent energy source to a specified output terminal in a predictable relationship to that input control signal.

The simplest form of economic amplifier is a device called advertising.

If a person is spoken to by a T.V. advertiser as if he were a twelve year old, then, due to suggestibility, he will, with a cer­tain probability, respond or react to that suggestion with the un­critical response of a twelve year old and will reach into his economic reservoir and deliver its energy to buy that product on impulse when he passes it in the store.

An economic amplifier may have several inputs and outputs. Its response might be instantaneous or delayed. Its circuit sym­bol might be a rotary switch if its options are exclusive, qualita­tive, "go" or "no go", or it might have its parametric in­put/output relationships specified by a matrix with internal en­ergy sources represented.

Whatever its form might be, its purpose is to govern the flow of energy from a source to an output sink in direct relationship to an input control signal. For this reason, it is called an active circuit element or component.

Economic amplifiers fall into classes called strategies, and, in comparison with electronic amplifiers, the specific internal functions of an economic amplifier are called logistical instead of electrical.

Therefore, economic amplifiers not only deliver power gain, but also, in effect, are used to cause changes in the economic circuitry.

In the design of an economic amplifier we must have some idea of at least five functions, which are:
(1) the available input signals,
(2) the desired output control objectives,
(3) the strategic objective,
(4) the available economic power sources,
(5) the logistical options.

The process of defining and evaluating these factors and in­corporating the economic amplifier into an economic system has been popularly called game theory.
The design of an economic amplifier begins with a specifica­tion of the power level of the output, which can range from per­sonal to national. The second condition is accuracy of response, i.e., how accurately the output action is a function of the input commands. High gain combined with strong feedback helps to deliver the required precision. Most of the error will be in the input data signal. Personal input data tends to be specific, while national input data tends to be statistical.

SHORT LIST OF INPUTS

(1) what
(2) when
(3) where
(4) how
(5) why
(6) who

General sources of information:

(1) telephone taps
(2) surveillance
(3) analysis of garbage
(4) behavior of children in school

Standard of living by:

(1) food
(2) clothing
(3) shelter
(4) transportation

Social contacts:

(1) telephone--itemized record of calls
(2) family--marriage certificates, birth certificates, etc.
(3) friends, associates, etc.
(4) memberships in organizations
(5) political affiliation

THE PERSONAL PAPER TRAIL

Personal buying habits, i.e., Personal consumer preferences:

(1) checking accounts
(2) credit card purchases
(3) "tagged" credit card purchases--the credit card purchase of products bearing the U.P.C. (Universal Product Code)

Assets:

(1) checking accounts
(2) savings accounts
(3) real estate
(4) business
(5) automobile, etc.
(6) safety deposit at bank
(7) stock market

Liabilities:

(1) creditors
(2) enemies
(3) loans
(4) consumer credit

Government sources (ploys)*

(1) Internal Revenue Service
(2) OSHA
(3) Census
(4) etc.

*
Principle of this ploy--the citizen will almost always make the
collection of information easy if he can operate on the 'free sandwich principle' of 'eat now and pay later'.

Other Government sources--surveillance of U.S. Mail.

HABIT PATTERNS--PROGRAMMING

Strengths and weaknesses:

(1) activities (sports, hobbies, etc.)
(2) 'legal' (fear, anger, etc.--crime record)
(3) hospital records (drug sensitivities, reaction to pain, etc.)
(4) psychiatric records (fears, angers, disgusts, adaptability, re­actions to stimuli, violence, suggestibility or hypnosis, pain, pleasure, love, and sex)

Methods of coping--of adaptability--behavior:

(1) consumption of alcohol
(2) consumption of drugs
(3) entertainment
(4) religious factors influencing behavior
(5) other methods of escaping from reality

Payments modus operandi (MO)--pay on time, etc.:

(1) payment of telephone bills
(2) energy purchases (electric, gas, ...)
(3) water purchases
(4) repayment of loans
(5) house payments
(6) automobile payments
(7) payments on credit cards

Political sensitivity:

(1) beliefs
(2) contacts
(3) position
(4) strengths/weaknesses
(5) projects/activities

Legal inputs--behavior control
(Excuses for investigation, search, arrest, or employment of force TO modify behavior.)

(1) court records
(2) police records--NCIC
(3) driving record
(4) reports made to police
(5) insurance information
(6) anti-establishment acquaintances

NATIONAL INPUT INFORMATION

BUSINESS SOURCES (VIA I.R.S., ETC.):

(1) prices of commodities
(2) sales
(3) investments in
(a) stocks/inventory
(b) production tools and machinery
(c) buildings and improvements
(d) the stock market

Banks and credit bureaus:

(1) credit information
(2) payment information

Miscellaneous sources:

(1) polls and surveys
(2) publications
(3) telephone records
(4) energy and utility purchases

SHORT LIST OF OUTPUTS

Outputs--create controlled situations.
--- manipulation of the economy, hence society.
--- control by control of compensation and income.

Sequence:
(1) allocates opportunities.
(2) destroys opportunities.
(3) controls the economic environment.
(4) controls the availability of raw materials.
(5) controls capital.
(6) controls bank rates.
(7) controls the inflation of the currency.
(8) controls the possession of property.
(9) controls industrial capacity.
(10) controls maufacturing.
(11) controls the availability of goods (commodities).
(12) controls the prices of commodities.
(13) controls services, the labor force, etc.
(14) controls payments to government officials.
(15) controls the legal functions.
(16) controls the personal data files--uncorrectable by the slan­dered.
(17) controls advertising.
(18) controls media content.
(19) controls material available for T.V. viewing.
(20) disengages attention from real issues.
(21) engages emotions.
(22) creates disorder, chaos, and insanity.
(23) controls design of more probing tax forms.
(24) controls surveillance.
(25) controls the storage of information.
(26) develops psychological analyses and profiles of individuals.
(27) controls legal functions (repeat of 15).
(28) controls sociological factors.
(29) controls health options.
(30) preys on weaknesses.
(31) cripples strengths.
(32) leaches wealth and substance.

STRATEGIES

DO: Keep public ignorant. GET: Less public organization.
DO: Access to control points (prices, sales). GET: required re­action to outputs for feedback.
DO: Create preoccupation. GET: Lower defenses.
DO: Attack the family unit. GET: Control of the education of the young.
DO: Give them less cash and more credit and doles. GET: More self-indulgence and more data.
DO: Attack the privacy of the church. GET: Destroy faith in this sort of government.
DO: Social conformity. GET: Computer programming simplic­ity.
DO: Minimize the tax protest. GET: maximum economic data with minimum enforcement problems.
DO: Stabilize the consent coefficients. GET: Simplicity.
DO: Tight control of variables. GET: Simpler computer input data--greater predictability.
DO: Establish boundary conditions. GET: Problem simplicity
and solution of differential and difference equations. DO: Proper timing. GET: Less data shift and blurring.
DO: Minimize resistance to control. GET: Maximum control DO: Maximize control. GET: Ultimate objective.
DO: Collapse of currency. GET: Destroy the faith of the American people in each other.

[H: Can you not see how these things have taken place? Can you further see why each thing in order of proper sequence has been orchestrated? Can you now see WHY all things on the listing shall be accomplished for the goal is to be accomplished in total? Do you also see why there will be a cur­rency collapse and a total collapse of the economic base of the populations with only the Elite holding the wealth and economic reins? Do you see that all of this has been done to perfection to this point?]

DIVERSION
THE PRIMARY STRATEGY

Experience has proven that the simplest method of securing a silent weapon and gaining control of the public is to keep the public undisciplined and ignorant of basic systems principles on the one hand, while keeping them confused, disorganized, and distracted with matters of no real importance on the other hand.

This is achieved by:

(1) disengaging their minds, sabotaging their mental activities, by providing a low quality program of public education in mathematics, logic, systems design, and economics, and by discouraging technical creativity.

(2) engaging their emotions, increasing their self-indulgence and their indulgence in emotional and physical activities, by:

(a) unrelenting emotional affrontations and attacks (mental and emotional rape) by way of a constant barrage of sex, violence, and wars in the media--es­pecially the T.V. and the newspapers.

(b) giving them what they desire--in excess--'junk food for thought'--and depriving them of what they really need.

(3) rewriting history and law and subjecting the public to the de­viant creation, thus being able to shift their thinking from per­sonal needs to highly fabricated outside priorities.

These preclude their interest in and discovery of the silent weapons of social automation technology.

The general rule is that there is profit in confusion; the more confusion, the more profit. Therefore, the best approach is to create problems and then offer the solutions. [H: If you can't see this in operation all around your globe, then I think we may have a hopeless situation. It is totally evident in what is happening in the wake of the L.A. so-called "riots". The uprising was planned, exploded and orchestrated by the Elite and they accomplished everything they desired--in­cluding the whole mechanism for the rebuilding in the guidelines of acceptable (to them) movement toward total control by force and regulations.]

DIVERSION SUMMARY

MEDIA: Keep the adult public attention diverted away from the real social issues, and captivated by matters of no real importance.

SCHOOLS: Keep the young public ignorant of real mathe­matics, real economics, real law, and real history.

ENTERTAINMENT: Keep the public entertainment below a sixth grade level.

WORK: Keep the public busy, busy, busy, with no time to think; back on the farm with the other animals.

CONSENT
THE PRIMARY VICTORY

A silent weapon system operates upon data obtained from a docile public by legal (but not always lawful) force. Much information is made available to silent weapon systems pro­grammers through the Internal Revenue Service. This infor­mation consists of the enforced delivery of well organized data contained in federal and state tax forms collected, as­sembled, and submitted by slave labor provided by taxpayers and employers. Furthermore, the number of such forms submitted to the I.R.S. is a useful indicator of public consent, an important factor in strategic decision making. Other data sources are given in the Short List of Inputs.

Consent coefficients--numerical feedback indicating vic­tory status. Psychological basis:

When the government is able to collect tax and seize pri­vate property without just compensation, it is an indication that the public is ripe for surrender and is consenting to en­slavement and legal encroachment. A good and easily quan­tified indicator of harvest time is the number of public citi­zens who pay income tax despite an obvious lack of recipro­cal or honest service from the input.

AMPLIFICATION ENERGY SOURCE

The next step in the process of designing an economic ampli­fier is discovering the energy sources. The energy sources which support any primitive economic system are, of course, a supply of raw materials, and the consent of the people to labor and consequently assume a certain rank, position, level, or class in the social structure; i.e., to provide labor at various levels in the pecking order.

Each class, in guaranteeing its own level of income, controls the class immediately below it, hence preserves the class struc­ture. This provides stability and security, but also government from the top.

As time goes on and communication and education improve, the lower class elements of the social labor structure become knowledgeable and envious of the good things that the upper class members have. They also begin to attain a knowledge of energy systems and the ability to enforce their rise through the class structure.

This threatens the sovereignty of the elite.

If this rise of the lower classes can be postponed long enough, the elite can achieve energy dominance, and labor by consent no longer will hold a position of an essential economic energy source.

Until such energy dominance is absolutely established, the consent of people to labor and let others handle their affairs must be taken into consideration, since failure to do so could cause the people to interfere in the final transfer of energy sources to the control of the elite.

It is essential to recognize that, at this time, public consent is still an essential key to the release of energy in the process of economic amplification.

Therefore, consent as an energy release mechanism will now be considered.

LOGISTICS

The successful application of a strategy requires a careful study of inputs, outputs, the strategy connecting the inputs and the outputs, and the available energy sources to fuel the strat­egy. This study is called logistics.

A logistical problem is studied at the elementary level first, and then levels of greater complexity are studied as a synthesis of elementary factors.

This means that a given system is analyzed, i.e., broken down into its sub-systems, and these in turn are analyzed, until, by this process, one arrives at the logistical 'atom', the indi­vidual.

This is where the process of synthesis properly begins, and at the time of the birth of the individual.

THE ARTIFICIAL WOMB

From the time a person leaves its mother's womb, its every effort is directed toward building, maintaining, and withdrawing into artificial wombs, various sorts of substitute protective de­vices or shells.

The objective of these artificial wombs is to provide a stable environment for both stable and unstable activity; to provide a shelter for the evolutionary processes of growth, and maturity--i.e., survival; to provide security for freedom and to provide de­fensive protection for offensive activity.

This is equally true of both the general public and the elite. However, there is a definite difference in the way each of these classes go about the solution of problems.

THE POLITICAL STRUCTURE OF
A NATION: DEPENDENCY

The primary reason why the individual citizens of a country create a political structure is a subconscious wish or desire to perpetuate their own dependency relationship of childhood.

Simply put, they want a human god to eliminate all risk from their life, pat them on the head, kiss their bruises, put a chicken on every dinner table, clothe their bodies, tuck them into bed at night, and tell them that everything will be alright when they wake up in the morning.

This public demand is incredible, so the human god, the politician, meets incredibility with incredibility by promising the world and delivering nothing. So who is the bigger liar?, the public? or the 'godfather'?

This public behavior is surrender born of fear, laziness, and expediency. It is the basis of the welfare state as a strategic weapon, useful against a disgusting public.

ACTION/OFFENSE

Most people want to be able to subdue and/or kill other hu­man beings which disturb their daily lives, but they do not want to have to cope with the moral and religious issues which such an overt act on their part might raise. Therefore, they assign the dirty work to others (including their own children) so as to keep the blood off their own hands. They rave about the hu­mane treatment of animals and then sit down to a delicious ham­burger from a whitewashed slaughterhouse down the street and out of sight. But even more hypocritical, they pay taxes to finance a professional association of hit men collectively called politicians, and then complain about corruption in government.

RESPONSIBILITY

Again, most people want to be free to do things (to explore, etc.) but they are afraid to fail.

The fear of failure is manifested in irresponsibility, and espe­cially in delegating those personal responsibilities to others where success is uncertain or carries possible or created liabili­ties (law) which the person is not prepared to accept.

They want authority (root word--'author'), but they will not accept responsibility or liability.

SUMMARY

The people hire the politicians so that the people can:

(1) obtain security without managing it.
(2) obtain action without thinking about it.
(3) inflict theft, injury, and death upon others without having to contemplate either life or death.
(4) avoid responsibility for their own intentions.
(5) obtain the benefits of reality and science without exerting themselves in the discipline of facing or learning either of these things.

They give the politicians the power to create and manage a war machine to:

(1) provide for the survival of the NATION/WOMB.
(2) prevent encroachment of anything upon the NA­TION/WOMB.
(3) destroy the enemy who threatens the NATION/WOMB.
(4) destroy those citizens of their own country who do not con­form for the sake of stability of the NATION/WOMB.

Politicians hold many quasi-military jobs, the lowest being the police which are soldiers, the attorneys and the C.P.A.s next who are spies and saboteurs (licensed), and the judges who shout the orders and run the closed union military shop for whatever the market will bear. The generals are industrialists. The 'presidential' level of commander-in-chief is shared by the international bankers. The people know that they have created this farce and financed it with their own taxes (consent), but they would rather knuckle under than be the hypocrite.

Thus, a nation becomes divided into two very distinct parts, a DOCILE SUB-NATION and a POLITICAL SUB-NATION. The political sub-nation remains attached to the docile sub-na­tion, tolerates it, and leaches its substance until it grows strong enough to detach itself and devour its parent.

SYSTEM ANALYSIS

In order to make meaningful computerized economic deci­sions about war, the primary economic flywheel, it is necessary to assign concrete logistical values to each element of the war structure--personnel and materiel alike.

This process begins with a clear and candid description of the sub-systems of such a structure.

THE DRAFT

(As military service.)

Few efforts of human behavior modification are more re­markable or more effective than that of the socio-military insti­tution known as the draft. A primary purpose of a draft or other such institution is to instill, by intimidation, in the young males of a society the uncritical conviction that the government is om­nipotent. He is soon taught that a prayer is slow to reverse what a bullet can do in an instant. Thus, a man trained in a religious environment for eighteen years of his life can, by this instrument of the government, be broken down, be purged of his fantasies and delusions in a matter of mere months. Once that conviction is instilled, all else becomes easy to instill.

Even more interesting is the process by which a young man's parents, who purportedly love him, can be induced to send him off to war to his death.

There is not time nor space to go through all the items by detailed description more than presented here but realize that there must first be conditioning of the male/female elements of society--that is, tear down totally, structures and recognized roles. The male operates first by "logic" and then by "emotion". The male ego must first be broken and then he will take devious routes to find self-worthiness and separate from "logic" such as in homosexual behavior, family irresponsibility, sexual irresponsibility and other separation devices to justify to self the inability to cope and/or be productive. To have self-es­teem and productivity to a level expected, the male must be able to utilize this logical approach to each endeavor. When there is no logical solution, especially as presented in a political set of restrictions, he can no longer properly function in his ideal role. This inability can be easily be increased in value to the elite by orchestrating loss of jobs, position and relegating "man" to a foolish role as perceived through media projections.

A more dominant factor, however, is the mother factor. The female element of human society is ruled by emotion first and logic second. In the battle between logic and imagination, imagination always wins, fantasy prevails, maternal instinct dominates so that the child comes first and the future comes sec­ond. A woman with a newborn baby is too starry-eyed to see a wealthy man's cannon fodder or a cheap source of slave labor. A woman must, however, be conditioned to accept the transition to "reality" when it comes, or sooner.

As the transition becomes more difficult to manage, the fam­ily unit must be carefully disintegrated, and state controlled public education and state operated child care centers must be­come more common and legally enforced so as to begin the de­tachment of the child from the mother and father at an earlier age. Inoculation of behavioral drugs can speed the transition for the child (mandatory).

CAUTION: A woman's impulsive anger can override her fear. An irate woman's power must never be underesti­mated, and her power over a pussy-whipped husband must likewise never be underestimated. Remember, it got women the vote in 1920.

Now we will briefly consider "Junior". The emotional pres­sure for self-preservation during time of war and the self-serving attitude of the common herd that have an option to avoid the battlefield--if junior can be persuaded to go--is all of the pres­sure finally necessary to propel Johnny off to war. Their quiet blackmailings of him are the threats: "No sacrifice, no friends; no glory, no girlfriends."

And then, Sister. And what about junior's sister? She is given all the good things of life by her father and taught to ex­pect the same from her future husband regardless of the price--and so I believe this about catches you up to date.

Those who will not use their brains are no better off than those who have no brains, and so this mindless school of jel­lyfish, father, mother, son, and daughter, become useful beast of burden--CATTLE.

This concludes what is available as regards that which was found of the government document.

* * *

Quite a number of you are awakening to the fact that you are not only "in it" but it is washing about your ears. Survival of the remnant is mandatory and I must, as with the teachers of the past--insure that you understand as much. I am not come to share just for your information and intrigue in reading or listen­ing; mine is a task of calling you who have committed, allowing you to come into remembering your mission and laying forth the Truth of the circumstances and devious routes of the adversary in pulling you from the path of LIGHT. You are heading for this era of destruction and if you approach it unprepared, it will be you and only you that can be blamed for the acts of yourself and your family. In this context I refer to prepara­tions as to food and safe shelter. Remember that the highest accounting of the remnant in numbers is 144,000. I speak herein, of the Holy Remnant--that being those who choose to survive the holocaustal years and the great and fearful battle recognized as Armageddon. It is the duty of these Elect to pre­pare for the coming tribulations, dig into the mountains and dens, stock their caverns with ample supplies and ride out the fearful years ahead. These of the remnant will come from the original tribes and shall include those from America, Australia, New Zealand, England, France and thus and so. ALL AND ANY WHO WOULD BE OF LIGHT AND KNOWING.

Dharma, we need to take respite but I ask that we not delay long in reminding ones of the times at hand as relative to the prophe­cies left for your consideration. The shackles become ever more evident with each passing segment of counting and you of the Remnant must also have more insight into the guidelines of such timing. To simply rise against that which has been slowly consuming and enslaving you is useless until the whole of the beast falls. You can have pockets of progress if you but see the problems and work around them and within the rules set forth. I believe it is time to repeat that which is given by others before us and reminding you of that which is written by us. Reminders are in order because the barrage of material has indeed been great. Blessings be unto you who hear and see.

Hatonn to clear.

PJ 49

CHAPTER 14

REC #1 HATONN

THU., MAY 7, 1992 8:06 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 265

THURSDAY, MAY 7, 1992

KILLER WHALES?

I do not speak of the pack of whales who killed the gray whales off of California--I speak of the pack who kill people and their dreams in the Elite halls of injustice.

You precious readers allowed us to make it through one more encounter with the "law" system for we went to court unable to raise either the money for the dwelling or the amount sufficient for the bonding. We did, however, have almost enough for the court session--oh yes, indeed, you DO pay for your unfair hearings and "execution" of judgments. In fact, the primary phrase used in the courts for petition to stay a judgment is "stay of execution". Sounds formidable, does it not? Well, the "execution" is now stayed for about 30 days--which, in fact, is more than we hoped for but I pulled a bit of emotional ploy my­self.

I had Dharma go to the Bailiff and ask how to be heard by the judge. But before that could be accomplished I made her sick unto nearly passing out. As she was rushing from the court­room, all exchanges had to come to a halt. The judge immedi­ately began to get a bit less aggressive. Also the viper from the pits of the S&L couldn't attend so we had a rather uncreative-­nice--person in the opposition corner for the RTC. (The RTC, however, has required that all attorneys COLLECT real cur­rency for all cases or they get their salaries cut since Congress didn't go along with the last $25 billion support. The blood, however, will ONLY BE TAKEN FROM THE "PEOPLE" AND NOT FROM THE S&L's IN POINT--JUST THE "PEOPLE" WHO ARE STRUGGLING AGAINST THE SYS­TEM.)

At recovery of composure and sitting with the Bailiff, who, by the way, is a true gentleman and champion, Dharma saw clearly the path--no giving anything, no quarter, no "compromise"--just full steam ahead. When all of you learn this lesson you will find peace in the valley, chelas. She announced, in the hall soapbox, to the Bailiff and concerned attorneys and E.J.: "Not one cent more than necessary for 'costs'--not one cent! There must be legal ways to do this job and if not, after we hit the Supreme Court of the U.S.A., then and only then, will we stop! " IT DOES MEAN, HOWEVER, THAT THE CONSTITU­TIONAL LAW CENTER BUTT-IN RIGHT NOW AND GET MOVING--FOR THE FACTS ARE THAT IT IS EX­PECTED, NOW, SOME $50,000 "BOND" TO FACILI­TATE BEING ABLE TO BRING THIS HORRENDOUS MESS TO THE APPEAL. NO--THAT WILL ABSO­LUTELY BE A BLATANT ACT OF OUTRIGHT DEFI­ANCE OF CONSTITUTIONAL LAW IF REQUIRED AND WE SHALL CROSS THAT BRIDGE WHEN WE GET THERE. ALL OF THIS OUTLAY, AT ANY RATE, CAN COME BACK IN "DAMAGES" IF YOU ATTORNEYS KEEP ON YOUR TOES, WITH ENOUGH TO REALLY ESTABLISH THE LAW CENTER. YOU, HOWEVER, WILL DO YOUR WORK AND SLEUTHING--YOU HAVE BEEN "GIVEN" TO SEE YOUR CASE.

Several good things came from yesterday. One major point was clearly made to the offence attorney and the judge in point: PROOF BY PHONE RECORDS THAT THE AUCTIONEER WAS ON THE PHONE TO HIS OFFICE AT THE TIME HE CLAIMED TO HAVE BEEN HOLDING THE SALE. The horrendous thing is that the Ekkers are still not even with "GO" from the very first of this fiasco FOUR YEARS AND A HALF MILLION DOLLARS AGO!! NOW, THE RTC WILL AL­LOW THESE ONES TO HAVE THE PROPERTY AT HIGHER THAN THE ORIGINAL COST OF THE PROP­ERTY AND THE COSTS INVOLVED--ALL HALF MIL­LION OF THEM. JUSTICE IN AMERICA?? DO YOU SEE WHY THIS MUST BE DONE? THIS MUST BE DONE! THE POINT IS TO GET THE DOENCH DUME' LAW INTO EFFECT TO PULL DOWN THE HOLDINGS OF HUN­DREDS OF THOUSANDS OF YOU-THE-PEOPLE. HOLD THIS IN YOUR HEARTS AND PRAYERS BECAUSE THROUGH THE TOUCHING OF THE MINDS AND HEARTS OF THE ADVERSARIAL WORKERS, YOU CAN CHANGE THE PATH.

We are so grateful to each of you who have responded in love and sharing. You have accomplished another step which may well be lost if I speak it not--we shall keep writing regardless of that which comes. Ones here have offered to physically move the furnishings and other personal property (and Dharma has suggested that it be into a leased circus tent "squatted" on the adjacent property or actually in the street) if it comes to that ex­treme. This way, power lines can be run from the generator to the tent and the computers can still be utilized. Let us hope per­severance and energy flow can prevent such a thing--but you readers must know that we will continue if even THAT EX­TREME is required.

What did this? The final straw of decision load came with two beautiful letters. One from a 14 year-old and one from a 16 year-old along with a contribution and letter signed by an entire family, right down to the baby in line of age. Ah, beloved ones, can you know how deeply this can touch the heart? Can you know how I honor this family? These parents have taken their children out of the training camps for evil and school them at home AND THE CHILDREN ARE GRATEFUL FOR THEY STUDY THE HISTORY AS PRESENTED IN THE JOUR­NALS AND LIBERATORS AND HONOR THEIR PARENTS FOR THE GIFT. THE LETTERS FROM THE CHILDREN WERE PERFECTLY PRINTED, SPELLED AND GRAM­MATICALLY CORRECT AND YET, IT WAS OBVIOUS THAT THE CHILDREN HAD DONE THE WRITING AND THE "THINKING". THEY SAID WE "ARE REACHING THE YOUNG-PEOPLE", PLEASE DO NOT STOP! BLESSED ONES, WE SHALL GO ON AS LONG AS WE CAN AND I PERCEIVE IT WILL BE UNTO VICTORY--AND I DO MEAN "VICTORY".

If necessary to buy time, we can still file for bankruptcy which will delay processing for an additional minimum of 30 days and who knows what can be accomplished in some couple of months!

Please also know that E.J. and Dharma immediately left the courtroom and went to the nursery and gathered up gardenias and flowers to plant in the "fern garden" which has remained barren for these five years of continual packing and unpacking. I believe Dharma has finally "taken possession" and maybe that really is 90% of the battle. I ask that you ones who shared your contribution--did that and each plant will bear a name. The re­maining is in a separate place of security.

By the way, the "killer whales" only did that which was natural for their species. You have brought this type of whale into your zoos but they are the ocean balance bringers--they were called WHALE KILLERS. Man gave them the name of "killer whales". There is almost nothing MAN has not tampered with and changed and made to become unbalanced and violent--may God have mercy in the final accounting.

VICTORY MARCH

Mr. Bush took victory over Los Angeles today with alt the hype of a Monarch having put down a serf uprising. Citizens bowed and scraped in appreciation for his bringing military force into your village.

BUT, who did not bow? Who cried out in protest? The very ones whom he claimed to be protecting! The Korean commu­nity gathered and protested his actions and accused him of causing worse misery and upheaval. You know what? They are right. THE FULL INTENT OF BURNING OF THE KOREAN COMMUNITY WAS TO BRING PRESSURE TO BEAR IN KOREA (Yes, I said "Korea", where things aren't going to suit your Elite Rulers).

Also note another thing--MANY of the ones arrested as rioters and looters are illegal aliens come in from the route of Mex­ico! Does this not smack of subterfuge???? They will simply be deported back across your "free-trade" border "regardless of origin", it is stated by the media and press.

HENRY KISSPEROTINGER

If you watched Kissinger last evening, you will know exactly what has happened and WHY Perot is being foisted off on the unsuspecting public as a last resort. You will also realize why he is allowed hearing on "Larry King Live"--for Larry King is the media frontrunner of "testing" the water.

The point is to cause so many "third party" potentials to turn to an "impossible" runner as to preclude Gritz from any possibility of being elected. Perot is not the Perot of three years ago. Kissinger said it very well--"...and he cannot in any way run a complicated system such as the United States so even if he were to win he would only cause confusion and worsening of all situ­ations already in trouble." Please look carefully, readers, and PLEASE SEE. I petition you to see and KNOW so that we can do something about this incredible burden upon your place.

WHAT OF GRITZ?

Well, I can only share with you that which I KNOW to be true. He finds it difficult to accept the Truth and that, as he puts it, "...the 'lofty ones' e.g., George Bush, would be threatened by the likes of the 'lowly ones' i.e., us, would be to dabble in dreams...." Let me remind you who consider yourselves to be the "lowly ones"--YOU ARE THE FLAME THAT SHALL BURN OUT THE VIPERS FROM THEIR DENS.

Dear ones, I can only remind you that this young man is groomed and chosen by God to lead you as the sequence is in order. There will be the day when you shall grow again from out of this muck and mire and it will be then that strength and Godliness must be that which is consumingly instilled within the leaders--THIS IS A GODLY MAN in point and will serve within the WILL OF GOD, not the will of self.

Why would he go on with almost no hope of winning an elec­tion? Because he must be known and recognized against the day when he can serve and show you the way. The only way to ac­complish the task is to continue to meet as many as will come, speak unto the multitudes and pray for awakening and insight received. Blessed are the ones who serve at this time of great­ness for the true heroes are unsung while the Elite evilmongers are the receivers of praise while being cowards in their games. YOU are the heroes of this nation and this civilization and know that we of the Hosts and the higher Command KNOW as much even though the fact may elude even YOU at this time.

Perot has been deliberately put into the fray to negate any chance of a third party winning any election. Your system via the electoral college precludes all further possibility save "act of God". We do not, however, rule out "act of God".

ELECTION SYSTEM.

For you who don't understand the system in full and for the children who are learning at home, let me briefly outline the workings of this "electoral college" system. This has to do with your Constitutional 12th Amendment.

According to the 12th Amendment, no candidate can win the presidency through the electoral process UNLESS they have 270 electoral votes. Therefore (example), if Clinton, Perot and the other "also rans" can get enough to keep Bush from a plurality (270), then the vote goes to the House of Representatives. Each of the 50 states gets ONE vote. The House being Democrat will cast their vote for Clinton. Clinton is groomed and presented by the Bilderbergers and Trilateralists and is anointed by Rocke­feller's New World Order to carry the ball. Bush has brought them to the "one yard line" but you-the-people are upsetting the apple cart--you are "digging in" and it isn't so easy as expected. Throwing the election into a liberal Congress for resolution will cause massive confusion to the public and "they might fall before they realize they have been pushed." Perot being in the fray makes it even more difficult for anyone to win via the electoral college. This system of electing leaders is about as bad as any other corruption to your Constitution--put into place to accomplish exactly this end--total control of the elections. **ONLY THE TOP THREE CANDIDATES ARE CONSID­ERED BY THE HOUSE IF NONE GETS THE REQUIRED 270!**

REGARDING BOOKS

I just wish to make a very brief statement herein regarding the COMMITTEE OF 300 by Dr. John Coleman. I realize that many of you are getting totally mixed signals--first I urge you to buy the book and then you find two separate bits of widespread advertising washing over you. Because I have "pushed" and "shoved" the book and America West published same with our assistance, they offer the book for $16.95 plus postage. The other advertisement is for $24.95 including shipping. This is a direct contact by Dr. Coleman and, I believe, comes with his autographed inscription. I take no offense at this except to point out to you readers that I was not made aware of the discrepancy and I apologize to any who were misled by the contradiction. I do not have input in setting the price of anything other than the JOURNALS which we maintain at just under "break-even" early-on and hopefully, at some point--break-even. Ours is to distribute the WORD. The higher pricing is more in line with other publications, especially of such importance, but I feel this explanation is due you readers who are questioning the discrep­ancy in "advertising". If there are changes reflected in the LIB­ERATOR I shall ask that it be returned to the $16.95 plus han­dling, immediately, for you LIBERATOR-JOURNAL sub­scribers and readers. Pricing of all other books distributed by America West is absolutely no business of mine. Thank you for allowing explanation and I apologize to you who have inquired as to the problem of credibility.

This is exactly WHY we keep in separation from other places recognized as "businesses" and individual writers, etc. I sanction truth and honor work done in integrity and put forth for you readers in honor. This does not mean that I sanction all about either businesses or authors and have so stated on numerous oc­casions.

George and Desire' Green give ALL of their attention into get­ting forth THE WORD and still survive in this world. Other in­vestments have been utilized to keep this material flowing to you and for this I am gratefully appreciative. They travel at great expense to share with you personally in bringing attention to the Truth and unto GOD. I recognize many other authors who can give you great confirmation in that which we outlay for your in­formation--this does not mean the authors are binded, somehow, to me or to God--that is for their own projection--not mine. The Greens do absolutely everything in their power to bring this truth unto the masses and they do it in the face of all negative odds and outright attack. They hide behind nothing nor anyone save the shield of God and Command. If they push a book or "thing"--it is because I have asked them to do so. Do they make errors in speech? Yes, and we know that when they speak pub­licly it is with intent of Truth and offer "opinions of the speaker regarding the information given"--they do not speak AS the au­thor or higher beings.

It is for this reason of bombardment against them that I invite any who wish to contact me directly, to have other access rather than have to send all through the America West routing. This is in effort to cut down a bit on the load of material requiring at­tention. Since George is in charge of public distribution, etc., much of the information is intended for him personally--other material can be sent to him if required or, if intended for Ha­tonn, Dharma, etc., it can be routed directly through THE WORD. We are humbly grateful that the correspondence is so great as to have a problem with timely attending of it. This is progress, dear ones, and is the fuel upon which these workers can thrive for most is still accomplished through volunteer ef­forts beyond any call or expectation. Your word of appreciation IS the salary which sustains. We most surely realize that the kind and loving thoughts shared with Dharma are for all the contributors and we must do a better job than now of sharing those precious supporting comments and letters with our local crew.

I must say that the bog-down comes right at my own door for restrictions in ability to respond to inquiries within the corre­spondence prevents its timely moving through the staff at other parts of the projects. We shall work to rectify that stoppage as of NOW. We are doing better as we can take up more inquiries in taped sessions and please forgive us for the failure to timely respond to letters needing personal response and thank-you's. I desire to attend each personally--unfortunately I do not work on time and space limitation but often forget that my scribe does and that if she is to be allowed time to respond to her own per­sonal correspondence, I must allow her the time. I have not been willing to take the time away from the WORD as must be attended. Please know that each contact is treasured and each "clipping" saved and valued for we are accumulating a valuable treasure of confirmations as the various scenes unfold.

GOD vs. DOOM, GLOOM AND WHAT'S GOING ON

May I please give respite to my preaching and allow the won­drous wisdom of one in SOUTH AFRICA to be shared. This person and those with whom we share Truth are a very long way from the U.S.A. and yet find the Truth and the projection from the U.S.A. quite suitable for it is the WHOLE which must be considered and the possibilities of change coming about from places wherein it is still POSSIBLE to change.

Let me just share the letter, please:

To Hatonn.
April 23, 1992

Oh Hatonn, that most people remember not the Law of Creation is so indeed, for if they did they would weigh your word against it and never find it light. At times I too am so human in my doubts and simply find it hard to be­lieve that we on Earth have sunken so very low. Yet, I only have to consider where I've dragged God within, in action or thought, to know that what you tell could be. Still, I unashamedly admit, times had me weighting what you bring against Creation's Law as I know it to be, within, but always your words weigh full in Knowing and Light.

So much of what you write seems to be so depressing. So many of the letters you published so antagonistic... You've said that we of human often are prepared to accept from another in our format rather than from God. Per­haps there are some -- even one -- who are prepared to accept the truth of your promise which has been ours for­ever to claim... If I could somehow let them understand that I know heaven and paradise to be real--here and now--on earth! That it could be their knowing, in spite of what is happening around us...

I know that I am no different--no better, no worse, no more special--than my neighbour. Yet, desire has given me to experience Creation/Creator's love... I was not the object on which it was bestowed--neither the witness. Oh, the experience contains both of these, but without bound­aries. It contains the giver and the receiver in equal mea­sure without an end, because it is the I am fountain of love.

If only for a moment I could transfer this knowing to all this world, I know the world would recognize the moment as eternity. If only for a moment I could share the whole­ness with each, I know the spirit of the world will be healed.

How does one tell about joy and love which bubbles up from a forever river which constantly overflows?

Words seem so trite, and for so long I've been conditioned by their expression. Still, the simplicity, beauty, and won­der, of this river, is as the lotus flower. It leaves its abun­dance--also in the way of words.

If I could share the essence of this knowing in righteous­ness, our world would know without a doubt where heaven and paradise is... That every thought, action, or word, released from the essence of this eternal river of ecstasy, has a counterpart reply which replenishes it.

How effortless it has become to be like the wind which does and speaks its heart, how effortless to receive an-other's heart reply. How effortless to shed tears like a life giving spring rain, and love with the energy of lightning amidst the glory of heavy summer clouds...

To truly love, with the love of God, is to have the sun/Son of love shining within your being, and when it is there, there is no holding back. The physical expression no longer is a boundary, it is the vehicle of love, and its very expression becomes a shining light.

Yet, before Light was, it (Light) was an Idea, which im­plies that it was no less. Further, "was" is not "is", "Was" and "is" are as different from each other as spreading a message is from being the message... The lessons of the Light are numerous, and profound...

Like all light, this Light--by simply being what it is--at­tracts to it that which gives it its very reason for being. Does not the maker of the candle create, learn, share or meditate by the candle's light? Does not he do so without actually thinking that that is what he is doing? If he thought about creating, learning, sharing or meditating, he will be thinking and not doing... Does not the candle attract weary travellers on a dark night?

If I could but share the love and joy in this state of being with all, each who reads these words would read them with their heart and not their eyes. Then the reader will recognize my experience as the reflection of his own Light within, and he will be like the seed of the desert plant which needs but a single drop of rain to burst open and scatter its fertile love in selfless being.

Thank you Hatonn for allowing me to share. Thank you to all on board who help to get the Word out. It is the Word which helped me to walk this last mile... But this journey is not yet over, and now it seems more important than ever to ask that my hand be held where I stumble--that the very Creation carries me if need be.

In God we truly are ONE.

(A. G.)
Johannesburg, South Africa

* * *

Please allow me to leave this with you without comment on content other than to say, THIS is what keeps us going, and go­ing and going. If only ONE sees the path--it is worth every mo­ment of whatever service is required. These ones in South Africa are truly walking through the final hours of the valley of the shadows of death of a nation and of a people. Can our lot be worse? Oh, chelas, nay, nay--ours is into glory. It is so, when you place your hand in the hand of the man who knows the way--the pathshower--so shall the prize be attained! Amen.

WORST YEAR FOR CHINESE

Also came this message from a South African paper, The Star, (different routing than from above) and interestingly enough, its place line is Beijing, China. Dateline: 26/3/92. It is well worth sharing for, as you know, CHINA plays a most critical role in this changing "time". Efforts have been made to cripple her through what would be thought to be "natural disaster" but I suggest none of you "count on it" stopping any of the final ac­tions.

Quote:

BEIJING--China had its worst year of natural disasters in almost half a century in 1991 as floods, drought, typhoons and storms brought property losses to a quarter of its 1.14 billion people, a government official announced yesterday.

The worst calamity came with spring and summer flooding in wide areas of central and eastern China, which brought direct material losses of R40 billion, a Ministry of Civil Affairs spokesman said.

The figure represented two-thirds of total disaster damages of R62, or higher, billion.

About 400 million people were affected and 13 million had to be evacuated or resettled.

The devastating floods caused 5,113 of the 7,300 deaths from natural disaster.--Sapa-AFP.

I have comment about this for it does not even consider the mas­sive losses already established in this year, 1992. Chelas, this is all in preparation for what is to come. Please note that de­population of your planet is not only planned but under way. In hands-full of some 5000 to even 7,300 people is nothing--but the stage is being set so that you will not suspect the final depopula­tion moves. That will come via famine, disease and war. Mas­sive death will appear to be through natural causes (earthquake, massive volcanic eruption, etc.) and then the greatest numbers will be removed via disease, famine and outright murder through war. If you do not recognize the PLAN and know what is coming--you can do nothing to prepare and save selves--AND A REMNANT OF "SELVES" MUST BE MAINTAINED! IF NOT YOU--WHO?? So be it.

NEVADA CORPORATION DISCUSSION

I shall take responsibility for this information being placed within the body of this paper. It is hard for the Editors and final authority to allow commercial matters to be included, somehow. However, if God is reality--God will be in service wherever YOU NEED HELP AND INSIGHT! MOST OF YOU ARE STILL NOT IN KNOWLEDGE OF WHAT WE MEAN WHEN WE SPEAK OF INCORPORATING AND NEVADA CORPORATIONS. I insist that we rectify that matter for if you cannot know how to use the help God sends--then it is worthless to send the help. I ask that every LIBERATOR, henceforth, contain at least one point of information regarding Nevada cor­porations.

The information will be along the lines as follows, please:

What are the duties and responsibilities of a resident agent? It is known that if you are "out-of-state" you must have a Resident Agent in order to incorporate and do business or have a valid organization.

ANSWER: Although the duties of a corporation's resident agent may vary a little from state to state, the requirements of a resi­dent agent generally are pretty much the same wherever you may be located. Some states may place other or unusual obliga­tions on the resident agent, but these are the exception rather than the rule.

A registered agent may be a natural person, but it can also be a corporation. If the registered agent is a corporation, it may be either a domestic or foreign one so long as it is properly quali­fied to do business in the state. If the resident agent is a corpo­ration, it also may act as the transfer agent for the corporation it serves, as well as acting in numerous other capacities for that corporation.

The resident agent (or RA) must have a physical address where he maintains an office. The purpose of this physical address is to allow him to be readily located in case someone wants to serve legal papers or process on him for the corporation. Al­though the RA may have a mailing address that is separate from this physical address, he cannot "live in a mail box." This physical address may be changed if the RA wishes, so long as the appropriate forms are filed with the secretary of state.

The resident agent maintains the "registered office" for the corporation, and may be the resident agent for more than one corporation. The resident agent in Nevada must keep some records at his office, including a certified copy of the articles of incor­poration and any amendments, a copy of the corporate bylaws and any amendments, and a current stock ledger or a copy of the stock ledger, (or a copy of the Stock Ledger Statement showing where the stock ledger is currently located).

When the resident agent is served with process (legal papers), he must have the ability to transfer those legal papers or docu­ments to someone in the corporation who has authority to take the appropriate action. Common sense would tell us, then, that he must have reasonably quick access to some corporate officer or employee or at the very least a current mailing address.

If a corporation fails to designate a resident agent, it risks hav­ing important legal papers misdirected or served by other means. This can be far more serious than meets the eye. These legal papers may be served on the secretary of state if no RA or officer is available to be served. It is even possible that the mail might be used to give notice of a lawsuit in conjunction with one of those strange "legal publications" that you see hidden in the classified section of your newspaper. Your corporation could be sued and you would not find out about it until it was too late. ALWAYS have a designated resident agent, ALWAYS be sure the proper papers are filed, and ALWAYS let your RA know where he can get in touch with you immediately and at all times.

BACK TO BASICS

I am going to take the time right here and right now to remind you of "basics" and again urge you to get information on your own. I ONLY recommend Nevada Corporations as the "home base" of any incorporation and that can be explained later as a reminder--I have written at length and in detail regarding why, etc. But for new readers and ones who have missed out on the point, let me brief you again. Corporations in Nevada only ac­tually need ONE person for all positions of public record, own­ership, etc. Further, the owner of the entity is never public record. This becomes, therefore, an unlimited tool for estate planning--"old corporations never die they simply get a new president" and go right on functioning without probate or legal entanglements of any kind. I herein, now, ask that the next subject covered by Mr. Christie be on these "family" corpora­tions or "personal" sheltering corporations.

To assist you ones more conveniently and at less expense than priorly possible, an office and resident agency is NOW ES­TABLISHED in Las Vegas to better serve needs and shelter pri­vacy. Cort Christie is still contacted through Corporate Advi­sors Corporation, 2533 N. Carson St., Suite 645, Carson City, NV 89706, Tel: 702-885-9638 (ask for "Cort"). Be patient with Cort because we are running him from both ends and even the middle; under that kind of pressure, anyone gets a bit tattered. If he is not available when you call, he will return your call or respond to your inquiry in whatever mode is appropriate.

As we speak of utilizing corporations we are finding that you don't actually know enough about that which we speak to be of value to you. Let us first state, however, that this is only "offered" to you, certainly there is no coercion on our part. This is in response to the myriads of inquiries about possible ac­tions to remain private and keep your assets safely tucked away as long as possible--perhaps forever if you do your share in properness.. We find from inquiries on the phone, and from other contacts, that many persons considering the use of a cor­poration really do not understand just what they are, how they work, and how they are structured. They then go inquire of the C.P.A.'s and Lawyers only to be told they "won't work" and thus and so. Well, it is to their advantage to discourage you for two reasons--they don't know as much as YOU DO about the subject, especially out of the state of Nevada--AND MORE IM­PORTANT: THEY WON'T HAVE A JOB FOR IT WIPES OUT ESTATE PROBATE AND ALL THE NONSENSE OF TRUST RUNNING AND CONTROLLING, FOR LARGE FEES, YOUR BUSINESS AND LIFE WORK.

We also note that even though you may be quite sophisticated in your business skills, you need a refresher course once in a while and we thank Lewis Laughlin for so timely reminding us of the fact. For these reasons, we thank the resource and offer you "Back to the Basics" of corporations.

WHAT IS A CORPORATION?

A corporation is just another type of legal entity, created un­der the authority of a state as a separate, artificial, but fully rec­ognized individual person. Yes, they are people, too! Not YOU, if it is your corporation, but another entity birthed in whatever state births it. You and it are NOT THE SAME! THEREFORE IT MUST HAVE ITS OWN SEPARATE SET OF DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS JUST AS DOES ANY BIRTHED PERSON ANYWHERE. THAT IS WHAT MAKES IT SUCH A VALUABLE ENTITY--YOU CAN CON­TROL IT--BUT IT IS NOT YOU. The existence of a corpora­tion is totally separate from its stockholders and owners. And, as a separate legal entity, it has the power to make contracts, to sue or to be sued, to own property or to convey it, and--yes--to make money! It can do just about anything that a real, breath­ing, person can do. And, very importantly, a corporation is responsible for its own debts. The stockholders generally are NOT personally responsible for the debts or liabilities of a corporation.

The life of a corporation is different from that of a real per­son. The corporation life continues even if the stockholder, di­rector or officer dies, or if the shares of the corporation are transferred. It is capable of existing perpetually, legalese for "as long as someone wants it to exist". But it need not last for­ever, and a corporation can be organized for a set purpose and period of time.

TYPES OF CORPORATIONS

PRIVATE: A Corporation that is owned and controlled by a private group of people, as opposed to the general public. The term distinguishes a corporation that is owned by individuals, for a business purpose, from the corporations that are used for governmental purposes (cities are actually "municipal corpora­tions"). Also, a corporation that is owned by a small group of people (10, for example) might be considered a private corpora­tion, whereas a corporation whose stock is traded in the public market (New York Stock Exchange, over the counter, etc.) and has thousands of shareholders would not be considered a private corporation. The shareholders, however, can be as few as YOU--(ONE).

PUBLIC: A corporation whose stock is traded on the public market. Also, this can refer to a governmental corporation for public purposes.

CLOSELY HELD CORPORATION: This term generally is used with regard to federal taxation and means a corporation in which 5 or fewer shareholders hold 50% or more of the stock in the company. Also, it is commonly used in a less technical and accurate way to describe any company held by a single stockholder or a closely knit group of stockholders.

CLOSE CORPORATION: It is good to know what a close corporation is so you can avoid involvement with one. It is a creature that only some states even allow to be formed. The close corporation is designed so that a few people can form a corporation and operate it without the normal formalities of a regular corporation, such as certain minutes of meetings, reso­lutions, and the like. Although this might sound appealing, upon further consideration it usually proves to be the road to disaster.

Why? A "close corporation" is really a creature of STATE LAW. The IRS is not bound by that state law. The IRS puts great stock in corporate records and formalities. It may con­sider the lack of corporate records and formalities in a close corporation as sufficient grounds to consider the corporation as NO CORPORATION AT ALL This results in the share­holder's being held personally responsible for the income of the corporation. Also, other states that do not provide for close corporations might take the same lack of records and formalities to be evidence of a lack of an actual corporation, resulting in the setting aside of the corporate entity, or "pierce the corporate veil". Take it from us, it is better to avoid this animal. Rather, use the tried, true, proven and tested "regular" corporations, KEEP GOOD RECORDS AND MAINTAIN PROPER FOR­MALITIES.

DOMESTIC CORPORATION: In a given state, a corpo­ration formed under the laws of that state is deemed to be a "domestic" corporation. For example, a corporation formed in Nevada is a domestic corporation in Nevada.

FOREIGN CORPORATION: A foreign corporation is a corporation formed under the laws of any other state. In Cali­fornia, for example, a Nevada corporation is a "foreign" cor­poration.

PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION: A corporation orga­nized by a person or persons engaged in rendering "professional services" which require the person rendering those services to be properly "licensed " (physicians, attorneys, etc.)

S CORPORATION: This is a corporation that is just like any other regular corporation, with the exception that it meets certain federal requirements. Having met those requirements, it is entitled to make an election with the IRS and become certi­fied as an S Corporation. Typically an S corporation is a small corporation, as one of the requirements is that there must be 35 or fewer shareholders.

The requirements are simple, and the election is easily filed. So why make this election? An S corporation is referred to as a "pass-through" entity. This means that, with few exceptions, the profit or loss of the corporation passes through to the indi­vidual shareholders for tax purposes and is not taxable to the corporation. In some situations, S corporations can offer sub­stantial tax advantages to the shareholders.

C CORPORATION: This is the designation given by the tax law to refer to those corporations that have not elected to qualify for S corporation status or any other special corporate treatment. It is also referred to as a "regular" or an "ordinary" corporation.

I realize it is hard for you to grasp, but by utilizing a Nevada corporation you can do business as a "regular" corporation and never have a profit because you will do such good business that you never waste profit upon which to require taxing. Further, you can privately handle your business transactions because Nevada IS THE ONLY STATE IN THE UNION WHICH DOES NOT ALLOW SHARING OF RECORDS WITH THE I.R.S. OR FEDERAL GOVERNMENT.

You are going to be most unwise if you do not come for infor­mation to the source WITH THE INFORMATION, for if you go to your local "brother" who "knows everything about every­thing" he is not going to know! He may well tell you to incor­porate, then, in, say, Delaware. No--Delaware used to have good laws--they now have reciprocity with the IRS. If you don't do this properly you should not do it at all for it will only mire you in trouble. This is to allow you maximum shelter--not evade the government or its dogged forces. Remember the dif­ference in evasion and avoidance: 15 YEARS! Hatonn is not in the business of doing anything except responding to the pleas for assistance in proper management during this time of transition to the best of my ability. You will not have miracles dropped on you for you must work within the system--I can only point to the best solutions and you must do the rest.

THE BIRTH OF A NEVADA CORPORATION
(CORPORATIONS ARE PEOPLE, TOO)

To start with, one or more natural persons (called the incor­porators) associate (or singularly) cause to establish or to be es­tablished, a corporation. They sign the Articles of Incorporation or have appointed persons to do so, have them notarized, and file them with the Secretary of State of Nevada. A certified copy of these Articles is returned to the incorporators, along with a Certificate of Incorporation.

The Articles must contain:

1. The name of the corporation--(cleared for singularity with the Secretary of the State of Nevada);

2. The address of the registered office of the corporation in Nevada;

3. The nature of the business, objects or purposes proposed to be transacted, promoted, or carried on by the corporation (management, consultant, printing, general services of un­specified type, etc., etc.). (It is sufficient to state: "any lawful activity".)

4. Certain information regarding the total authorized capital stock of the corporation;

5. Specific information regarding the governing board (directors) of the corporation (don't let this one fool you--check on proper method);

6. Whether the capital stock will be subject to assessment to pay the debts of the corporation (this needs know-how also);

7. The name and address of each incorporator (boy, this one REALLY NEEDS ATTENTION FOR IN SECURING PRI­VACY YOU CAN GET INCREDIBLY IMPORTANT HELP ON THIS ONE--LEGALLY, LAWFULLY AND FULLY PROTECTED);

8. The duration of the corporation.

You can blunder through this on your own but if you are not in the State of Nevada you must have a registered agent at any rate. However, if you wish to avail yourself of actual shelter and utilization of the only lasting and valid TOOL available--I can only urge you to get in touch with Cort for help. He will not mislead you and he will not give you invalid or unlawful methods of game playing which will only end you in trouble. Properly used, this is the last tool for sheltering assets, even homes and "will-type" property. I can only offer it for your at­tention but I think you would be wise to seek information. We can take the worry out of the filing requirements. Yes, it does cost something because there are fees for everything--but you show me anything wherein there are none! Remember, filing the proper forms in the proper manner with knowledge of intent creates the corporation and the ability to fully utilize it.

MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL

What a corporation can do and how it goes about doing it are guided by its articles and bylaws (which are adopted by the di­rectors). To illustrate what these articles and bylaws mean to you, let us draw a parallel between them and the very docu­ments that govern your country. The similarities are most striking.

The articles of a corporation are to the company what the Constitution is to your country. When your founding fathers wrote the Constitution, they drew up a document that would set down solid guidelines for things the country could and could not do. They also recognized that the document could not be too rigid. It had to be a document that would give the country di­rection but would also allow the country to establish more rules to govern specific situations, and to even allow changes in the constitutional guidelines. The Articles of a corporation could well be called the "Corporate Constitution". They set down general guidelines for the corporation from which it cannot de­viate unless those general guidelines are amended to reflect a change, much like the country's Constitution. Also, just as the country's Constitution provided for additional laws to supple­ment it, the articles of incorporation provide for rules of corpo­rate procedure, etc., to supplement them. These are called the corporation's "bylaws".

Bylaws exist within the general boundaries set by the articles and address specific points that are not addressed by the articles, on how the corporation is to be governed. This works much like the laws in your country which address specific things the Con­stitution does not address, while at the same time remaining within the constitutional guidelines.

Thus, ARTICLES can be called the CORPORATE CON­STITUTION, while the BYLAWS are comparable to your country's LAWS. Bylaws govern corporate activities such as stockholders' meetings, stock, directors, officers, etc.

Management of the corporation is given to a board of direc­tors (can be "one"), elected by the shareholders (can be one voted on by the same one). The number of directors is set by the Articles. In Nevada, only ONE director is required. The only statutory requirement for a director is that the person is at least 18 years old. A director does not need to be a stock­holder, a resident of Nevada, or even a U.S. citizen! The ar­ticles of incorporation set the number of directors, their age, residency, citizenship, and other requirements as the incorpo­rator(s) feel is appropriate. The Board of Directors has full control over all the affairs of the corporation subject to the re­strictions imposed in the Bylaws.

The Board also elects the officers, who actually run the day-to-day operations of the corporation. Typically, there is a President, a Vice President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. All these officers can be the same person. The Board can meet pe­riodically to conduct any business which needs to be tended to, or all business can be transacted through resolutions signed by all the directors. Remember, the stockholders elect the direc­tors. The directors elect the officers.

RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Generally, stockholders elect and remove directors, amend the articles and bylaws, and approve extraordinary corporate actions. Usually stockholders have an annual meeting to take care of the above business, but a Nevada corporation can ac­complish all this business through resolutions.

A stockholder can either vote his or her shares personally, or the shares can be voted by someone else authorized to vote the shares through a PROXY. In Nevada, a proxy must be written AND GENERALLY IT IS ONLY VALID FOR 6 MONTHS, UNLESS IT IS EITHER "COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST" OR THE STOCKHOLDER SPECIFIES THE LENGTH OF TIME THE PROXY IS TO REMAIN IN FORCE. (This can be a great tool in the case of family stock--the incorporators (parents) can issue proxies which allow them full control to, say, the date of death of one or both parents--however you wish it set up as incorporator. Also, there is no law in Nevada that says you EVER HAVE TO ISSUE THE STOCK. Ah ha! Do you see how creative you can be and still act totally and confi­dently WITHIN THE LAWS OF THE STATE AND LAND? In any case, the proxy can only be valid for a maximum of 7 years without reaffirmation of validity.

MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS

As mentioned earlier, a corporation must designate a person to be the Registered Agent for the corporation in Nevada. This person must CONSENT TO BE THE REGISTERED AGENT, AND MUST SIGN THE APPROPRIATE FORM TO BE FILED WITH THE SECRETARY OF STATE. Ad­ditionally, this form must be re-filed annually, as does a list of officers for the corporation (this can be attended in privacy, also, if you make arrangements but I shall not go into it herein--you should contact Cort if you desire further information). Typically, this filing must be done in the same month each year that the corporation was originally incorporated, or within 60 days of that month. THE FAILURE TO FILE THESE PA­PERS CAN RESULT IN THE CORPORATION'S BECOM­ING DELINQUENT, AND POSSIBLY EVEN HAVING ITS STATUS "REVOKED" IF ALLOWED TO PASS A STATU­TORY PERIOD. IF THIS HAPPENS, THE CORPORATION CAN NO LONGER DO BUSINESS, AND ANY ACTIVITY CONDUCTED IN THE NAME OF THE CORPORATION IS SUBJECT TO CHALLENGE. So--please bother to do it RIGHT if you do it.

I hope this information is found to be of value and we shall ef­fort to give you ongoing working assistance as we move along henceforth. To simply tell you what to do is not sufficient if we are to move "correctly" in a positive direction within security as can be obtained right within the laws as established by the Elite in your own lands.

You may well be given advice as to "Just incorporate off shore and have off shore banking, etc." What is to insure getting anything BACK WITHIN YOUR BORDERS??????? The first thing to go will be any ability to put or take across borders. This is why you are going to have to work within the system and within the Elite establishment, stay SMALL and unthreatening and you will remain as secure as is possible under any circum­stances which follow.

This writing is too long and unwieldy but necessary. Thank you for your attention. Let a word to the wise be sufficient for re­search and action.

Hatonn to clear.

PJ 49

CHAPTER 15

REC #1 HATONN

SAT., MAY 9, 1992 7:52 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 267

SATURDAY, MAY 9, 1992

RADIO INTERVIEW: NEVADA

I must first say that I have an apology to you readers: I find no humanly possible way for getting all needed information to you nor any ability of you to catch up on thousands of years of lies and put them to "right" in our time allotted.

I had a most gratifying time yesterday as I had some two hours on a radio program in Nevada. To protect him a while longer I will only call the host, Dave. I can only take the time herein to suggest you get the tapes because the "right" questions were asked and we were incredibly well received! This will be in­creasingly the picture for as the things of which we have spoken will now begin to speak for selves in confirmation and unfold­ing.

Today, we have another meeting and yes, there will be tapes available. I do not know how to sort them one from another to allow you to know subject matter in advance. I realize that it becomes expensive but we can bring the pricing no lower for, as is, the ends do not meet in the middle.

I can say that as we make "special" session tapes wherein I take a "timely" subject and which can be transcribed by someone of our volunteers, I shall effort to tell you of the dictation. Perhaps if we separate the "topic" tapes from the "message-regular-­meeting-question/answer" tapes, you can better decide which to order if all cannot be obtained. Example: I feel the "Silent Weapons/Quiet Wars" material so important that I have written, spoken on the subject briefly and shall again today as to "where you are" timely and I shall also put it personally to a couple of tapes. You must understand that we are efforting to meet the needs of YOU as YOU present them to us. I have piles of let­ters from ones who ask for taped messages so that the time trav­eling to and from errands and work and while working about the garden or home--the messages can be utilized during the tasks. If Dharma had enough hours in her day, I would simply also dictate the entire Liberator and other pertinent mailings to give you choices. We shall just do the best we can and YOU will have to make the choices.

When we began the taping offerings some weeks ago, you may not be aware, but I told my crew here that we would be quadru­pling the output of information. I still maintain that if Dharma as one person can receive and put to format what I give--YOU can, if you choose to, consume it. I restrict my output to one person so that we CAN see what can be utilized by the ordinary receiver. Dharma is in the middle of horrendous lawsuits over property, has the regular life duties of a mother and grand­mother, the usual chores and live-critter tending and thus and so. We do this in order to judge how much the receiver CAN handle if his intent is to get all the information he can. This is why we sometimes repeat--for we see that ones are slack in the earlier material and yet, without the whole, you cannot see the proper picture.

Most of the "topic" tapes will be printed also but sometimes I think the written word leaves much from the "feeling" ex­changed by the spoken word even if through translator. I have to leave it in your hands and to the generosity of time thrust into the work by Diane who has assumed incredible responsibility--with rather primitive facilities--to get it out to you. I believe, however, that the tapes are getting out very timely (within a day or so). There is no way to check each individual copy run so please, if there is "bugging" and "gremlins" on your tape--just let her know and the duplicate will be forwarded immediately. I would guess it probably costs more to send the "error" back than the cost of the tape--so I would suggest just notification of the error is sufficient to get a proper duplicate. Trust and love is what we are about, along with the fastest way to an end--the WORD MUST GO FORTH and willing hands and giving spirits are my precious and priceless gift in this place. Diane, by the way, is Dalene--my little Andy's mother. Blessed be them--both. Jack--who now becomes Andy's Earth father/guardian is appreciated by me more than expression can project. He has come within my circle of family and they shall be making com­mitment to unity on August first. See, there is joy in the shadow times! Do not be distracted from the joy and wondrous experi­ences simply because you meet challenges for challenges ARE joy disguised within the GAME. Ponder it, please.

TODAY'S DRIVEL

WONDROUS NEWS! AND, good example of above thought. Mr. Bushlips Bushwhacker was just in L.A. making "victory" speeches and promising the "Promised Land" to the strife-weary populace. However, along with him came Mr. Kemp of HUD and a whole entourage of "lucky-muckys". BUT--they went right down to meet with OUR PEOPLE WHO ARE PRESENT­ING NEW LOW-COST HOUSING IN THE FORM OF DOMES AND "FUTURE" MODES OF UTILIZING THEM--AND THEY HAVE GONE BACK TO THE HALLS OF UN­JUST WASHINGTON TO PUT TOGETHER AN OFFER FOR OUR "CREATOR OF THE METHOD AND STYLE", A PROPOSAL FOR BUILDING HUNDREDS--IN THE INNER CITY OF LOS ANGELES. NEVER CUT YOUR FISHING LINE, CHELAS, UNTIL THE FISH IS IN THE BASKET!!! ALSO--WHAT SEEMS TO BE GOD'S DELAYS ARE BY NO MEANS, GOD'S DENIALS.

GONZALES HEARINGS ON IRAQ ARMS SALES

I hope you are paying attention to the comedy of hits and misses in the now ongoing saga of committee hearings on banks and people involved in the massive arms deals leading to the Gulf War. The CIA Director has danced to the flute until he must be dizzy and--of the "whole" bunch of guilty criminals--not a one of them breathes a word of truth. The State Department puppets are the most amusing, if you can still find anything amusing about the state of your world. Don't miss it if you can work it in.

You must realize that all the secrets are demanded and kept by the CIA via other intelligence resources. This is why we have worn you to a frazzle on the subject for THESE ARE THE "WARRIORS" WHO HAVE "DONE YOU IN".

TODAY'S WATCH-IT!

The lie about the present space shuttle is the most critical of all. There is NO satellite to be "brought in and repaired". The full intent is under way. The intent is to launch a device from shut­tle via higher orbiting instruments to ignite the radioactive belt encircling your planet. This is in preparation for the upcoming "Photon Belt" entry which looms ever closer ahead. IF the ra­dioactive belt can be ignited and/or other scientific technologic intervention can be utilized, the entry into the "Photon Belt" can be postponed, giving the Elite great advantage. Advantage? Yes. Several things would be made possible--THEY THINK! FIRSTLY, if the radioactive belt is burned, it is supposed that Space Command will not pass through it to come within Earth atmosphere layers. BUT WE ARE NOT THE BIGGIE: The Russian Cosmospheres and platforms are outside that 210 mile orbit from whence they plan to launch the igniting device and it WOULD preclude their entry until the belt burns off pretty much.

At this time there will be total chaos on earth and the Elite dis­cern that they can simply give instructions and you are "had". They were also able to SAVE the earthquake disasters for more appropriate use. They took L.A. without having to blow the fault. The handwriting is on that wall.

The markets are ready for you, chelas, to continue to suck in the unsuspecting for the Elite know exactly what they are doing. The Elite are still able to support the "show and tell" through manipulation--but the pendulum is going to drop for it has noth­ing except "memory" holding it aloft. I cannot urge you ones strongly enough--IT IS TIME TO ACT IF YOU HAVE IN­VESTMENTS TIED UP IN ANY TYPICAL ELITE PLACE­MENT, TYPE OF MONEY FUNDS, CERTIFICATES, DE­POSITS, ETC. REMEMBER, THE BANKS WILL BE BROUGHT DOWN IN NUMBER TO FIVE. I simply cannot pinpoint direction more closely than this, chelas. I promise not to say "I told you so" if you will promise not to say "...I should have...!". For you who still wonder about corporations and gold against loans, etc., I can only ask you to get your own con­firmation--but you are running out of time quickly now for the Elite are already moving on the depopulation matters as they feel they have the monetary acquisition, changes and plan set­tled. It only remains in the "playing out of the plan". Further, if you want more "comfort" than what we point out to you is valid in concept and possibility--get the tapes of yesterday's ra­dio interview with ones in Carson City, Nevada. It will tell you that our contacts and our methods are REAL and valid and not some "conjured" wishful thinking.

J.Z. KNIGHT/RAMTHA

Please--please--please, stop asking me about other speakers and claimants to insightful information. What is happening with Ramtha and the Knight operations is what will be happening to all speakers and operations which have abused the wondrous gifting of Truth. Jeff, her ex-husband/lover has already brought forth his accusations against the organization some years ago--now he has AIDS and the facts are that his lovers were invited within the household--with J.Z. present. Now he sues for this, that and the other. Does this make Ramtha false? No, but it certainly means that he has not kept his receivers in Light and without cause for speculation. If actions are against the Laws of God then the Laws of God were not being followed and, at this time of transition, it is unacceptable--no more and no less. Does this make the valid word of truth as pronounced by Ramtha less valuable? No, only YOU can lessen its value by denouncing that portion which was Truth. All beings who are "human" on your planet are exactly THAT--HUMAN and subject to misper­ceptions and errors. It is the responsibility of the speaker to at­tend and require human participation in truth and integrity--or, you must face the fact that there was untruth present in the be­ings presented unto you. I will not judge for you but at this time of evolvement and transition I do urge that you take careful as­sessment of "groups". This is why we have no "group" as such.

Ones are responsible for their own actions and YOU cannot be "ripped-off" emotionally or through false teachings--for you must discern reality from falsehood.

However, I will give you a big clue--Ramtha took leave of the organization some years past and the illusion was continued through gleaning of great wealth in purely physical format. I have great sorrow and compassion for the deceived and the de­ceivers for they simply were sucked into the age-old trap of hearing the wrong drum-beat even if the original drummer was valid. I have warned you--if you cling only to the "New Age Movement" as foundation for your guidelines, you will sink in­stead of soar--for it is a full-blown part of the plan in connection to "religion" of Earth doctrines, set to destroy you--not "save" you. So be it. If I took leave and could, for any reason, not be able to return--would my offer of Truth be less valid? No, you must separate speakers from Truth--for Truth will stand into in­finity--speakers come and go. I suggest you not count on my going anywhere and "getting off your backs" because I have no intention of going anywhere except closer to you for you will find the Truth I bring--STANDS! Further, and perhaps per­sonal--I want to be around when you realize as much.

JUSTICE/INJUSTICE

Because I get so much flak from ones who "...just can't believe the judicial system or the Constitution-treading-upon" is as bad as I have said, I think you need some more information so that you might reconsider. What I will give you is not realized by the many so you are going to have to follow along as if on "new" turf. I warn you, however, that the original publication of this information took place in 1981 (over ten years ago and do you think it has progressed or faded??)

SECRET COURT TREADS ON CONSTITUTION

1981: The first secret federal court in U.S history is now em­powered to maintain or suspend at will the privacy rights and Constitutional prerogatives of thousands of Americans who have committed no crime--not even a traffic violation.

This special panel of anonymous judges is sitting in a window­less, tightly guarded and electronically secured courtroom whose location is known only as "somewhere in Washington".

An executive order issued by President Ronald Reagan on De­cember 4, 1981 grants broad new powers to the CIA and other federal security and intelligence branches. Under the order, citizens will face dramatic infringements of their traditional freedoms, subject only to the opinions and rulings of the secret court.

The judicial panel, which has no precedent in American ju­risprudence, came into existence in 1978 with the enactment of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA).

Ironically, the new tribunal, called the U.S. Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, was launched for the ostensible purpose of introducing judicial moderation into the high-handed and helter-skelter system under which government agents could snoop on any citizen whose tendencies--or tax returns--they disliked.

But, as often happens when federal bureaucracies engage in augmenting their own authority, the impact of the secret court on privacy rights and civil liberties was just about the opposite of its creators' original intentions.

Creating a secret court flew in the face of the Constitution's stated prohibitions and implied intentions. This perceptive statement came right out of the U.S. intelligence service. In fact, this source is a former national journalist who now serves in a government official post in an area so secret that even re­stroom access requires a special clearance.

The original idea was to place limits on the intrusions of federal snoops into the private life of Americans but setting up a secret court--a concept that is in itself contrary to the Constitutional concept of inviolable citizen rights--turned out to be exactly the wrong way to go about it.

SEVEN SECRET JUDGES

This "source" had a very pessimistic conclusion. His duties in­cluded reviewing and condensing the "cloak-and-dagger" court's secret case dispositions. His conclusion was shared with/by an involved former federal attorney (and notable Watergate prose­cutor) who is now in private law practice in Washington.

The surveillance court consists of seven judges. They were per­sonally selected for the job by guess who: Chief Justice War­ren Burger, who reportedly cleared the names with the presi­dent on a private and confidential basis before the appointments were confirmed--but never were they announced (then or now) to the public.

The seven member tribunal convenes in secret and hears argu­ments only from government lawyers and prosecutors.

These are the only judicial proceedings in America (that you can know of) in which a citizen facing judgement has absolutely no presence, no voice, no counsel--nothing. In fact, the "victim" in point may well not even know he is under atten­tion. The citizen in point may well be blissfully unaware that his case is sub judice in the court. In the proceedings--although his rights and interests are vitally affected--he is not even called a 'defendant' but merely a 'TARGET'.

The American whose case comes before this court is, in reality, a target for government surveillance, undertaken with variable intensity by all sorts of means: so-called "tails" who follow ev­ery move of the suspect; phone taps; electronic listening devices planted under the wall paneling or beneath beds; and so-called "pinhole" TV cameras, microminiaturized video monitors which watch and record every move in an entire room, day and night.

THREE CASES

Let us consider three cases in point for example--all in 1981 so that you can get the picture--and probably recognize the parties involved. We shall guard against using the "real" names.

To qualify as a target for such pervasive, indecent and demean­ing bureaucratic snooping, a citizen need not be a spy or a for­eign agent--or even be suspected as one. To demonstrate the extremely broad latitude of the surveillance court's jurisdiction we shall consider these cases.

Number One concerned the Shah of Iran. Arguing that although the late Persian monarch was not suspected of espionage or other evil doing, his phone calls and personal conversations promised to be a rich source of foreign intelligence. The CIA asked for permission to bug the visiting sovereign's New York hospital room. Although no formal record exists of the surveil­lance court's decision in this matter--there were no written opinions, no stenographers and no transcripts in this tribunal. When it was determined to simply "kill" the Shah, even his sickbed was "wired" for eavesdropping, just as the CIA re­quested.

Number Two was targeted against a native-born U.S. citizen of patriotic views and impeccable conduct, who will be known here as "End N. Sight". He became a candidate for the federal "watch list" because he happened to subscribe to a foreign tech­nical periodical from a distributor of overseas publications who was suspected of a link to his native country's intelligence ser­vice.

Demonstrating their potential for blind technological wizardry, the immense computers of the hush-hush National Security Agency plucked Sight's name literally from the air--that is, from an overseas telephone call between the suspect periodical's dis­tributor and his superior in the home office. The electronic cir­cuits quickly imprinted the name on a form for such intercepts. End N. Sight became a target for government observation. The CIA motion to keep an eye on this "dangerous" individual was promptly granted by the court.

In Number Three, the target, Fiddle D. Dee is a ships' architect who simply accepted a job in another country. Although that country was not behind the Iron Curtain, it maintained an em­bassy in Washington whose commercial attache was suspected by the CIA of having dubious social contacts with Soviet-bloc diplomats.

When the name of Fiddle popped up among the commercial at­tache's routine paperwork--not just as a name, but as the recipi­ent of an expense advance for travel--it promptly went on the electronic watch list. And there it remained with the blessing of the cloak-and-dagger court, for more than a year.

EXECUTIVE ORDER/OPEN SEASON ON ALL

With this Executive Order, #12333, is removed the long-stand­ing ban preventing the CIA from infiltrating U.S. organizations (legally even the meetings we have on Saturday afternoon or you in church praying on Sunday), from conducting covert op­erations here, or from using U.S. citizens as spies or provoca­teurs in domestic projects. This is actually a major happening right in this little gathering or business meeting format that we have here. Under EO-12333, for example, the CIA can bug with impunity the office of anyone, any patriotic/nationalist in­stitution, or pay agents to infiltrate and spy. How far EO-12333 will go (or has gone) depends upon this SECRET COURT. Now, since the Supreme Court Justices are appointed by the President and the President is run by Henry Kissinger--who do you "THINK" MIGHT BE UNDER SURVEILLANCE? So the nice thing is that we simply do nothing to cause them grief--we just exercise "freedom of speech" and business with total in­tegrity. It is surely not our fault that our businesses never can make a profit--if indeed, they would leave us alone, perhaps we could thrive into tax-robbees instead of non-taxable poor-folk.

What really happened is that the CIA was given total permission to carry on domestically (at home) the way it does abroad.

It can infiltrate an organization of any kind but with ongoing permission to do so with organizations whose goals or policies or connections are at odds with the bureaucratic policies of the moment, and then blacklist the entire group.

Remember, once you become the target for this kind of relent­less supervision, the bureaucrats may catch you out at something they didn't suspect in the first place--tax resistance, marital in­fidelity, owning an unlicensed firearm, speeding, just anything at all--and these discoveries, though they may have nothing to do with your patriotism or loyalty, will end up in your file, giv­ing the bureaucrats added leverage to manipulate and perhaps damage your life. This is THE REASON we are so offensive and closed-minded to access of any of our property in use, against any kind of drugs other than over-the-counter or direct prescription for infections, or alcohol use on the premises--and ABSOLUTELY NO FIREARMS OR WEAPONS ALLOWED--REGISTERED OR OTHERWISE. The strongest weapon herein is a very weak pellet gun for scaring the squirrels from the bird roosts. We are not here to "overthrow" anything--we are here to bring the Truth and allow ability to grow up through that which has come upon you--as remnant. In fact, we wel­come assistance for helping the citizens--from the government for you have all contributed to the coffers and should be able to utilize some of the rewards. This is in housing, food growing, etc. We must remember--the ones in power still have to LOOK GOOD. For that is the way of the adversary--he want's to make you think him wondrous while he kills you inch by painful inch. The adversary always allows you to end up responsible for your own plight.

Well, during the first half of 1981, under its presiding Judge George L. Hart, Jr., the SECRET SURVEILLANCE COURT heard government attorneys argue 508 cases of suspected "targets"--and it granted the motion for surveillance and all that goes with that--IN EVERY CASE.

Is it any wonder that among the ones who know of the "court" it is laughed about and noted that "it is the only court where the government HAS NEVER LOST A SINGLE CASE!"?

So, who loses? YOU--and the Constitutional freedoms of American citizens are totally lost. Will you ever obligate the Congress to review such incredible procedures? This is called the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act to make it more strange, indeed. It facilitates exactly that which was never meant to be allowed under Constitutional Law. It is "said" it was "only meant to affect those it was meant to inhibit: alien spies and their U.S. accomplices." I wonder how Mr. Dem­janjuk and Col. Bo Gritz and, and, and, feel about it? How do you who are fighting the RTC and the S&L injustice and make "waves" feel about it? How do YOU feel about it for just writ­ing Truth? I can only remind ones--what goes around comes around. That which is projected OUT--COMES FULL CIRCLE--BACK.

Dharma, we have a meeting in less than an hour so allow us to close this writing. You see, precious ones--I can't simply stop writing about the "intelligence scientist" services (major contra­diction of terms)--they are what has enforced the downfall of you and the rise to incredible total power of the Elite anti-God. They ARE the vital life-source of the Order. We work with what IS--not that which we hold in "wishful" thinking for mysti­cal and magical miracles of some sort or another. We deal with Truth and facts and "what you or I think about it" changes nothing--only that which we DO about it, or how we perceive it, can do a thing about it. Good afternoon.

Hatonn to clear.